As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 23, 2010

1933 Act File No. 333-166636

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

FORM N-2



 

 
x   REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
x   Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1
o   Post-Effective Amendment No. 

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT
CORPORATION OF AMERICA

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

405 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor
New York, NY 10022

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (212) 415-6500



 

Nicholas S. Schorsch
Business Development Corporation of America
405 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor
New York, NY 10022

(Name and address of agent for service)



 

COPIES TO:

 
John A. Good, Esq.
Bass, Berry & Sims PLC
100 Peabody Place, Suite 900
Memphis, Tennessee 38103-3672
Tel: (901) 543-5901
Fax: (888) 543-4644
  Martina A. Brosnahan
Assistant General Counsel
405 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Tel: (212) 415-6515
Fax: (212) 421-5799


 

Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than securities offered in connection with a distribution reinvestment plan, check the following box x

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box): o when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

   
Title of Securities Being Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share     $1,500,000,000       $106,950 (2)    

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933 solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.
(2) Previously paid.


 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED , 2010

Business Development Corporation of America

Maximum Offering of 150,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

Minimum Offering of 250,000 Shares of Common Stock

Business Development Corporation of America is a newly organized specialty finance company sponsored by American Realty Capital II, LLC. Our investment objective is to generate both current income and long-term capital appreciation through debt and equity investments.

Upon the commencement of this offering, we will be an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. We intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. We are managed by BDCA Adviser, LLC, or the Adviser. Our Adviser is a recently formed private investment management firm that will register as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or the Advisers Act. Our Adviser will oversee the management of our activities and will be responsible for making investment decisions with respect to our portfolio. Our Adviser has engaged Main Street Capital Corporation, a New York Stock Exchange-listed business development company and a registered investment adviser, or the Sub-Adviser, to act as our investment sub-adviser.

We are offering on a continuous basis up to 150,000,000 shares of our common stock at an initial offering price of $10.00 per share through Realty Capital Securities, LLC, our dealer manager. The dealer manager is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares but will use its best efforts to sell the shares offered. We will not sell any shares unless, by one year after the date of this prospectus, we have sold shares producing gross offering proceeds of at least $2.5 million from persons who are not affiliated with us, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser. We refer to this threshold as the minimum offering requirement. All subscription payments will be held in an escrow account by Wells Fargo Bank N.A., or Wells Fargo, as escrow agent, for our subscribers’ benefit pending release to us after we satisfy the minimum offering requirement. If we do not satisfy the minimum offering requirement by one year after the date of this prospectus, Wells Fargo will promptly return all funds in the escrow account (including interest), and we will stop offering shares. We will not pay any fees or expenses out of any funds returned to investors.

After meeting the minimum offering requirement and holding our initial closing, we will then sell our shares on a continuous basis at a price of $10.00; however, if our net asset value per share increases above $10.00 per share, we intend to supplement this prospectus and sell our shares at a higher price as necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price which, after deduction of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, is below our net asset value per share. Because of the possibility that the price per share will change, persons who subscribe for shares in this offering must submit subscriptions for a fixed dollar amount rather than for a number of shares and, as a result, may receive fractional shares of our common stock. We are required to file post-effective amendments to this registration statement, which are subject to Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, review, to allow us to continue this offering for at least two years.

This is our initial public offering, and no public trading market exists for our shares.   We do not currently intend to list our shares on an exchange and do not expect a public trading market to develop for the shares in the foreseeable future, although we intend to explore a potential liquidity event between five and seven years following the completion of our offering stage. Therefore, if you purchase shares you will likely have limited ability to sell your shares. See “Share Repurchase Program” and “Liquidity Strategy.”

Investing in our common stock may be considered speculative and involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of a complete loss of investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 to read about the risks you should consider before buying shares of our common stock, including the risk of leverage.

This prospectus contains important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in our common stock. Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. Upon completion of this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the SEC as required. This information will be available free of charge by contacting us at 405 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor, New York, NY 10022 or by telephone at (212) 415-6500 or on our website at www.bdc-america.com . The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains such information.

NEITHER THE SEC, THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED BY THE 1940 ACT AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER, THE USE OF FORECASTS IS PROHIBITED AND ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY AND ANY PREDICTIONS, WRITTEN OR ORAL, AS TO THE AMOUNT OR CERTAINTY OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE CASH BENEFIT OR TAX CONSEQUENCE WHICH MAY FLOW FROM AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK IS NOT PERMITTED.

     
  Per Share   Total Minimum   Total Maximum
Price to Public (1)   $ 10.00     $ 2,500,000     $ 1,500,000,000  
Selling Commissions   $ 0.70     $ 175,000     $ 105,000,000  
Dealer Manager Fee   $ 0.30     $ 75,000     $ 45,000,000  
Net Proceeds (Before Expenses) (2)   $ 9.00     $ 2,250,000     $ 1,350,000,000  

(1) Assumes all shares are sold at the initial offering price per share.
(2) We estimate that we will incur approximately $125,000 of expenses in connection with this offering if the minimum number of shares is sold and approximately $22.5 million of expenses if the maximum number of shares is sold.

The date of this prospectus is         , 2010.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC to register a continuous offering of our shares of common stock. Periodically, as we make material investments or have other material developments we will provide a prospectus supplement that may add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. We will endeavor to avoid interruptions in the continuous offering of our shares of common stock, including, to the extent permitted under the rules and regulations of the SEC, filing post-effective amendments to the registration statement to include new annual audited financial statements as they become available or if our net asset value declines more than 10% from our net asset value as of the effective date of this registration statement. There can be no assurance, however, that our continuous offering will not be suspended while the SEC reviews any such amendment until it is declared effective.

Any statement that we make in this prospectus may be modified or superseded by us in a subsequent prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment. The registration statement we have filed with the SEC includes exhibits that provide more detailed descriptions of certain matters discussed in this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the related exhibits filed with the SEC and any prospectus supplement, together with additional information described below under “Available Information.” In this prospectus, we use the term “day” to refer to a calendar day, and we use the term “business day” to refer to any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a federal holiday.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we, nor the dealer manager has authorized any other person to provide you with different information from that contained in this prospectus. The information contained in this prospectus is complete and accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or sale of our common stock. If there is a material change in the affairs of our company, we will amend or supplement this prospectus.

For information on the suitability standards that investors must meet in order to purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, see “Suitability Standards.”

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS     i  
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY     1  
FEES AND EXPENSES     12  
COMPENSATION OF THE DEALER MANAGER AND THE INVESTMENT ADVISER     14  
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THIS OFFERING     19  
RISK FACTORS     23  
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS     44  
ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS     45  
DISTRIBUTIONS     46  
DISCUSSION OF THE COMPANY’S EXPECTED OPERATING PLANS     47  
WHAT YOU SHOULD EXPECT WHEN INVESTING IN A BDC     52  
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES     54  
MANAGEMENT     63  
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT     69  
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT     72  
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES     79  
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS     80  
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS     82  
DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN     83  
DESCRIPTION OF OUR SECURITIES     84  
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS     92  
REGULATION     101  
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION     105  
SUITABILITY STANDARDS     111  
LIQUIDITY STRATEGY     112  
SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM     113  
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR     115  
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES     115  
LEGAL MATTERS     115  
EXPERTS     115  
AVAILABLE INFORMATION     115  
PRIVACY NOTICE     116  
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     F-1  
APPENDIX A: FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT     A-1  

ii


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider. To understand this offering fully, you should read the entire prospectus carefully including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” before making a decision to invest in our common stock.

Unless otherwise noted, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and “Company” refer to Business Development Corporation of America. We refer to BDCA Adviser, LLC as “BDCA Adviser” or “our Adviser.” We refer to Main Street Capital Corporation as “Main Street” or our “Sub-Adviser.” BDCA Adviser and Main Street are collectively referred to as “our Advisers.” We refer to American Realty Capital II, LLC as “AR Capital.”

Business Development Corporation of America

We are a newly organized specialty finance company formed to make debt and equity investments in middle market companies. Upon commencement of this offering, we will be an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act. We are therefore required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. We intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. We are managed by BDCA Adviser, LLC, a recently formed private investment management firm that will register as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Our Adviser will oversee the management of our activities and will be responsible for making investment decisions with respect to our portfolio. BDCA Adviser has engaged Main Street Capital Corporation, a New York Stock Exchange-listed BDC and a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act, to act as our investment sub-adviser. Main Street will assist our Adviser with identifying, evaluating, negotiating and structuring investments and will make investment recommendations for approval by our Adviser.

Our Investment Objective and Policies

Our long-term investment objective is to generate both current income and long-term capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. We anticipate that during our offering period we will invest largely in senior secured and second lien debt securities, issued by middle market companies in private placements and negotiated transactions, that are traded in private over-the-counter markets for institutional investors, which we refer to as over-the-counter debt securities. We define middle market companies as those with annual revenues between $10 million and $1 billion. We expect that each investment will range between approximately $1 million and $25 million, although this investment size will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base. As we increase our capital base during our offering period, we will begin investing in, and ultimately intend to have a substantial portion of our assets invested in, customized direct loans to and equity securities of middle market companies. In most cases, companies to whom we provide customized financing solutions will be privately held at the time we invest in them.

While the structure of our investments is likely to vary, we may invest in senior secured debt, senior unsecured debt, subordinated secured debt, subordinated unsecured debt, mezzanine debt, convertible debt, convertible preferred equity, preferred equity, common equity, warrants and other instruments, many of which generate current yields. However, during our offering period and thereafter, if our Advisers deem appropriate, we expect to invest in more liquid senior secured and second lien debt securities of middle market companies, some of which may have securities traded on a national securities exchange. We will make such investments to the extent allowed by the 1940 Act and consistent with our continued qualification as a RIC. For a discussion of the risks inherent in our portfolio investments, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure.”

We intend to leverage the experience and expertise of the principals of Main Street and our Adviser in sourcing, evaluating and structuring investments. Main Street’s investment focus is on providing customized debt and equity financing to middle market companies and opportunistically purchasing over-the-counter debt securities. At September 30, 2010, Main Street had customized debt and equity investments with an aggregate fair value of approximately $259 million in 41 portfolio companies, and investments in over-the-counter debt

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

securities with an aggregate fair value of approximately $90 million in 24 separate issuers. Our Adviser’s senior management team, through affiliates of AR Capital, has sponsored eight publicly-offered real estate investment trusts, or REITs. The four principals of our Adviser, namely Nicholas S. Schorsch, William M. Kahane, Brian S. Block and Peter M. Budko, have a broad network of contacts with financial sponsors, commercial and investment banks and leaders within a number of industries that we believe will produce significant proprietary investment opportunities outside the normal banking auction process.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that the banking and financial services crisis that began in the summer of 2007 and the resulting credit crisis have created a unique opportunity for specialty financial services companies with experience in investing in middle market companies to make investments with attractive yields and significant opportunities for sharing in new value creation. Our current opportunity is highlighted by the following factors:

There is a large pool of uninvested private equity capital likely to seek additional capital to support private investments .  We believe there remains a large pool of uninvested private equity capital available to middle-market companies. We expect that private equity firms will be active investors in middle-market companies and that these private equity firms will seek to supplement their investments with senior secured and junior loans and equity co-investments from other sources, such as us.
The credit crises and consolidation among commercial banks has reduced the focus on middle-market business .  The commercial banks in the United States, which have traditionally been the primary source of capital to middle market companies, have experienced consolidation, unprecedented loan losses, capital impairments and stricter regulatory scrutiny, which have led to a significant tightening of credit standards and substantially reduced loan volume to the middle market. Many financial institutions that have historically loaned to middle market companies have failed or been acquired, and we believe that larger financial institutions are now more focused on syndicated lending to larger corporations and are allocating capital to business lines that generate fee income and involve less balance sheet risk. We believe this market dynamic will provide us with numerous opportunities to originate new debt and equity investments in middle market companies. While we believe the credit crisis and the resultant market dynamic have created a unique opportunity for us, we also note that the credit crisis and current tenuous economic environment also present certain risks to our success. Unfavorable economic conditions or other factors could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. An inability to successfully access the capital markets could limit our ability to grow our business and fully execute our business strategy and could decrease our earnings, if any.
There is currently a limited market for collateralized debt obligations, or CDOs, or collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs .  Prior to the credit crisis, these asset-backed vehicles were used by many funds and BDCs to provide inexpensive capital to fund additional investments. We also believe that some specialty finance companies that heavily utilized this funding vehicle may be forced to liquidate assets to meet obligations under these vehicles and may have limited access to equity capital due to their shrinking balance sheets, potentially providing us with opportunities to purchase loans at attractive values and also reducing competition for future investments.
Favorable Pricing Environment in the Secondary Loan Market .  Lower valuation levels, combined with reduced liquidity in the secondary loan market, have created opportunities to acquire relatively high yielding senior and subordinated loans, both secured and unsecured, at potentially attractive prices.

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have the following competitive advantages over other publicly-traded BDCs and other direct participation programs such as public non-traded REITs and public non-traded BDCs:

our Sub-Adviser is a publicly-traded BDC whose management team has substantial experience investing in the types of companies and securities we expect to acquire and an established record of creating stockholder value through increasing distributions, periodic capital gains and stable net asset values;
the principals of our Adviser and our Sub-Adviser have extensive relationships with loan syndication and trading desks, lending groups, management teams, investment bankers, business brokers, attorneys, accountants and other persons whom we believe will continue to provide us with significant investment opportunities.

Our Advisers

Under the terms of our investment advisory and management agreement with BDCA Adviser, or the Investment Advisory Agreement, BDCA Adviser will oversee the management of our activities and will be responsible for making investment decisions with respect to our portfolio. Our Adviser has engaged Main Street pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement, or the Sub-Advisory Agreement, to act as our Sub-Adviser and to assist the Adviser with identifying, evaluating, negotiating and structuring our investments.

About BDCA Adviser, LLC

Our Adviser, BDCA Adviser, LLC, is a recently formed Delaware limited liability company that intends to register as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act prior to our initial closing. Our Adviser has no operating history and no experience managing a business development company. Our Adviser is wholly-owned by American Realty Capital II Advisors, LLC, which is indirectly majority-owned by Nicholas S. Schorsch, our chairman and chief executive officer, and William M. Kahane, our president and a director.

Our senior management team has sponsored eight publicly offerered REITs which include: American Realty Capital Trust, Inc., or ARCT, a non-traded public REIT organized on August 17, 2007 that focuses on acquiring a diversified portfolio of freestanding, single-tenant retail and commercial properties that are net leased to investment grade and other creditworthy tenants; American Realty Capital New York Recovery REIT, Inc., or NYRR, a non-traded public REIT organized on October 6, 2009, that focuses on acquiring high quality income-producing commercial real estate located in the New York metropolitan area; Phillips Edison — ARC Shopping Center REIT, Inc., or PEARC, a non-traded public REIT organized on October 13, 2009 that will invest primarily in necessity-based neighborhood and community shopping centers throughout the United States with a focus on well-located grocery-anchored shopping centers that are well occupied at the time of purchase and typically cost less than $20 million per property; American Realty Capital — Retail Centers of America, Inc., or ARC RCA, a non-traded public REIT organized on July 29, 2010; American Realty Capital Healthcare Trust, Inc., or ARC HT, a non-traded public REIT organized on August 23, 2010, American Realty Capital Trust II, Inc., or ARCT II, a non-traded public REIT organized on September 10, 2010; Corporate Income Properties — ARC, Inc., or CIP-ARC, a non-traded public REIT organized on September 29, 2010; and American Realty Capital Trust III, or ARCT III, a non-traded public REIT organized on October 15, 2010. For more information on these principals, see “Management.”

Messrs. Schorsch and Kahane have many years of experience in private equity, investment banking and real estate acquisitions and finance and have served as executive officers and directors of NYSE-listed companies in the REIT and real estate development industries.

BDCA Adviser, pursuant to a private placement, contributed an aggregate of $200,000 to purchase 22,222 shares of common stock at $9.00 per share, which represents the public offering price of $10.00 per share minus selling commissions of $0.70 per share and dealer manager fees of $0.30 per share.

About Main Street Capital Corporation

Our Sub-Adviser, Main Street Capital Corporation, is an internally managed business development company and a registered investment adviser. Main Street's management team includes a unique group of professionals with over 100 years of collective investment experience. The members of Main Street’s

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investment team have broad investment backgrounds, with prior experience at private investment funds, investment banks and other financial services companies, and currently include eight certified public accountants and one chartered financial analyst. At September 30, 2010, Main Street had debt and equity investments with an aggregate fair value of approximately $259 million in 41 portfolio companies, and investments in over-the-counter debt securities with an aggregate fair value of approximately $90 million in 24 separate issuers. We expect to leverage Main Street’s expertise in analyzing, valuing, structuring, negotiating and closing transactions to offer customized financing solutions to mid-sized companies. Main Street was founded in 1997 and is based in Houston, Texas. Main Street’s common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “MAIN.”

The following chart shows the ownership structure and various entities affiliated with us and our Advisers:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Plan of Distribution

We are offering on a continuous basis up to 150,000,000 shares of our common stock at an initial offering price of $10.00 per share through Realty Capital Securities, LLC, our dealer manager. The dealer manager is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares but will use its best efforts to sell the shares offered. The minimum permitted purchase by a single subscriber is $1,000 in shares of our common stock. We will not sell any shares, unless by one year after the date of this prospectus, we have sold shares producing gross offering proceeds of at least $2.5 million from persons who are not affiliated with us or our Advisers. We refer to this threshold as the minimum offering requirement. All subscription payments will be held in an escrow account by Wells Fargo, as escrow agent, for our subscribers’ benefit pending release to us after we satisfy the minimum offering requirement. If we do not satisfy the minimum offering requirement by one year after the date of this prospectus, Wells Fargo will promptly return all funds in the escrow account (including interest), and we will stop offering shares. We will not pay any fees or expenses out of any funds returned to investors. At such time as we have met our minimum offering requirement, subscription funds held by Wells Fargo will be released from escrow to us within approximately 30 days and investors with subscription funds held in the escrow will be admitted as stockholders as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days after such release. After meeting the minimum offering requirement and holding our initial closing, we will then sell our shares on a continuous basis at a price of $10.00; however, if our net asset value per share increases above $10.00 per share, we intend to supplement this prospectus and sell our shares at a higher price as necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price which, after deduction of selling

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

commissions and dealer manager fees, is below our net asset value per share. Therefore, persons who subscribe for shares in this offering must submit subscriptions for a fixed dollar amount rather than a number of shares and, as a result, may receive fractional shares of our common stock. Promptly following any such adjustment to the offering price per share, we will file a prospectus supplement with the SEC disclosing the adjusted offering price, and we will also post the updated information on our website at www.bdc-america.com .

Suitability Standards

Pursuant to applicable state securities laws, shares of common stock offered through this prospectus are suitable only as a long-term investment for persons of adequate financial means who have no need for liquidity in this investment. There is not expected to be any public market for the shares, which means that investors will likely have limited ability to sell their shares. As a result, we have established suitability standards which require investors to have either (i) a net worth (not including home, furnishings, and personal automobiles) of at least $70,000 and an annual gross income of at least $70,000, or (ii) a net worth (not including home, furnishings, and personal automobiles) of at least $250,000. Our suitability standards also require that a potential investor (1) can reasonably benefit from an investment in us based on such investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structuring; (2) is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the prospective stockholder’s overall financial situation; and (3) has apparent understanding of (a) the fundamental risks of the investment, (b) the risk that such investor may lose his or her entire investment, (c) the lack of liquidity of the shares, (d) the restrictions on transferability of shares, (e) the background and qualifications of our Adviser, and (f) the tax consequences of the investment. For additional information, including special suitability standards for residents of Alabama, Arizona, California, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Michigan, Nebraska, New Jersey, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon and Tennessee, see “Suitability Standards.”

How to Subscribe

Investors who meet the suitability standards described herein may purchase shares of our common stock. Investors seeking to purchase shares of our common stock should proceed as follows:

Read this entire prospectus and all appendices and supplements accompanying this prospectus.
Complete the execution copy of the subscription agreement. A specimen copy of the subscription agreement, including instructions for completing it, is included in this prospectus as Appendix A.
Deliver a check for the full purchase price of the shares of our common stock being subscribed for along with the completed subscription agreement to the selected broker-dealer. You should make your check payable to “Wells Fargo, as agent for Business Development Corporation of America.” You must initially invest at least $1,000 in shares of our common stock to be eligible to participate in this offering. After you have satisfied the applicable minimum purchase requirement, additional purchases must be in increments of $500, except for purchases made pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan.
By executing the subscription agreement and paying the total purchase price for the shares of our common stock subscribed for, each investor attests that he meets the suitability standards as stated in the subscription agreement and agrees to be bound by all of its terms.

After meeting the minimum offering requirement and holding our initial closing, we expect to accept subscriptions and admit new stockholders at semi-monthly closings. Subscriptions will be effective only upon our acceptance, and we reserve the right to reject any subscription in whole or in part. Subscriptions will be accepted or rejected within 30 days of receipt by us and, if rejected, all funds shall be returned to subscribers without interest and without deduction for any expenses within ten business days from the date the subscription is rejected. We are not permitted to accept a subscription for shares of our common stock until at least five business days after the date you receive the final prospectus.

An approved trustee must process and forward to us subscriptions made through IRAs, Keogh plans and 401(k) plans. In the case of investments through IRAs, Keogh plans and 401(k) plans, we will send the confirmation and notice of our acceptance to the trustee.

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Estimated Use of Proceeds

We intend to use substantially all of the proceeds from this offering, net of expenses, to make investments primarily in mid-sized companies in accordance with our investment objective and using the strategies described in this prospectus. The remainder will be used for working capital. There can be no assurance that we will be able to sell all of the shares we are presently offering. If we sell only a portion of the shares offered hereby, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective. Based on current market conditions, it may take six to twelve months after meeting our minimum offering requirement before we have raised sufficient funds to invest the initial proceeds of this offering in securities meeting our investment objective and strategy. In addition, we anticipate that it will take us up to twelve to twenty-four months after conclusion of this offering to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with our investment strategy, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objective and market conditions. We cannot assure you we will achieve our targeted investment pace. See “Risk Factors —  We may be unable to invest a significant portion of the net proceeds of this offering on acceptable terms in the timeframe contemplated by this prospectus .”

Pending such use, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in short-term securities consistent with our status as a BDC and our election to be taxed as a RIC. During this time, we may also use the net proceeds to pay operating expenses, and to fund distributions to our stockholders. In addition, during this time we will pay management fees to our Advisers as described elsewhere in this prospectus. Net proceeds received by us from the sale or liquidation of assets, to the extent not used to fund distributions, are expected to be reinvested by us in assets in accordance with our investment objectives and strategies.

The following table sets forth our estimates of how we intend to use the gross proceeds from this offering. Information is provided assuming that we sell: (1) the minimum number of shares required to meet our minimum offering requirement, or 250,000 shares and (2) the maximum number of shares registered in this offering, or 150,000,000 shares. The amount of net proceeds may be more or less than the amounts set forth in the table below depending on the public offering price of the common stock and the actual number of shares of common stock we sell, if any, in the offering.

The amounts in this table assume that the full fees and commissions are paid on all shares of our common stock offered to the public on a best efforts basis. All or a portion of the selling commission and dealer manager fee may be reduced or eliminated in connection with certain categories of sales such as sales for which a volume discount applies, sales through investment advisers or banks acting as trustees or fiduciaries and sales to our affiliates. The reduction in these fees will be accompanied by a corresponding reduction in the per share purchase price but will not affect the amounts available to us for investments. Because amounts in the following table are estimates, they may not accurately reflect the actual receipt or use of the offering proceeds.

       
  Minimum Offering   Maximum Offering
     Amount   %   Amount   %
Gross Proceeds   $ 2,500,000       100.0 %     $ 1,500,000,000       100.0 %  
Less:
                                   
Selling Commission   $ 175,000       7.0 %     $ 105,000,000       7.0 %  
Dealer Manager Fee   $ 75,000       3.0 %     $ 45,000,000       3.0 %  
Offering Expenses   $ 125,000       5.0 %     $ 22,500,000       1.5 %  
Net Proceeds/Amount Available for Investments   $ 2,125,000       85.0 %     $ 1,327,500,000       88.5 %  

Share Repurchase Program

We do not currently intend to list our securities on any securities exchange and do not expect a public market to develop for the shares in the foreseeable future. Therefore, stockholders should expect to have limited ability to sell their shares.

Beginning 12 months after meeting our minimum offering requirement, and on a quarterly basis thereafter, we intend to offer to repurchase shares on such terms as may be determined by our board of directors unless, in the judgment of the independent members of our board of directors, such repurchases

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

would not be in our best interests or would violate applicable law. We anticipate making periodic repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the 1940 Act.

We currently intend to limit the number of shares to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of shares under our distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from principal repayments or other liquidation of debt and equity securities as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares. We do not expect to repurchase shares in any calendar year in excess of 5% of the weighted average number of shares outstanding in the prior calendar. We further anticipate that we will offer to repurchase such shares during the offering period at a price equal to 90% of the offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and after the offering period at a price equal to our net asset value per share at the time of repurchase. We will not be obligated to commence repurchase offers at any time.

Any periodic repurchase offers will be subject in part to our available cash and compliance with the RIC qualification and diversification rules and the 1940 Act. See “Share Repurchase Program” for more information.

Liquidity Strategy

The shares have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and will be freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. We do not currently intend to list our shares on an exchange and do not expect a public trading market to develop for the shares in the foreseeable future. Because of the lack of a trading market for our shares, stockholders may not be able to sell their shares promptly or at a desired price. Furthermore, shares transferred by investors may be transferred at a discount to our current net asset value. We intend to explore a potential liquidity event for our stockholders between five and seven years following the completion of our offering stage. However, we may explore or complete a liquidity event sooner or later than that time period. We will view our offering stage as complete as of the termination date of our most recent public equity offering, if we have not conducted a public equity offering in any continuous two year period. We may determine not to pursue a liquidity event if we believe that then-current market conditions are not favorable for a liquidity event and that such conditions will improve in the future. A liquidity event could include (1) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation, (2) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange, or (3) a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company. While our intention is to explore a potential liquidity event between five and seven years following the completion of our offering stage, there can be no assurance that a suitable transaction will be available or that market conditions for a liquidity event will be favorable during that timeframe.

Investment Advisory Fees

Pursuant to our Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay our Adviser a fee for its services consisting of two components — a management fee and an incentive fee. The Sub-Advisory Agreement between our Adviser and Main Street provides that Main Street will receive 50% of all fees payable to BDCA Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of our average gross assets and will be payable quarterly in arrears.

The incentive fee will consist of three parts. The first part, which we refer to as the subordinated incentive fee on income, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding quarter. The payment of the subordinated incentive fee on income will be subject to payment of a preferred return to investors each quarter, expressed as a quarterly rate of return on adjusted capital at the beginning of the most recently completed calendar quarter, of 1.75% (7.00% annualized), subject to a “catch up” feature.

The second part of the incentive fee, referred to as the incentive fee on capital gains during operations, shall be an incentive fee on capital gains earned on liquidated investments from the portfolio during operations prior to the liquidation of the Company and shall be determined and payable in arrears as of the

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement). This fee shall equal 20.0% of our incentive fee capital gains, which shall equal our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees.

The third part of the incentive fee, referred to as the subordinated liquidation incentive fee, shall equal 20.0% of the net proceeds from the liquidation of the Company remaining after investors have received distributions of net proceeds from liquidation of the Company equal to adjusted capital as calculated immediately prior to liquidation. For purposes of this computation, a liquidation will include any merger of the Company with another entity or the acquisition of substantially all of our stock or assets in a single or series of related transactions. In accordance with the 1940 Act, in no event will the subordinated liquidation incentive fee plus the cumulative incentive fees on capital gains during operations paid by us exceed 20% of the cumulative realized capital gains of the Company (including capital gains realized upon any liquidation, including a merger or sale of substantially all of our stock or assets) over the life of the Company, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation. See “Investment Advisory and Management Services Agreement — Advisory Fees” for a description of the investment advisory fees payable to our Advisers pursuant to such agreements.

Administration

We expect to enter into an administration agreement with an entity affiliated with our Adviser. The administrator will be reimbursed for administrative expenses it incurs on our behalf. See “Administrative Services.”

Conflicts of Interest

Our Advisers and certain of their affiliates will have certain conflicts of interest in connection with the management of our business affairs, including, but not limited to, the following:

Our Advisers and their respective affiliates must allocate their time between advising us and managing other investment activities and business activities in which they may be involved, including, with respect to Main Street, Main Street’s ordinary day-to-day business of operating a publicly-traded BDC, and, with respect to the Adviser, the other programs sponsored by affiliates of AR Capital, as well as any programs that may be sponsored by such affiliates in the future;
The compensation payable by us to our Advisers and other affiliates will be approved by our board of directors consistent with the exercise of the requisite standard of care applicable to directors under Maryland law. Such compensation is payable, in most cases, whether or not our stockholders receive distributions and may be based in part on the value of assets acquired with leverage;
Regardless of the quality of the assets acquired, the services provided to us or whether we pay distributions to our stockholders, our Advisers will receive certain fees in connection with the management and sale of our portfolio companies;
Our Adviser, Sub-Adviser and their respective affiliates are not restricted from forming additional investment funds, from entering into other investment advisory relationships or from engaging in other business activities, even though such activities may be in competition with us and/or may involve substantial time and resources of our Adviser, our Sub-Adviser and their affiliates; and
Our Sub-Adviser must allocate investment opportunities which it originates between us and Main Street, and is not obligated to allocate any particular opportunity to us.
To the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and staff interpretations, our Adviser or our Sub-Adviser may determine it appropriate for us and one or more other investment accounts managed by our Adviser or our Sub-Adviser or any of their respective affiliates to participate in an investment opportunity. To the extent required, we will seek exemptive relief from the SEC to engage in co-investment opportunities with our Adviser, our Sub-Adviser and/or their respective affiliates. There can be no assurance that we will obtain such exemptive relief and if we are unable to obtain such relief, we may be excluded from such investment opportunities. These co-investment opportunities

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

may give rise to conflicts of interest or perceived conflicts of interest among us and the other participating accounts. To mitigate these conflicts, our Adviser and Sub-Adviser will seek to execute such transactions for all of the participating investment accounts, including us, on a fair and equitable basis, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments and the investment programs and portfolio positions of us, the clients for which participation is appropriate and any other factors deemed appropriate.
Since Realty Capital Securities, LLC, our dealer manager, is an affiliate of our Adviser, you will not have the benefit of an independent due diligence review and investigation of the type normally performed by an independent underwriter in connection with the offering of securities.

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk and may be considered speculative. You should carefully consider the information found in “Risk Factors” before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. The following are some of the risks you will take in investing in our shares:

We intend to invest primarily in senior secured term loans, second lien loans and mezzanine debt and selected equity investments issued by private companies. For our senior secured and second lien loans, the collateral securing these investments may decrease in value or lose its entire value over time or may fluctuate based on the performance of the portfolio company which may lead to a loss in principal. Mezzanine debt investments are typically unsecured, and investing in mezzanine debt may involve a heightened level of risk, including a loss of principal or the loss of the entire investment.
We may borrow funds to make investments. As a result, we would be exposed to the risks of borrowing, also known as leverage, which may be considered a speculative investment technique. Leverage increases the volatility of investments by magnifying the potential for gain and loss on amounts invested, therefore increasing the risks associated with investing in our securities. Moreover, any assets we may acquire with leverage will be subject to management fees payable to our Advisers.
Current market conditions have adversely affected the capital markets and have reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. These conditions may make it more difficult for us to achieve our investment objective.
Our board of directors may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse.
This is a blind pool offering. We have not identified specific investments that we will make with the proceeds of this offering, and therefore you will not have the opportunity to evaluate our investments prior to purchasing shares of our common stock.
A significant portion of our portfolio will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.
We are a new company and have no operating history and are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective.
Because there is no public trading market for shares of our common stock and we are not obligated to effectuate a liquidity event by a specified date, it will be difficult for you to sell your shares.
The amount of any distributions we pay is uncertain. Our distributions to our stockholders may exceed our earnings, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from this offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you.

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We intend to qualify as a RIC but may fail to do so. Such failure would subject us to U.S. federal income tax on all of our income, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.
We established the offering price for our shares of common stock on an arbitrary basis, and the offering price may not accurately reflect the value of our assets.
As a result of the annual distribution requirement to qualify as a RIC, we will likely need to continually raise cash or make borrowings to fund new investments. At times, these sources of funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.
We will be subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates which may have a substantial negative impact on our investments.
The potential for our Advisers to earn incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement (50% of which are payable to Main Street) may create an incentive for the Advisers to enter into investments that are riskier or more speculative than would otherwise be the case, and our Advisers may have an incentive to increase portfolio leverage in order to earn higher management fees.
This is a “best efforts” offering and if we are unable to raise substantial funds then we will be more limited in the number and type of investments we may make.
Our Advisers and their respective affiliates face conflicts of interest as a result of compensation arrangements, time constraints and competition for investments, which they will attempt to resolve in a fair and equitable manner but which may result in actions that are not in your best interests.
After meeting the minimum offering requirement, the purchase price for our shares will be determined at each closing date. As a result, your purchase price may be higher than the prior closing price per share, and therefore you may receive a smaller number of shares than if you had subscribed at the prior closing price.
Our investments, especially until we raise significant capital from this offering, may be concentrated in over-the-counter debt securities of a limited number of issuers which will likely carry lower yields than those we will seek in future customized financings, which could result in a lower distribution than we have estimated and magnify the effect of any losses suffered by a few of these investments.
One of our potential exit strategies is to list our shares for trading on a national exchange, and shares of publicly traded closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. In such case, we would not be able to predict whether our common stock would trade above, at or below net asset value. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline.

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Reports to Stockholders

Both our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our annual reports on Form 10-K will be made available on our website at www.bdc-america.com at the end of each fiscal quarter and fiscal year, as applicable. These reports will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .

Distributions

We intend to authorize and declare distributions quarterly and pay distributions on a monthly basis beginning no later than the first calendar quarter after the month in which the minimum offering requirement is met. Subject to the board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, our board of directors intends to authorize and declare a quarterly distribution amount per share of our common stock. We will then calculate each stockholder’s specific distribution amount for the month using record and declaration dates and your distributions will begin to accrue on the date we accept your subscription for shares of our common stock. From time to time, we may also pay interim distributions, including capital gains distributions, at the

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

discretion of our board. Our distributions may exceed our earnings, especially during the period before we have substantially invested the proceeds from this offering. As a result, a portion of the distributions we make may represent a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A return of capital is a return of your investment rather than earnings or gains derived from our investment activities. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” There can be no assurance that we will be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all.

Distribution Reinvestment Plan

We have adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan pursuant to which you may elect to have the full amount of your cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. Participants in our distribution reinvestment plan are free to elect or revoke reinstatement in the distribution reinvestment plan within a reasonable time as specified in the plan. If you do not elect to participate in the plan you will automatically receive any distributions we declare in cash. For example, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash distribution, then if you have “opted in” to our distribution reinvestment plan you will have your cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distributions. We expect to coordinate distribution payment dates so that the same price that is used for the closing date immediately following such distribution payment date will be used to calculate the purchase price for purchasers under the distribution reinvestment plan. Your reinvested distributions will purchase shares at a price equal to 95% of the price that shares are sold in the offering at the closing immediately following the distribution payment date. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”

Taxation

We intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gain that we distribute to our stockholders from our taxable earnings and profits. Even if we qualify as a RIC, we generally will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on our undistributed taxable income and could be subject to U.S. federal excise, state, local and foreign taxes. To obtain and maintain our RIC tax treatment, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, if any. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 405 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor, New York, NY 10022. We maintain a website at www.bdc-america.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus.

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the fees and expenses that an investor in this offering will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you,” “us” or “Business Development Corporation of America,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in us.

Stockholder Transaction Expenses:

 
Expenses (as a percentage of offering price) (1)  
Sales load to dealer manager (2)     10.00 %  
Offering expenses (3)     1.50 %  
Distribution reinvestment plan expenses (4)      
Total stockholder transaction expenses     11.50 %  

 
Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock) (1)  
Management fee (5)     2.00 %  
Incentive fees (6)     0.00 %  
Interest payments on borrowed funds (7)     3.00 %  
Other expenses (8)     1.40 %  
Total Annual Expenses     6.40 %  

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed our annual operating expenses would remain at the percentage levels set forth in the table above and that stockholders would pay a selling commission of 7.0% and a dealer manager fee of 3.0% with respect to common stock sold by us in this offering.

       
  1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5.0% annual return: (1)   $ 180     $ 311     $ 443     $ 772  

The example and the expenses in the tables above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.   While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5.0% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5.0%. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all distributions at net asset value, participants in our distribution reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock, determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to a participant by the greater of 95.0% of the most recent offering price or at such price necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price that is below net asset value. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our distribution reinvestment plan. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information regarding stockholder transaction expenses.

(1) Amount assumes we sell $150 million worth of our common stock in this offering which represents the amount we expect to sell during the twelve months following the commencement of the offering and also assumes we borrow funds equal to 50.0% of our net assets. Actual expenses will depend on the number of shares we sell in this offering and the amount of leverage we employ. For example, if we were to meet the minimum offering requirement only, our expenses as a percentage of the offering price would be significantly higher. There can be no assurance that we will sell $150 million worth of our common stock.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) “Sales load” includes selling commissions of 7.0% and dealer manager fees of 3.0%.
(3) Amount reflects estimated offering expenses to be paid by us of up to $2.25 million if we raise $150 million in gross proceeds, including due diligence expenses associated therewith.
(4) The expenses of administering our distribution reinvestment plan are included in “Other expenses.”
(5) Our management fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement will be payable quarterly in arrears, and will be calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of the average value of our gross assets (50% of which will be payable to Main Street). See “Investment Advisory and Management Services Agreement — Advisory Fees.”
(6) Based on our current business plan, we anticipate that we will begin to make investments as soon as practicable after we meet our minimum offering requirement, and we may have capital gains and interest income that could result in the payment of an incentive fee to our Advisers in the first year after completion of this offering. However, the incentive fees payable to our Advisers are based on our performance and will not be paid unless we achieve certain performance targets. As we cannot predict whether we will meet the necessary performance targets, we have assumed that no incentive fees will be paid for purposes of this chart. Once fully invested, we expect the incentive fees we pay to increase to the extent we earn greater interest income through our investments, and realize capital gains upon the sale of equity investments in our portfolio companies.

The incentive fee will consist of three parts. The first part, which we refer to as the subordinated incentive fee on income, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding quarter. The payment of the subordinated incentive fee on income will be subject to payment of a preferred return to investors each quarter, expressed as a quarterly rate of return on adjusted capital at the beginning of the most recently completed calendar quarter, of 1.75% (7.00% annualized), subject to a “catch up” feature.

The second part of the incentive fee, referred to as the incentive fee on capital gains during operations, shall be an incentive fee on capital gains earned on liquidated investments from the portfolio during operations prior to the liquidation of the Company and shall be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement). This fee shall equal 20.0% of our incentive fee capital gains, which shall equal our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees.

The third part of the incentive fee, referred to as the subordinated liquidation incentive fee, shall equal 20.0% of the net proceeds from the liquidation of the Company remaining after investors have received distributions of net proceeds from liquidation of the Company equal to adjusted capital as calculated immediately prior to liquidation. For purposes of this computation, a liquidation will include any merger of the Company with another entity or the acquisition of substantially all of our stock or assets in a single or series of related transactions. In accordance with the 1940 Act, in no event will the subordinated liquidation incentive fee plus the cumulative incentive fees on capital gains during operations paid by us exceed 20% of the cumulative realized capital gains of the Company (including capital gains realized upon any liquidation, including a merger or sale of substantially all of our stock or assets) over the life of the Company, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation. See “Investment Advisory and Management Services Agreement — Advisory Fees” for a description of the investment advisory fees payable to our Advisers pursuant to such agreements.

(7) We may borrow funds to make investments, including before we have fully invested the initial proceeds of this offering. To the extent that we determine it is appropriate to borrow funds to make investments, the costs associated with such borrowing will be indirectly borne by our investors. The figure in the table assumes we borrow for investment purposes an amount equal to 50.0% of our net assets (including such borrowed funds) and that the annual interest rate on the amount borrowed is 6.0%. Our ability to incur leverage during the twelve months following the commencement of this offering depends, in large part, on whether we meet our minimum offering requirement and, if so, the amount of money we are able to raise through the sale of shares registered in this offering.
(8) Other expenses, including expenses incurred in connection with administering our business, are based on estimated amounts for the initial 12-month period of our investment operations following the date we meet our minimum offering requirement. See “Discussion of the Company’s Expected Operating Plans — Expenses.”

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

COMPENSATION OF THE DEALER MANAGER AND THE INVESTMENT ADVISER

The dealer manager will receive compensation and reimbursement for services relating to this offering, and we will compensate our Adviser for the investment and management of our assets. The most significant items of compensation, fees, expense reimbursements and other payments that we expect to pay to these entities and their affiliates are included in the table below. The selling commissions and dealer manager fee may vary for different categories of purchasers. See “Plan of Distribution.” This table assumes the shares are sold through distribution channels associated with the highest possible selling commissions and dealer manager fees. For illustrations of how the management fee, the subordinated incentive fee on income, the incentive fee on capital gains during operations and the subordinated liquidation incentive fee are calculated, see “Investment Advisory and Management Services Agreement — Advisory Fees.”

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount for Maximum Offering (150,000,000 Shares) (1)
     Fees to the Dealer Manager     
Sales Load
         
Selling commissions (2)   7.0% of gross offering proceeds from the offering; all selling commissions are expected to be reallowed to selected broker-dealers.   $105,000,000
Dealer manager fee (2)   3.0% of gross proceeds, of which up to 1.5% may be reallowed to selected broker-dealers.   $45,000,000
     Reimbursement to Our Advisers     
Other organization and offering expenses (3)   We will reimburse our Advisers for the organizational and offering costs they incur on our behalf only to the extent that the reimbursement would not cause the selling commissions, dealer manager fee and the other organizational and offering expenses born by us to exceed 15.0% of the gross offering proceeds as the amount of proceeds increases. Based on our current estimate, we estimate that these expenses would be $22.5 million, or 1.5% of the gross offering proceeds, if we use the maximum amount offered.   $22,500,000
     Investment Adviser Fees (4)     
Management fee   The management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of our average gross assets. The management fee will be payable quarterly in arrears, and shall be calculated based on the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. All or any part of the management fee not taken as to any quarter shall be deferred without interest and may be taken in such other quarter as the Adviser will determine. The management fee for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro rated.   $26,550,000

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount for Maximum Offering (150,000,000 Shares) (1)
Subordinated Incentive Fee on Income (5) (6)   The subordinated incentive fee on income will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding quarter. The payment of the subordinated incentive fee on income will be subject to payment of a preferred return to investors each quarter, expressed as a quarterly rate of return on adjusted capital at the beginning of the most recently completed calendar quarter, of 1.75% (7.00% annualized), subject to a “catch up” feature (as described below). For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, other than fees for providing managerial assistance, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the administration agreement and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. For purposes of this fee, adjusted capital means cumulative gross proceeds generated from sales of our common stock (including proceeds from our distribution reinvestment plan) reduced for distributions from non-liquidating dispositions of our investments paid to shareholders and amounts paid for share repurchases pursuant to our share repurchase program. We will pay the Adviser a subordinated incentive fee on income for each quarter as follows:   These amounts cannot be estimated since they are based upon the performance of the assets held by us. We have not commenced operations and have no prior performance.

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount for Maximum Offering (150,000,000 Shares) (1)
    

  •  

No subordinated incentive fee on income shall be payable to the Adviser in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the preferred return rate of 1.75% or 7.00% annualized, the “preferred return” on adjusted capital;

    
    

  •  

100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the preferred return but is less than or equal to 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) shall be payable to the Adviser. This portion of the our subordinated incentive fee on income is referred to as the “catch up” and is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 20% on all of our pre-incentive fee net investment income when the our pre-incentive fee net investment income reaches 2.1875% (8.75% annualized) in any calendar quarter; and

    
    

  •  

For any quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.1875% (8.75% annualized), the subordinated incentive fee on income shall equal 20% of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, as the preferred return and catch-up will have been achieved.

    
Incentive Fee on Capital Gains During Operations   The incentive fee on capital gains during operations will be an incentive fee on capital gains earned on liquidated investments from the portfolio during operations prior to the liquidation of the Company and shall be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement). This fee shall equal 20.0% of our incentive fee capital gains, which shall equal our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees.   These amounts cannot be estimated since they are based upon the performance of the assets held by the Company. The Company has not commenced operations and has no prior performance.

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount for Maximum Offering (150,000,000 Shares) (1)
Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee   The subordinated liquidation incentive fee shall equal 20.0% of the net proceeds from the liquidation of the Company remaining after investors have received distributions of net proceeds from liquidation of the Company equal to adjusted capital as calculated immediately prior to liquidation. For purposes of this computation, a liquidation will include any merger of the Company with another entity or the acquisition of substantially all of our stock or assets in a single or series of related transactions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with the 1940 Act, in no event will the subordinated liquidation incentive fee plus the cumulative incentive fees on capital gains during operations paid by us exceed 20% of the cumulative realized capital gains of the Company (including capital gains realized upon any liquidation, including a merger or sale of substantially all of our stock or assets) over the life of the Company, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation.   These amounts cannot be estimated since they are based upon the performance of the assets held by the Company. The Company has not commenced operations and has no prior performance.
     Other Expenses     
Other Operating Expenses (3)   We expect to enter into an administrative agreement with an entity affiliated with our Adviser. We will reimburse the expenses incurred by our administrator in connection with its provision of administrative services to us, including the compensation payable by our administrator to our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and other administrative personnel of our administrator. We will not reimburse for personnel costs in connection with services for which our administrator receives a separate fee.   Actual expenses are dependent on actual expenses incurred by our administrator and therefore cannot be determined at this time

(1) Assumes all shares are sold at $10.00 per share with no reduction in selling commissions or dealer manager fees.
(2) Alternatively, a selected broker-dealer may elect to receive a fee equal to 7.5% of gross proceeds from the sale of shares by such participating broker-dealer, with 2.5% thereof paid at the time of such sale and 1% thereof paid on each anniversary of the closing of such sale up to and including the fifth anniversary of the closing of such sale, in which event, a portion of the dealer manager fee will be reallowed such that the combined selling commission and dealer manager fee do not exceed 10% of gross proceeds of the offering. The selling commission and dealer manager fee may be reduced or waived in connection with certain categories of sales, such as sales for which a volume discount applies, sales through investment advisers or banks acting as trustees or fiduciaries and sales to our affiliates. No selling commission or dealer manager fee will be paid in connection with sales under our distribution reinvestment plan. In addition, we may reimburse our dealer manager for due diligence expenses included in detailed and itemized invoices.
(3) After raising at least $2.5 million in gross offering proceeds from persons who are not affiliated with us

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or our Adviser or our Sub-Adviser, we expect to begin directly incurring some organizational and offering expenses, as well as other expenses. The organizational and offering expense and other expense reimbursements may include a portion of costs incurred by our Adviser and Sub-Adviser, their members and their affiliates on our behalf for legal, accounting, printing and other offering expenses, including for marketing, salaries and direct expenses of their employees, employees of their affiliates and others while engaged in registering and marketing the shares of our common stock, which shall include development of marketing and marketing presentations and training and educational meetings and generally coordinating the marketing process for us. Any such reimbursements will not exceed actual expenses incurred by our Adviser and Sub-Adviser, their members or affiliates. Our Advisers, or their affiliates, will be responsible for the payment of our cumulative organizational and offering expenses to the extent they exceed the greater of $125,000 or 1.5% of the aggregate proceeds from the offering.
(4) Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, Main Street will receive 50% of all fees payable to BDCA Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
(5) A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee preferred return and may result in an increase in the amount of incentive fees payable to our Advisers.
(6) As the quarterly pre-incentive fee net investment income rises from 2.0% to 2.5%, the “catch-up” feature allows our Adviser to recoup the fees foregone as a result of the existence of the investor’s preferred quarterly return.

Certain of the advisory fees payable to our Advisers are not based on the performance of our investments. See “Investment Advisory and Management Services Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for a more detailed description of the fees and expenses payable to our Advisers, the dealer manager and their affiliates and the conflicts of interest related to these arrangements.

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THIS OFFERING

Set forth below are some of the more frequently asked questions and answers relating to our structure, our management, our business and an offering of this type. See “Prospectus Summary” and the remainder of this prospectus for more detailed information about our structure, our management, our business, and this offering.

Q:  What is a “BDC”?

A:  BDCs are closed-end management investment companies that elect to be treated as business development companies under the 1940 Act. As such, BDCs are subject to only certain provisions of the 1940 Act, as well as the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. BDCs make investments in private or thinly-traded public companies in the form of long-term debt or equity capital, with the goal of generating current income and/or capital growth. BDCs can be internally or externally managed and, if certain requirements are met, may qualify to elect to be taxed as “regulated investment companies” for federal tax purposes.

Q:  What is a “RIC”?

A:  A “RIC” is an entity that has elected to be treated and qualifies as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. A RIC generally does not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income that it distributes to its stockholders from its tax earnings and profits. To qualify as a RIC, a company must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, in order to obtain RIC tax treatment, a company must distribute to its stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income,” which is generally its net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss. Even if we qualify as a RIC, we generally will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on our undistributed taxable income and could be subject to U.S. federal excise, state, local and foreign taxes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” for more information regarding RICs.

Q:  Who will choose which investments to make?

A:   BDCA Adviser will oversee the management of our investment activities and will be responsible for making investment decisions with respect to our portfolio. BDCA Adviser has engaged Main Street to act as our Sub-Adviser and to assist our Adviser with identifying, evaluating, negotiating, and structuring investments. All investment decisions made by our Adviser will require the approval of its investment committee which will be led by Messrs. Schorsch and Kahane. Our board of directors, including a majority of independent directors, oversees and monitors our investment performance and will review the compensation we pay to our Adviser and Sub-Adviser and determine whether the provisions of the Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements have been carried out.

Q:  How does a “best efforts” offering work?

A:  When securities are offered to the public on a “best efforts” basis, the broker-dealers participating in the offering are only required to use their best efforts to sell the offered securities. In this offering, broker-dealers will not have a firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the shares of common stock we are offering.

Q:  How long will this offering last?

A:  This is a continuous offering of our shares as permitted by the federal securities laws. We intend to file post-effective amendments to this registration statement, which are subject to SEC review, to allow us to continue this offering for at least two years from the date of this prospectus. Under certain conditions, we may decide to extend this offering beyond two years. Your ability to purchase shares and submit shares for repurchase will not be effected by the expiration of this offering and the commencement of a new one. Generally, state registrations are for a period of one year. We may be required to discontinue selling shares in any state in which our registration is not renewed or otherwise extended annually.

Q:  What happens if you do not raise a minimum of $2.5 million in this offering?

A:  We will not sell any shares unless we sell a minimum of $2.5 million in shares by     , 2012 (one year from the date of this prospectus). Purchases by our directors, officers and any affiliates of us or our Advisers will not count toward meeting this minimum threshold. Pending satisfaction of this minimum offering

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

requirement, all subscription payments will be placed in an account held by the escrow agent, Wells Fargo, in trust for our subscribers’ benefit, pending release to us. If we do not raise gross offering proceeds of $2.5 million by one year from the date of this prospectus, Wells Fargo will promptly return all funds in the escrow account (including interest), and we will stop offering shares. We will not pay any fees or expenses out of any funds returned to investors. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Q:  Will I receive a stock certificate?

A:  No. Our board of directors has authorized the issuance of shares of our capital stock without certificates. We expect that we will not issue shares in certificated form, although we may decide to issue certificates at such time, if ever, as we list our shares on a national securities exchange. We anticipate that all shares of our common stock will be issued in book-entry form only. The use of book-entry registration protects against loss, theft or destruction of stock certificates and reduces the offering costs.

Q:  Who can buy shares of common stock in this offering?

A:  In general, you may buy shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus if you have either (1) a net worth of at least $70,000 and an annual gross income of at least $70,000, or (2) a net worth of at least $250,000 (not including home, furnishings and personal automobiles). For this purpose, net worth does not include your home, home furnishings and personal automobiles. Our suitability standards also require that a potential investor (i) can reasonably benefit from an investment in us based on such investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structuring; (ii) is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the prospective stockholder’s overall financial situation; and (iii) has apparent understanding of (a) the fundamental risks of the investment, (b) the risk that such investor may lose his or her entire investment, (c) the lack of liquidity of the shares, (d) the background and qualifications of our Adviser, and (e) the tax consequences of the investment. Residents of Alabama, Arizona, California, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Nebraska, New Jersey, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon and Tennessee have additional suitability standards. See “Suitability Standards.”

Generally, you must purchase at least $1,000 in shares of our common stock. After you have satisfied the applicable minimum purchase requirement, additional purchases must be in increments of at least $500, except for purchases made pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. These minimum net worth and investment levels may be higher in certain states, so you should carefully read the more detailed description under “Suitability Standards.”

Certain volume discounts may be available for large purchases. See “Plan of Distribution.” The net proceeds to us from a sale eligible for a volume discount will be the same, but the selling commissions payable to the selected broker-dealer will be reduced.

Our affiliates may also purchase shares of our common stock. The selling commissions and the dealer manager fee that are payable by other investors in this offering will be reduced or waived for our affiliates. The purchase of shares of our common stock by our affiliates will not count toward satisfying our minimum offering requirement.

Q:  How do I subscribe for shares of common stock?

A:  If you meet the net worth and suitability standards and choose to purchase shares in this offering, you will need to (1) complete a subscription agreement, the form of which is attached to this prospectus as Appendix A, and (2) pay for the shares at the time you subscribe. We reserve the right to reject any subscription in whole or in part. After meeting the minimum offering requirement and holding our initial closing, we expect to accept subscriptions and admit new stockholders at semi-monthly closings. After meeting our minimum offering requirement, subscriptions will be accepted or rejected by us within 30 days of receipt by us and, if rejected, all funds will be returned to subscribers without deduction for any expenses within ten business days from the date the subscription is rejected.

Q:  Is there any minimum initial investment required?

A:  Yes. To purchase shares in this offering, you must make an initial purchase of at least $1,000. Once you have satisfied the minimum initial purchase requirement, any additional purchases of our shares in this offering must be in amounts of at least $500 except for additional purchases pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. See “Plan of Distribution.”

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Q:  Can I invest through my IRA, SEP or after-tax deferred account?

A:  Yes, subject to the suitability standards. An approved trustee must process and forward to us subscriptions made through IRAs, Keogh plans and 401(k) plans. In the case of investments through IRAs, Keogh plans and 401(k) plans, we will send the confirmation and notice of our acceptance to the trustee. Please be aware that in purchasing shares, custodians or trustees of employee pension benefit plans or IRAs may be subject to the fiduciary duties imposed by ERISA or other applicable laws and to the prohibited transaction rules prescribed by ERISA and related provisions of the Code. In addition, prior to purchasing shares, the trustee or custodian of an employee pension benefit plan or an IRA should determine that such an investment would be permissible under the governing instruments of such plan or account and applicable law. See “Suitability Standards” for more information.

Q:  How will the payment of fees and expenses affect my invested capital?

A:  The payment of fees and expenses will reduce the funds available to us for investment in portfolio companies and the income generated by the portfolio as well as funds available for distribution to stockholders. The payment of fees and expenses will also reduce the book value of your shares of common stock.

Q:  Will the distributions I receive be taxable?

A:  Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gain. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our taxable income excluding net capital gain) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to “qualified dividends” from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions may be eligible for a maximum tax rate of 15% (through 2010). In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us generally will not be attributable to “qualified dividends” and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the preferential rate applicable to “qualified dividends.” Distributions of our net capital gain (which is generally our net long-term capital gain in excess of net short-term capital loss) properly designated by us as “capital gain dividends” generally will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gain that is currently taxable at a maximum rate of 15% (through 2010) in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to such U.S. stockholder.

Q:  When will I get my detailed tax information?

A:  We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice detailing, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain.

Q:  Are there any restrictions on the transfer of shares?

A:  No. Shares of our common stock will have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and will be freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. We do not intend to list our securities on any securities exchange during the offering period, and we do not expect there to be a public market for our shares in the foreseeable future. As a result, your ability to sell your shares will be limited. We will not charge for transfers of our shares except for necessary and reasonable costs actually incurred by us.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Q:  Who can help answer my questions?

A:  If you have more questions about the offering or if you would like additional copies of this prospectus, you should contact your registered representative or the dealer manager at:

Realty Capital Securities, LLC
Three Copley Place, Boston, MA 02116
1-877-373-2522
Attention: Investor Services
www.rcsecurities.com

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a number of significant risks. In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, you should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in our common stock. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the net asset value of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

This is a blind pool offering. We have not identified specific investments that we will make with the proceeds from this offering, and you will not have the opportunity to evaluate our investments prior to purchasing shares of our common stock.

This is a blind pool offering. Neither we nor our Advisers have presently identified, made investments in or contracted to make investments in any debt or equity security. As a result, you will not be able to evaluate the economic merits, transaction terms or other financial or operational data concerning our investments prior to purchasing shares of our common stock. You must rely on our Advisers and our board of directors to implement our investment policies, to evaluate our investment opportunities and to structure the terms of our investments. Because investors are not able to evaluate our investments in advance of purchasing shares of our common stock, this offering may entail more risk than other types of offerings. This additional risk may hinder your ability to achieve your own personal investment objectives related to portfolio diversification, risk-adjusted investment returns and other objectives.

We are a new company and have no operating history.

We were recently formed in May 2010 and will not commence operations until we receive gross proceeds of at least $2.5 million from this offering from persons not affiliated with us or our Advisers. We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of our common stock could decline substantially.

Current market conditions have impacted debt and equity capital markets in the United States, and we do not expect these conditions to improve in the near future.

Since the third quarter of 2007, global credit and other financial markets have suffered substantial stress, volatility, illiquidity and disruption. These forces reached extraordinary levels in late 2008, resulting in the bankruptcy of, the acquisition of, or government intervention in the affairs of several major domestic and international financial institutions. In particular, the financial services sector has been negatively impacted by significant write-offs as the value of the assets held by financial firms has declined, impairing their capital positions and abilities to lend and invest. We believe that such value declines were exacerbated by widespread forced liquidations as leveraged holders of financial assets, faced with declining prices, were compelled to sell to meet margin requirements and maintain compliance with applicable capital standards. Such forced liquidations have also impaired or eliminated many investors and investment vehicles, leading to a decline in the supply of capital for investment and depressed pricing levels for many assets. These events significantly diminished overall confidence in the debt and equity markets, engendered unprecedented declines in the values of certain assets, and caused extreme economic uncertainty.

Since March 2009, there have been signs that the global credit and other financial market conditions have improved markedly as stability has increased throughout the international financial system. Concentrated policy initiatives undertaken by central banks and governments appear to have curtailed the incidence of large-scale failures within the global financial system. Concurrently, investor confidence, financial indicators, capital markets activity and asset prices have shown signs of marked improvement since the second quarter of 2009. While financial conditions have improved, economic activity has remain subdued and corporate interest rate risk premiums, otherwise known as credit spreads, remain at historically high levels, particularly in the loan and high yield bond markets. These conditions may negatively impact our ability to obtain financing, particularly from the debt markets. In addition, future financial market uncertainty could lead to further financial market disruptions and could further impact our ability to obtain financing, which could limit our

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ability to grow our business, fully execute our business strategy and could decrease our earnings, if any. In addition, while we believe that these conditions also afford attractive opportunities to make investments, future financial market uncertainty could lead to further financial market disruptions and could further adversely impact our ability to obtain financing and the value of our investments.

Unfavorable economic conditions or other factors may affect our ability to borrow for investment purposes, and may therefore adversely affect our ability to achieve our investment objective.

Unfavorable economic conditions or other factors could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. An inability to successfully access the capital markets could limit our ability to grow our business and fully execute our business strategy and could decrease our earnings, if any.

Price declines in the large corporate leveraged loan market may adversely affect the fair value of over-the-counter debt securities we hold, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.

Prior to the onset of the financial crisis, collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, a type of leveraged investment vehicle holding corporate loans, hedge funds and other highly leveraged investment vehicles, comprised the majority of the market for purchasing and holding senior secured and second lien secured loans. As the secondary market pricing of the loans underlying these portfolios deteriorated during the fourth quarter of 2008, it is our understanding that many investors, as a result of their generally high degrees of leverage, were forced to raise cash by selling their interests in performing loans in order to satisfy margin requirements or the equivalent of margin requirements imposed by their lenders. This resulted in a forced deleveraging cycle of price declines, compulsory sales, and further price declines, with widespread redemption requests and other constraints resulting from the credit crisis generating further selling pressure. While prices have appreciated measurably since the end of 2008, conditions in the large corporate leveraged loan market may deteriorate again, which may cause pricing levels to decline. As a result, we may suffer unrealized depreciation and could incur realized losses in connection with the sale of over-the-counter debt securities we hold, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our Adviser’s and our Sub-Adviser’s ability to manage and support our investment process. If our Adviser or our Sub-Adviser were to lose any members of their respective senior management teams, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

We are externally managed and depend upon the investment expertise, diligence, skill and network of business contacts of Main Street and BDCA Adviser. We also depend, to a significant extent, on our Advisers’ access to the investment professionals and the information and deal flow generated by these investment professionals in the course of their investment and portfolio management activities. Our Advisers will evaluate, negotiate, structure, close, monitor and service our investments. Our success depends to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of our Advisers, including their key professionals. The departure of a significant number of our Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s key professionals could have a materially adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective. In addition, we can offer no assurance that our Advisers will remain our investment adviser and sub-adviser or that we will continue to have access to their investment professionals or their information and deal flow.

Because our business model depends to a significant extent upon relationships with investment banks, business brokers, loan syndication and trading desks, and commercial banks, the inability of our Advisers to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

We expect that our Advisers will depend on their relationships with investment banks, business brokers, loan syndication and trading desks, and commercial banks, and we will rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If our Advisers fail to maintain their existing relationships or develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom our Adviser’s

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

professionals have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.

We will compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds and mezzanine funds), as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, also make investments in middle market private U.S. companies. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in private U.S. companies may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we are forced to match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant part of our competitive advantage stems from the fact that the market for investments in private U.S. companies is underserved by traditional commercial banks and other financial sources. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in this target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many of our competitors have greater experience operating under, or are not subject to, the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act will impose on us as a BDC.

A significant portion of our investment portfolio will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there is and will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value, as determined by our board of directors. However, the majority of our investments will not be publicly traded or actively traded on a secondary market and will instead be traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors. As a result, we will value these securities quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors.

Certain factors that may be considered in determining the fair value of our investments include dealer quotes for securities traded on the secondary market for institutional investors, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s earnings and its ability to make payments on its indebtedness, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to comparable publicly-traded companies, discounted cash flow and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Due to this uncertainty, our fair value determinations may cause our net asset value on a given date to materially understate or overstate the value that we may ultimately realize upon the sale of one or more of our investments.

There is a risk that investors in our equity securities may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time.

We intend to make distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions.

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The amount of any distributions we pay is uncertain. Our distributions to our stockholders may exceed our earnings, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from this offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you which will lower your tax basis in your shares and reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in targeted assets. We may not be able to pay you distributions, and our distributions may not grow over time.

We intend to declare distributions quarterly and pay distributions on a monthly basis beginning no later than the first calendar quarter after the month in which the minimum offering requirement is met. We will pay these distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a targeted level of distributions or year-to-year increases in distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by, among other things, the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this prospectus. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC can limit our ability to pay distributions. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will pay distributions to our stockholders in the future. In the event that we encounter delays in locating suitable investment opportunities, we may pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from the proceeds of this offering or from borrowings in anticipation of future cash flow, which may constitute a return of your capital and will lower your tax basis in your shares. Distributions from the proceeds of this offering or from borrowings also could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in interests of portfolio companies.

Our board of directors may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse.

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval if it determines that doing so will be in the best interests of stockholders. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, net asset value, operating results and value of our stock. However, the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay you distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Moreover, we will have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of this offering and may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which investors may not agree or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of this offering.

If we internalize our management functions, your interest in us could be diluted, and we could incur other significant costs and face other significant risks associated with being self-managed.

Our board of directors may decide in the future to internalize our management functions. If we do so, we may elect to negotiate to acquire our Adviser’s assets and personnel. At this time, we cannot anticipate the form or amount of consideration or other terms relating to any such internalization transaction. Such consideration could take many forms, including cash payments, promissory notes and shares of our common stock. The payment of such consideration could result in dilution of your interests as a stockholder and could reduce the earnings per share attributable to your investment.

In addition, while we would no longer bear the costs of the various fees and expenses we expect to pay to our Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we would incur the compensation and benefits costs of our officers and other employees and consultants that we now expect will be paid by our Adviser or its affiliates. We cannot reasonably estimate the amount of fees we would save or the costs we would incur if we became self-managed. If the expenses we assume as a result of an internalization are higher than the expenses we avoid paying to our Adviser, our earnings per share would be lower as a result of the internalization than they otherwise would have been, potentially decreasing the amount of funds available to distribute to our stockholders and the value of our shares. As currently organized, we will not have any employees. If we elect to internalize our operations, we would employ personnel and would be subject to potential liabilities commonly faced by employers, such as workers disability and compensation claims, potential labor disputes and other employee-related liabilities and grievances.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we internalize our management functions, we could have difficulty integrating these functions as a stand-alone entity. In addition, we could have difficulty retaining such personnel employed by us. Currently, individuals employed by our Advisers and their affiliates perform management and general and administrative functions, including accounting and financial reporting, for multiple entities. These personnel have a great deal of know-how and experience. We may fail to properly identify the appropriate mix of personnel and capital needs to operate as a stand-alone entity. An inability to manage an internalization transaction effectively could result in our incurring excess costs and/or suffering deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting. Such deficiencies could cause us to incur additional costs, and our management’s attention could be diverted from most effectively managing our investments.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.

We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation at the local, state and federal level. New legislation may be enacted or new interpretations, rulings or regulations could be adopted, including those governing the types of investments we are permitted to make, any of which could harm us and our stockholders, potentially with retroactive effect.

Additionally, any changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations relating to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth in this prospectus and may result in our investment focus shifting from the areas of expertise of our Advisers to other types of investments in which our Advisers may have less expertise or little or no experience. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

Efforts to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will involve significant expenditures, and non-compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may adversely affect us.

Upon commencement of this offering, we will be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act,” and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. Under current SEC rules, our management will be required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder. We will be required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, we expect to incur significant additional expenses in the near term, which may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to pay distributions. This process also will result in a diversion of management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations and we may not be able to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting is or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to maintain or achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we may be adversely affected.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, variations in the interest rates on the debt securities we acquire, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Terrorist attacks, acts of war or natural disasters may affect any market for our common stock, impact the businesses in which we invest and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Terrorist acts, acts of war or natural disasters may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to recent global economic instability. Future terrorist activities, military or security operations, or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic/global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may negatively impact the businesses in which we invest directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks and natural disasters are generally uninsurable.

Risks Related to our Advisers and their Affiliates

Our Adviser is recently formed and has no operating history.

BDCA Adviser was formed in June 2010 and has no operating history and no experience acting as an investment adviser for a BDC. Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on BDCA Adviser’s ability, with the assistance of Main Street, to identify, analyze, invest in, finance and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. BDCA Adviser’s capabilities in managing the investment process and providing competent services to us will depend on the employment of investment professionals in an adequate number and of adequate sophistication to match the corresponding flow of transactions. To achieve our investment objective, BDCA Adviser may need to hire, train, supervise and manage new investment professionals. BDCA Adviser may not be able to find investment professionals in a timely manner or at all. Failure to support our investment process could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our Advisers and their affiliates, including our officers and some of our directors, will face conflicts of interest caused by compensation arrangements with us and our affiliates, which could result in actions that are not in the best interests of our stockholders.

Our Advisers and their affiliates will receive substantial fees from us in return for their services, and these fees could influence the advice provided to us. Among other matters, the compensation arrangements could affect their judgment with respect to public offerings of equity by us, which allow the dealer manager to earn additional dealer manager fees and our Advisers to earn increased management fees.

We may be obligated to pay our Advisers incentive compensation even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio.

Our Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements entitle our Advisers to receive incentive compensation on income regardless of any capital losses. In such case, we may be required to pay our Advisers incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or if we incur a net loss for that quarter.

We expect that any incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements our Adviser and Sub-Adviser, respectively, will not be under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee they received that was based on accrued income that we never received as a result of a default by an entity on the obligation that resulted in the accrual of such income, and such circumstances would result in our paying an incentive fee on income we never received.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income (such as deferred interest that is accrued as original issue discount) in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash and to make distributions with respect to such income to maintain our status as a RIC even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. Under such circumstances, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to obtain and maintain RIC tax

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

treatment under the Code. This difficulty in making the required distribution may be amplified to the extent that we are required to pay an incentive fee with respect to such accrued income for which we have not received a corresponding cash payment. As a result, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax. For additional discussion regarding the tax implications of a RIC, see “Federal Income Tax Risks — We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or to satisfy RIC distribution requirements.”

The time and resources that individuals employed by the Advisers devote to us may be diverted and we may face additional competition due to the fact that neither our Advisers nor their affiliates are prohibited from raising money for or managing another entity that makes the same types of investments that we target.

The Advisers currently manage other investment entities, including Main Street Capital Corporation, a New York Stock Exchange-listed BDC, and several public non-listed REITs, and neither our Adviser nor our Sub-Adviser is prohibited from raising money for and managing future investment entities that make the same types of investments as those we target. As a result, the time and resources that our Advisers devote to us may be diverted, and during times of intense activity in other programs, they may devote less time and resources to our business than is necessary or appropriate. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity for the same investors and investment opportunities. While we intend to co-invest with such investment entities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, the 1940 Act imposes significant limits on co-investing. As a result, we and our Advisers intend to seek exemptive relief from the SEC under the 1940 Act, which, if granted, would allow us additional latitude to co-invest with them. However, there is no assurance that we will obtain such relief. In the event the SEC does not grant us relief, we will be limited in our ability to invest in certain portfolio companies in which the Advisers or any of their respective affiliates are investing or are invested. Even if we are able to obtain exemptive relief, we will be unable to participate in certain transactions originated by the Advisers or their respective affiliates prior to receipt of such relief.

Our Sub-Adviser may face conflicts of interest in allocating investment opportunities between us and Main Street Capital Corporation.

The investment professionals employed by our Sub-Adviser are also the investment professionals responsible for investing and managing the securities portfolio of Main Street. These professionals will be responsible for allocating investment opportunities between us and Main Street unless and until we receive exemptive relief allowing us to co-invest with Main Street. Even if such exemptive relief is obtained, Main Street will have no obligation to co-invest with us or to allocate particular investment opportunities to us. If Main Street allocates lesser quality investment opportunities to us than it retains for itself, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Our fee structure may induce our Advisers to make speculative investments or incur debt.

The incentive fee payable by us to our Advisers may create an incentive for them to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee payable to our Advisers is determined may encourage them to use leverage to increase the return on our investments. In addition, the fact that our management fee is payable based upon our gross assets, which would include any borrowings for investment purposes, may encourage our Advisers to use leverage to make additional investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor holders of our common stock. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns.

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could impact our investment returns.

We pay management and incentive fees to our Advisers, and reimburse our Advisers for certain expenses they incur. In addition, investors in our common stock will invest on a gross basis and receive distributions on a net basis after expenses, resulting in, among other things, a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments.

The part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our pre-incentive fee net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible.

Our Adviser may seek to change the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, which could affect the terms of our Adviser’s compensation.

Our Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically renew for successive annual periods if approved by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons. Moreover, conflicts of interest may arise if our Adviser seeks to change the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, including, for example, the terms for compensation. While any material change to the Investment Advisory Agreement must be submitted to stockholders for approval under the 1940 Act, we may from time to time decide it is appropriate to seek stockholder approval to change the terms of the agreement.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement and the Investment Advisory Agreement contain co-termination provisions. Such provisions, if triggered, may leave us without an investment adviser or sub-adviser which could negatively impact our investment strategy and our ability to achieve our investment objective.

Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory and Investment Advisory Agreements, if either of the Investment Advisory Agreement or Sub-Advisory Agreement is terminated or not renewed, then the other agreement will also terminate on the effective date of such termination or non-renewal. In addition, under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement, in the event either the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates because we terminate or fail to renew either agreement, neither the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser nor any of their affiliates may, except in certain limited circumstances, be re-engaged as Adviser or Sub-Adviser for a period of three years following the date of such termination without the consent of the party not seeking to be re-engaged. Because our success depends to a significant extent on the deal flow and key professionals of our Advisers, the termination of the Sub-Advisory or Investment Advisory Agreement could have a materially adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

In selecting and structuring investments appropriate for us, our Advisers will consider the investment and tax objectives of the Company and our stockholders as a whole, not the investment, tax or other objectives of any stockholder individually.

Our stockholders may have conflicting investment, tax and other objectives with respect to their investments in us. The conflicting interests of individual stockholders may relate to or arise from, among other things, the nature of our investments, the structure or the acquisition of our investments, and the timing of disposition of our investments. As a consequence, conflicts of interest may arise in connection with decisions made by our Advisers, including with respect to the nature or structuring of our investments, that may be more beneficial for one stockholder than for another stockholder, especially with respect to stockholders’ individual tax situations.

Risks Related to Business Development Companies

Our failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a business development company.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation.” Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investments are not qualifying assets. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies, which could result in the dilution of our position, or could require us to dispose of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in the portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments.

Failure to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we do not remain a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.

As a result of the annual distribution requirement to qualify as a RIC, we may need to periodically access the capital markets to raise cash to fund new investments. We may issue “senior securities,” including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such incurrence or issuance. Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with these requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. As a BDC, therefore, we intend to continuously issue equity at a rate more frequent than our privately owned competitors, which may lead to greater stockholder dilution.

We expect to utilize leverage to generate capital to make additional investments. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test under the 1940 Act, which would prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from qualifying as a RIC. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales and repayments may be disadvantageous.

Under the 1940 Act, we generally are prohibited from issuing or selling our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with other public companies. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors and independent directors determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders as well as those stockholders that are not affiliated with us approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the fair value of such securities.

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted.

We will be prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of a majority of the independent members of our board of directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act and we will generally be prohibited from buying or selling any securities from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our board of directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times), without prior approval of our board of directors and, in some cases, the SEC. If a person acquires more than 25% of our voting securities, we will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates. Further, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any portfolio company of a private equity fund managed by our Advisers without the prior approval of the SEC.

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are uncertain of our sources for funding our future capital needs; if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.

The net proceeds from the sale of shares will be used for our investment opportunities, operating expenses and for payment of various fees and expenses such as management fees, incentive fees and other fees. Any working capital reserves we maintain may not be sufficient for investment purposes, and we may require debt or equity financing to operate. Accordingly, in the event that we develop a need for additional capital in the future for investments or for any other reason, these sources of funding may not be available to us. Consequently, if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected. As a result, we would be less able to achieve portfolio diversification and our investment objective, which may negatively impact our results of operations and reduce our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders.

Risks Related to Our Investments

Our investments in prospective portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

We intend to invest primarily in senior secured term loans, second lien loans and mezzanine debt and selected equity investments issued by middle market companies.

Senior Secured Loans and Second Lien Loans.   When we make senior secured term loans and second lien loans, we will generally take a security interest in the available assets of these portfolio companies, including the equity interests of their subsidiaries. We expect this security interest to help mitigate the risk that we will not be repaid. However, there is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time or lose its entire value, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. Also, in some circumstances, our lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the loan. Finally, applicable bankruptcy laws may adversely impact the timing and methods used by us to liquidate collateral securing our loans, which could adversely affect the collectability of such loans. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

Mezzanine Debt.   Our mezzanine debt investments will generally be subordinated to senior loans and will generally be unsecured. This may result in a heightened level of risk and volatility or a loss of principal which could lead to the loss of the entire investment.

These investments may involve additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns. To the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt may be subject to greater fluctuations in valuations, and such debt could subject us and our stockholders to non-cash income. Since we will not receive any principal repayments prior to the maturity of some of our mezzanine debt investments, such investments will be of greater risk than amortizing loans.

Equity Investments.   We expect to make selected equity investments. In addition, when we invest in first and second lien senior loans or mezzanine debt, we may acquire warrants to purchase equity securities. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of these equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

In addition, investing in private companies involves a number of significant risks, including that they:

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;
have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;
are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;
generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers and directors and employees of our Advisers may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies; and
may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We will invest primarily in first lien, second lien, mezzanine debt, preferred equity and common equity issued by middle market companies. Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

Even though we intend to generally structure certain of our investments as senior loans, if one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. In situations where a bankruptcy carries a high degree of political significance, our legal rights may be subordinated to other creditors. We may also be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by us with respect to a borrower’s business or instances where we exercise control over the borrower.

Second priority liens on collateral securing our loans may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us.

Our loans will be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before we receive anything. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

We generally will not control our portfolio companies.

We generally will not control our portfolio companies, even though we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements may contain certain restrictive covenants. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in non-traded companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies as readily as we would like or at an appropriate valuation. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

We will be subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly have a material adverse effect on our investment objective and our rate of return on invested capital. In addition, an increase in interest rates would make it more expensive to use debt for our financing needs, if any.

Economic recessions or downturns such as the one we are currently experiencing could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

Many of the portfolio companies in which we may invest may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Current adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our senior secured or second lien secured loans. A prolonged recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income, assets and net worth. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

In addition, while we believe that these conditions also afford attractive opportunities to make investments, future financial market uncertainty could lead to further financial market disruptions and could further adversely impact our ability to obtain financing and the value of our investments.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

Certain investments that we may make could include warrants or other equity securities. In addition, we may make direct equity investments, including controlling investments, in companies. Our goal is ultimately to realize gains upon our disposition of such equity interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience. We also may be unable to realize any value if a portfolio company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell the underlying equity interests. We intend to seek puts or similar rights to give us the right to sell our equity securities back to the portfolio company issuer. We may be unable to exercise these puts rights for the consideration provided in our investment documents if the issuer is in financial distress.

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.

We intend to invest in corporate debt of middle market companies, including privately held companies. Investments in private companies pose certain incremental risks as compared to investments in public companies. First, private companies have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress. Second, the investments themselves tend to be less liquid. As such, we may have difficulty exiting an investment promptly or at a desired price prior to maturity or outside of a normal amortization schedule. Finally, little public information generally exists about private companies. Further, these companies may not have third-party debt ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of our Advisers to obtain adequate information through due diligence to evaluate the creditworthiness and potential returns from investing in these companies. These companies and their financial information will generally not be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. As a result, the relative lack of liquidity and the potential diminished capital resources of our target portfolio companies may affect our investment returns.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

We intend to invest in companies whose securities are typically not publicly traded, and whose securities will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities. The illiquidity of these investments may make it difficult for us to sell these investments when desired. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. As a result, we do not expect to achieve liquidity in our investments in the near-term. We expect that our investments will generally be subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid because there is usually no established trading market for such investments. The illiquidity of most of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of them at a favorable price, and, as a result, we may suffer losses.

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies.

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies. After our initial investment in a portfolio company, we may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to such company or have the opportunity to increase our investment through the exercise of a warrant to

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purchase common stock. There is no assurance that we will make, or will have sufficient funds to make, follow-on investments. Any decisions not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative impact on a portfolio company in need of such an investment, may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation or may reduce the expected return on the investment.

We may concentrate our investments in companies in a particular industry or industries.

In the event we concentrate our investments in companies in a particular industry or industries, any adverse conditions that disproportionately impact that industry or industries may have a magnified adverse effect on our operating results.

Risks Relating to Debt Financing

If we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us.

The use of borrowings, also known as leverage, increases the volatility of investments by magnifying the potential for gain or loss on invested equity capital. If we use leverage to partially finance our investments, through borrowing from banks and other lenders, you will experience increased risks of investing in our common stock. If the value of our assets increases, leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause our net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make common stock distribution payments. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique.

Changes in interest rates may affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

Since we intend to use debt to finance investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates when we have debt outstanding, our cost of funds will increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We expect that our long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. These techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. These activities may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, we have limited experience in entering into hedging transactions, and we will initially have to purchase or develop such expertise.

You should also be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee preferred return and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to our Adviser with respect to pre-incentive fee net investment income. See “Investment Advisory and Management Services Agreement.”

Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Common Stock

Investors will not know the purchase price per share at the time they submit their subscription agreements and could pay a premium for their shares of common stock if our board of directors does not decrease the offering price in the event of a decline to our net asset value per share.

The purchase price at which you purchase shares will be determined at each closing date to ensure that shares are not sold at a price, after deduction of selling commissions and dealer manager fees that is below

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our net asset value. In the event of a decrease to our net asset value per share, you could pay a premium for your shares of common stock if our board of directors does not decrease the offering price. A decline in our net asset value per share to an amount more than 5% below our current offering price, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, creates a rebuttable presumption that there has been a material change in the value of our assets such that a reduction in the offering price per share is warranted. This presumption may only be rebutted if our board of directors, in consultation with our management, reasonably and in good faith determines that the decline in net asset value per share is the result of a temporary movement in the credit markets or the value of our assets, rather than a more fundamental shift in the valuation of our portfolio. In the event that (i) net asset value per share decreases to more than 5% below our current net offering price and (ii) our board of directors believes that such decrease in net asset value per share is the result of a non-temporary movement in the credit markets or the value of our assets, our board of directors will undertake to establish a new net offering price that is not more than 5% above our net asset value per share. If our board of directors determines that the decline in our net asset value per share is the result of a temporary movement in the credit markets, investors will purchase shares at an offering price per share, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, which represents a premium to the net asset value per share of greater than 5%. See “Plan of Distribution.”

This is a “best efforts” offering, and if we are unable to raise substantial funds, we will be limited in the number and type of investments we may make, and the value of your investment in us may be reduced in the event our assets under-perform.

This offering is being made on a best efforts basis, whereby the dealer manager and broker-dealers participating in the offering are only required to use their best efforts to sell our shares and have no firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the shares. In addition, selling brokers have more than one business development company offering to choose to emphasize to prospective purchasers, a choice that may make success in conducting the offering more difficult. Even though we have established a minimum size of our offering necessary for us to release funds from the escrow account and utilize subscription funds, such amount will not, by itself, be sufficient for us to purchase a diversified portfolio of investments. To the extent that less than the maximum number of shares is subscribed for, the opportunity for diversification of our investments may be decreased and the returns achieved on those investments may be reduced as a result of allocating all of our expenses among a smaller capital base.

The shares sold in this offering will not be listed on an exchange or quoted through a quotation system for the foreseeable future, if ever. Therefore, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will have limited liquidity and may not receive a full return of your invested capital if you sell your shares.

The shares offered by us are illiquid assets for which there is not expected to be any secondary market nor is it expected that any will develop in the future. We intend to explore a potential liquidity event for our stockholders between five and seven years following the completion of our offering stage, which may include follow-on offerings after completion of this initial offering. However, there can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event within such time or at all. We expect that our board of directors, in the exercise of its duties to us, will determine to pursue a liquidity event when it believes that then-current market conditions are favorable for a liquidity event, and that such a event is in our best interests. A liquidity event could include (1) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation, (2) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange or (3) a merger or another transaction approved by our board in which our stockholders will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In making the decision to apply for listing of our shares, our directors will try to determine whether listing our shares or liquidating our assets will result in greater value for our stockholders. In making a determination of what type of liquidity event is in our best interests, our board of directors, including our independent directors, may consider a variety of criteria, including, but not limited to, market conditions, portfolio diversification, portfolio performance, our financial condition, potential access to capital as a listed company, market conditions for the sale of our assets or listing of our common stock, internal management requirements to become a perpetual life company and the potential for stockholder liquidity. If our shares are listed, we cannot assure you a public trading market will develop. Since a portion of the offering price from the sale of shares in this offering will be used to pay expenses and fees, the full offering price paid by stockholders will not be invested in portfolio companies. As a result, even if we do complete a liquidity event, you may not receive a return of all of your invested capital.

You should also be aware that shares of publicly traded closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. If our shares are eventually listed on a national exchange, we would not be able to predict whether our common stock would trade above, at or below net asset value. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline.

We established the offering price for our shares of common stock on an arbitrary basis, and the offering price may not accurately reflect the value of our assets.

The price of our common stock was established on an arbitrary basis and is not based on the amount or nature of our assets or our book value. Therefore, at any given time, the offering price may be higher than the value of our interests in portfolio companies.

Because the dealer manager is an affiliate of our Adviser you will not have the benefit of an independent review of the prospectus customarily performed in underwritten offerings.

The dealer manager, Realty Capital Securities, LLC, is an affiliate of American Realty Capital II Advisors, LLC and will not make an independent review of us or the offering. Accordingly, you will have to rely on your own broker-dealer to make an independent review of the terms of this offering. If your broker-dealer does not conduct such a review, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of the terms of this offering. Further, the due diligence investigation of us by the dealer manager cannot be considered to be an independent review and, therefore, may not be as meaningful as a review conducted by an unaffiliated broker-dealer or investment banker. You will not have the benefit of an independent review and investigation of this offering of the type normally performed by an unaffiliated, independent underwriter in an underwritten public securities offering. In addition, we do not, and do not expect to, have research analysts reviewing our performance or our securities on an ongoing basis. Therefore, you will not have an independent review of our performance and the value of our common stock relative to publicly traded companies.

The dealer manager in this offering has no experience selling shares on behalf of a BDC and may be unable to sell a sufficient number of shares of common stock for us to achieve our investment objective.

The success of this offering, and correspondingly our ability to implement our business strategy, is dependent upon the ability of our dealer manager to establish and maintain a network of licensed securities brokers-dealers and other agents. Realty Capital Securities, LLC, the dealer manager in this offering, has no experience selling shares on behalf of a BDC. There is therefore no assurance that it will be able to sell a sufficient number of shares to allow us to have adequate funds to purchase a diversified portfolio of investments. If the dealer manager fails to perform, we may not be able to raise adequate proceeds through this offering to implement our investment strategy. As a result, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective, and you could lose some or all of the value of your investment.

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Beginning 12 months after we meet the minimum offering requirement, we intend to offer to repurchase your shares on a quarterly basis. As a result you will have limited opportunities to sell your shares and, to the extent are able to sell your shares under the program you may not be able to recover the amount of your investment in our shares.

Beginning one year after we meet the minimum offering requirement, we intend to commence tender offers to allow you to tender your shares on a quarterly basis at a price equal to 90% of the offering price on the date of repurchase. As proposed, the share repurchase program will include numerous restrictions that limit your ability to sell your shares. We intend to limit the number of shares repurchased pursuant to our proposed share repurchase program as follows: (1) we currently intend to limit the number of shares to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares; (2) we do not expect to repurchase shares in any calendar year in excess of 5% of the weighted average number of shares outstanding in the prior calendar year; (3) unless you tender all of your shares, you must tender at least 25% of the amount of shares you have purchased in the offering and must maintain a minimum balance of $1,000 subsequent to submitting a portion of your shares for repurchase by us; and (4) to the extent that the number of shares put to us for repurchase exceeds the number of shares that we are able to purchase, we will repurchase shares on a pro rata basis, not on a first-come, first-served basis. Further, we will have no obligation to repurchase shares if the repurchase would violate the restrictions on distributions under federal law or Maryland law, which prohibits distributions that would cause a corporation to fail to meet statutory tests of solvency. These limits may prevent us from accommodating all repurchase requests made in any year. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the repurchase program upon 30 days’ notice. We will notify you of such developments (1) in the quarterly reports mentioned above or (2) by means of a separate mailing to you, accompanied by disclosure in a current or periodic report under the Exchange Act. During this offering, we will also include this information in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement, as then required under federal securities laws. In addition, although we have adopted a share repurchase program, we have discretion to not repurchase your shares, to suspend the plan, and to cease repurchases. Further, the plan has many limitations and should not be relied upon as a method to sell shares promptly and at a desired price.

The timing of our repurchase offers pursuant to our share repurchase program may be at a time that is disadvantageous to our stockholders.

When we make quarterly repurchase offers pursuant to the share repurchase program, we may offer to repurchase shares at a price that is lower than the price you paid for shares in our offering. As a result, to the extent you have the ability to sell your shares to us as part of our share repurchase program, the price at which you may sell your shares, which we expect to be 90% of the offering price on the date of repurchase under ordinary conditions, may be lower than what you paid in connection with your purchase of shares in our offering.

In addition, in the event you choose to participate in our share repurchase program, you will be required to provide us with notice of your intent to participate prior to knowing what the net asset value per share will be on the repurchase date. Although you will have the ability to withdraw your repurchase request prior to the repurchase date, to the extent you seek to sell your shares to us as part of our periodic share repurchase program, you will be required to do so without knowledge of what the repurchase price of our shares will be on the repurchase date.

We may be unable to invest a significant portion of the net proceeds of this offering on acceptable terms in the timeframe contemplated by this prospectus.

Delays in investing the net proceeds of this offering may impair our performance. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify any investments that meet our investment objective or that any investment that we make will produce a positive return. We may be unable to invest the net proceeds of this offering on acceptable terms within the time period that we anticipate or at all, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, even if we are able to raise significant proceeds, we will not be permitted to use such proceeds to co-invest with certain entities affiliated with our Advisers in transactions originated by our Advisers unless we first obtain an exemptive order from the SEC. We currently intend to seek an exemptive order, and the SEC has granted exemptive relief for co-investments to BDCs in the past. However, there can be no assurance that we will obtain such relief.

We anticipate that, depending on market conditions, it may take us several months before we have raised sufficient funds to make any investments or to invest the proceeds of this offering in securities meeting our investment objective and providing sufficient diversification of our portfolio. During this period, we will invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which may produce returns that are significantly lower than the returns which we expect to achieve when our portfolio is fully invested in securities meeting our investment objective. As a result, any distributions that we pay during this period may be substantially lower than the distributions that we may be able to pay when our portfolio is fully invested in securities meeting our investment objective.

Under the terms of our charter, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock with rights and privileges superior to common stockholders without common stockholder approval.

Under the terms of our charter, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series without stockholder approval. The board has discretion to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series of preferred stock. Every issuance of preferred stock will be required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if distributions on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock.

Your interest in us will be diluted if we issue additional shares, which could reduce the overall value of your investment.

Potential investors in this offering do not have preemptive rights to any shares we issue in the future. Our charter authorizes us to issue shares of common stock. Pursuant to our charter, a majority of our entire board of directors may amend our charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of authorized shares of stock of any class or series without stockholder approval. After your purchase in this offering, our board may elect to sell additional shares in this or future public offerings, issue equity interests in private offerings or issue share-based awards to our independent directors or employees of our Adviser. To the extent we issue additional equity interests after your purchase in this offering, your percentage ownership interest in us will be diluted. In addition, depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, you may also experience dilution in the book value and fair value of your shares.

Certain provisions of our charter and bylaws as well as provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the value of our common stock.

Our charter and bylaws, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire us. Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, “control shares” acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding shares owned by the acquiror, by officers or by employees who are directors of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Acquisition Act under the Maryland General Corporation Law any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock. Our board may amend the bylaws to remove that exemption in whole or in part without stockholder approval. The Control Share

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Acquisition Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to that Act) may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer. Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, specified “business combinations,” including mergers, consolidations, share exchanges, or, in circumstances specified in the statute, asset transfers or issuances or reclassifications of equity securities, between a Maryland corporation and any person who owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock, and certain other parties (each an “interested stockholder”), or an affiliate of the interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Thereafter any of the specified business combinations must be approved by two super majority votes of the stockholders unless, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price for their shares. See “Description of Our Securities — Business Combinations.”

Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, certain statutory provisions permit a corporation that is subject to the Exchange Act and that has at least three independent directors to be subject to certain corporate governance provisions notwithstanding any contrary provision in the corporation’s charter and bylaws. Among other provisions, a board of directors may classify itself without the vote of stockholders. Further, the board of directors, by electing into certain statutory provisions and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, may (i) provide that a special meeting of stockholders will be called only at the request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting, (ii) reserve for itself the right to fix the number of directors, and (iii) retain for itself the exclusive power to fill vacancies created by the death, removal or resignation of a director. A corporation may be prohibited by its charter or by resolution of its board of directors from electing to be subject to any of the provisions of the statute. We are not prohibited from implementing any or all of the statute.

Additionally, our board of directors may, without stockholder action, authorize the issuance of shares of stock in one or more classes or series, including preferred stock; and our board of directors may, without stockholder action, amend our charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue. These provisions may inhibit a change of control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the value of our common stock.

We are not obligated to complete a liquidity event by a specified date; therefore, it will be difficult for you to sell your shares.

We intend to explore a potential liquidity event for our stockholders between five to seven years following the completion of our offering stage. We expect that our board of directors, in the exercise of the requisite standard of care applicable to directors under Maryland law, will determine to pursue a liquidity event when it believes that then-current market conditions are favorable for a liquidity event, and that such a transaction is in our best interests. A liquidity event could include (1) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation, (2) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange, or (3) a merger or another transaction approved by our board in which our stockholders will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company. However, there can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event within such time or at all. If we do not successfully complete a liquidity event, liquidity for your shares will be limited to our share repurchase program which we have no obligation to maintain.

Federal Income Tax Risks

We may be subject to certain corporate-level taxes regardless of whether we continue to qualify as a RIC.

To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet the following annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

The annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, if any. We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any of our undistributed income or gain. Additionally, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

federal excise tax, however, to the extent that we do not satisfy certain additional minimum distribution requirements on a calendar-year basis. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to an asset coverage ratio requirement under the 1940 Act and may in the future become subject to certain financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.
The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our gross income for each year from distributions, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar sources.
The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. To satisfy this requirement, at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other acceptable securities; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

If we fail to qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. We may also be subject to certain U.S. federal excise taxes, as well as state, local and foreign taxes.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discounts and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax. For additional discussion regarding the tax implications of a RIC, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation as a RIC.”

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

You may receive shares of our common stock as distributions which could result in adverse tax consequences to you.

In order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement applicable to RICs, we may have the ability to declare a large portion of a distribution in shares of our common stock instead of in cash. As long as a portion of such distribution is paid in cash (which portion can be as low as 10% for our taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2011) and certain requirements are met, the entire distribution to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, a stockholder would be taxed on the entire distribution in the same manner as a cash distribution, even though a portion of the distribution was paid in shares of our common stock.

You may have current tax liability on distributions you elect to reinvest in our common stock but would not receive cash from such distributions to pay such tax liability.

If you participate in our distribution reinvestment plan, you will be deemed to have received, and for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be taxed on, the amount reinvested in our common stock to the extent the amount reinvested was not a tax-free return of capital. As a result, unless you are a tax-exempt entity, you may have to use funds from other sources to pay your tax liability on the value of our common stock received from the distribution.

If we do not qualify as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, you will be taxed as though you received a distribution of some of our expenses.

A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a regulated investment company whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. If we are not a publicly offered regulated investment company for any period, a non-corporate shareholder’s pro rata portion of our affected expenses, including our management fees, will be treated as an additional distribution to the shareholder and will be deductible by such shareholder only to the extent permitted under the limitations described below. For non-corporate shareholders, including individuals, trusts, and estates, significant limitations generally apply to the deductibility of certain expenses of a non-publicly offered regulated investment company, including advisory fees. In particular, these expenses, referred to as miscellaneous itemized deductions, are deductible to an individual only to the extent they exceed 2% of such a shareholder’s adjusted gross income, and are not deductible for alternative minimum tax purposes. While we anticipate that we will constitute a publicly offered regulated investment company after our first tax year, there can be no assurance that we will in fact so qualify for any of our taxable years.

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements because they relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may include statements as to:

our future operating results;
our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;
the impact of the investments that we expect to make;
the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;
our expected financings and investments;
the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital; and
the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies.

In addition, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect” and “intend” indicate a forward-looking statement, although not all forward-looking statements include these words. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those implied or expressed in the forward-looking statements for any reason, including the factors set forth in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include:

changes in the economy;
risks associated with possible disruption in our operations or the economy generally due to terrorism or natural disasters; and
future changes in laws or regulations and conditions in our operating areas.

We have based the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus on information available to us on the date of this prospectus, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Except as required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements and projections contained in this prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933.

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS

Use of Proceeds

We intend to use substantially all of the proceeds from this offering, net of expenses, to make investments in middle market companies in accordance with our investment objective and using the strategies described in this prospectus. The remainder will be used for working capital purposes.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to sell all of the shares we are presently offering. If we sell only a portion of the shares offered hereby, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective. Based on current market conditions, it may take six to twelve months after meeting our minimum offering requirement before we have raised sufficient funds to invest the initial proceeds of this offering in securities meeting our investment objective and strategy.

In addition, we anticipate that it will take us up to twelve to twenty-four months after conclusion of this offering to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with our investment strategy, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objective and market conditions. We cannot assure you we will achieve our targeted investment pace. See “Risk Factors —  We may be unable to invest a significant portion of the net proceeds of this offering on acceptable terms in the timeframe contemplated by this prospectus .”

Pending such use, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in short-term securities consistent with our status as a BDC and our election to be taxed as a RIC. During this time, we may employ a portion of the net proceeds to pay operating expenses, distributions to stockholders, and for general corporate purposes. In addition, during this time we will pay management fees to our Advisers as described elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table sets forth our estimates of how we intend to use the gross proceeds from this offering. Information is provided assuming that we sell: (1) the minimum number of shares required to meet our minimum offering requirement, or 250,000 shares, and (2) the maximum number of shares registered in this offering, or 150,000,000 shares. The amount of net proceeds may be more or less than the amount depicted in the table below depending on the public offering price of the common stock and the actual number of shares of common stock we sell in the offering.

The amounts in this table assume that the full fees and commissions are paid on all shares of our common stock offered to the public on a best efforts basis. All or a portion of the selling commission and dealer manager fee may be reduced or eliminated in connection with certain categories of sales such as sales for which a volume discount applies, sales through investment advisers or banks acting as trustees or fiduciaries and sales to our affiliates. The reduction in these fees will be accompanied by a corresponding reduction in the per share purchase price but will not affect the amounts available to us for investments. Because amounts in the following table are estimates, they may not accurately reflect the actual receipt or use of the offering proceeds.

       
  Minimum Offering   Maximum Offering
     Amount   %   Amount   %
Gross Proceeds   $ 2,500,000       100.0 %     $ 1,500,000,000       100.0 %  
Less:
                                   
Selling Commission   $ 175,000       7.0 %     $ 105,000,000       7.0 %  
Dealer Manager Fee   $ 75,000       3.0 %     $ 45,000,000       3.0 %  
Offering Expenses   $ 125,000       5.0 %     $ 22,500,000       1.5 %  
Net Proceeds/Amount Available for Investments   $ 2,125,000       85.0 %     $ 1,327,500,000       88.5 %  

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DISTRIBUTIONS

We intend to authorize and declare distributions quarterly and pay distributions on a monthly basis beginning no later than the first calendar quarter after the month in which the minimum offering requirement is met. Subject to the board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, our board of directors intends to authorize and declare a quarterly distribution amount per share of our common stock. We will then calculate each stockholder’s specific distribution amount for the month using record and declaration dates, and your distributions will begin to accrue on the date we accept your subscription for shares of our common stock. From time to time, we may also pay interim distributions at the discretion of our board. Each year a statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 1099-DIV (or such successor form) identifying the source of the distribution (i.e., paid from ordinary income, paid from net capital gain on the sale of securities, and/or a return of paid-in capital surplus which is a nontaxable distribution) will be mailed to our stockholders. Our distributions may exceed our earnings, especially during the period before we have substantially invested the proceeds from this offering. As a result, a portion of the distributions we make may represent a return of capital for tax purposes.

We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use borrowings, if any, or proceeds from this offering to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in assets). There can be no assurance that we will be able to sustain distributions at any particular level.

From time to time and not less than quarterly, our Adviser will be required to review our accounts to determine whether distributions are appropriate. We shall distribute pro rata to our stockholders funds received by us which our Adviser deems unnecessary for us to retain.

To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, if any. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute, or be deemed to distribute, during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98% of our capital gain in excess of capital loss for the calendar year and (3) any net ordinary income and net capital gain for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from paying distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings. See “Regulation” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

We have adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we make a distribution, then stockholders will receive distributions in cash unless they specifically “opt in” to the distribution reinvestment plan so as to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DISCUSSION OF THE COMPANY’S EXPECTED OPERATING PLANS

The information in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a Maryland corporation incorporated on May 5, 2010. We are a newly organized specialty finance company formed to make debt and equity investments in middle market companies. Upon commencement of this offering, we will be an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act, and that intends to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC, under the Code.

Our long-term investment objective is to generate both current income and long-term capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. We anticipate that during our offering period we will invest largely in senior secured and second lien debt securities, issued by middle market companies in private placements and negotiated transactions, that are traded in private over-the-counter markets for institutional investors, which we refer to as over-the-counter debt securities. We define middle market companies as those with annual revenues between $10 million and $1 billion. We expect that each investment will range between approximately $1 million and $25 million, although this investment size will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base. As we increase our capital base during our offering period, we will begin investing in, and ultimately intend to have a substantial portion of our assets invested in, customized direct loans to and equity securities of middle market companies. In most cases, companies to whom we provide customized financing solutions will be privately held at the time we invest in them.

While the structure of our investments is likely to vary, we may invest in senior secured debt, senior unsecured debt, subordinated secured debt, subordinated unsecured debt, mezzanine debt, convertible debt, convertible preferred equity, preferred equity, common equity, warrants and other instruments, many of which generate current yields. However, during our offering period and thereafter, if our Advisers deem appropriate, we expect to invest in more liquid senior secured and second lien debt securities of middle market companies, some of which may have securities traded on a national securities exchange. We will make such investments to the extent allowed by the 1940 Act and consistent with our continued qualification as a RIC.

Our investments may include other equity investments, such as warrants, options to buy a minority interest in a portfolio company, or contractual payment rights or rights to receive a proportional interest in the operating cash flow or net income of such company. When determined by our Advisers to be in our best interest, we may acquire a controlling interest in a portfolio company. Any warrants we receive with our debt securities may require only a nominal cost to exercise, and thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. We intend to structure such warrants to include provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest or, if applicable, controlling-interest holder, as well as puts, or rights to sell such securities back to the company upon the occurrence of specified events. In addition, we may obtain demand or “piggyback” registration rights in connection with these equity interests.

We plan to hold many of our investments to maturity or repayment, but will sell our investments earlier if a liquidity event takes place, such as the sale or recapitalization of a portfolio company, or if we determine a sale of one or more of our investments to be in our best interest.

Characteristics of and Risks Related to Investments in Private Companies

A core component of our strategy will be to invest in the corporate debt of privately held companies. Investments in private companies pose certain incremental risks as compared to investments in public companies. First, private companies have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress. Second, the investments themselves may often be illiquid. As such, we may have difficulty exiting an investment promptly or at a desired price prior to maturity or outside of a normal amortization schedule. In addition, less public information generally exists about private companies. Finally, these companies may often not have third-party debt ratings or audited financial

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of our Advisers to obtain adequate information through their due diligence efforts to evaluate the creditworthiness of and risks involved in investing in these companies. These companies and their financial information will also generally not be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies that are designed to protect investors.

Operating and Regulatory Structure

Our investment activities will be managed by our Adviser and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent. Under our Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay our Adviser a quarterly management fee based on our gross assets as well as incentive fees based on our performance. Our Adviser has engaged Main Street Capital Corporation to act as the Sub-Adviser. Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, Main Street will receive 50% of all fees payable to our Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement. See “Investment Advisory and Management Services Agreement.”

We expect to enter into an administration agreement with an entity affiliated with our Adviser. We expect that our administrator will provide us with general ledger accounting, fund accounting, and investor and other administrative services.

Revenues

We plan to generate revenue in the form of dividends or interest payable on the debt securities that we hold and capital gains, if any, on convertible debt or other equity interests that we acquire in portfolio companies. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, structuring or diligence fees, monitoring fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and possibly consulting fees and performance-based fees. Any such fees will be generated in connection with our investments and recognized as earned.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses will be the payment of advisory fees and other expenses under the Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement. The investment advisory fees will compensate our Advisers for their work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, executing, monitoring and servicing our investments.

We will bear all other expenses of our operations and transactions, including (without limitation) fees and expenses relating to:

corporate and organizational expenses relating to offerings of our common stock, subject to limitations included in the investment advisory and management services agreement;
the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;
the cost of effecting sales and repurchase of shares of our common stock and other securities;
investment advisory fees;
transfer agent and custodial fees;
fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;
federal and state registration fees;
federal, state and local taxes;
independent directors’ fees and expenses;
costs of proxy statements, stockholders’ reports and notices;
fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;
direct costs such as printing, mailing, long distance telephone, and staff;
fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable federal and state securities laws;
brokerage commissions for our investments;
all other expenses incurred by our Advisers, in performing their obligations subject to the limitations included in the Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement; and
all other expenses incurred by either our administrator or us in connection with administering our business, including payments under the administration agreement that will be based upon our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by our administrator in performing its obligations under the proposed administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

We will generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of this offering, and from cash flows from fees, interest and dividends earned from our investments and principal repayments and proceeds from sales of our investments. Our primary use of funds will be investments in portfolio companies, payments of our expenses and distributions to holders of our common stock. Immediately after we receive subscriptions for 250,000 shares and meet our minimum offering requirement, gross subscription funds will total $2.5 million. Subsequent to meeting our minimum offering requirement, we will then sell our shares on a continuous basis at a price of $10.00; however, if our net asset value per share increases above $10.00 per share, we will sell our shares at a higher price as necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price which, after deduction of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, is below our net asset value per share. In connection with each closing on the sale of shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus, our board of directors or a committee thereof is required to make the determination within 48 hours of the time that we price our shares for sale that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below our then current net asset value. Prior to each closing, to the extent required to disclose material information, including changes in the offering price per share, to prospective investors, we will update the information contained in this prospectus by filing a prospectus supplement with the SEC, and we will also post any updated information to our website.

We may borrow funds to make investments, including before we have fully invested the proceeds of this offering, to the extent we determine that additional capital would allow us to take advantage of additional investment opportunities, if the market for debt financing presents attractively priced debt financing opportunities, or if our board of directors determines that leveraging our portfolio would be in our best interests. We do not currently anticipate issuing any preferred stock.

Capital Contribution by our Adviser

Our Adviser, pursuant to a private placement, contributed an aggregate of $200,000 to purchase 22,222 shares of common stock at $9.00 per share, which represents the public offering price of $10.00 per share minus selling commissions of $0.70 per share and dealer manager fees of $0.30 per share. Because no sales commission or dealer manager fees will be paid on the gross offering proceeds from the private placement, the per share net offering proceeds received by us from the private placement are equal to the per share net offering proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Additionally, our Adviser will not tender its shares for repurchase as long as our Adviser continues to serve as our investment adviser.

Distribution Policy

We intend to authorize and declare distributions quarterly and pay distributions on a monthly basis beginning no later than the first calendar quarter after the month in which the minimum offering requirement is met. Subject to the board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, our board of directors intends to authorize and declare a quarterly distribution amount per share of our common stock. We will then calculate each stockholder’s specific distribution amount for the month using record and declaration dates and your distributions will begin to accrue on the date we accept your subscription for shares of our common stock. From time to time, we may also pay interim distributions at the discretion of our board. Each year a statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 1099-DIV (or successor form) identifying the source of the distribution (i.e., paid from ordinary income, paid from net capital gain on the sale of securities, and/or a

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

return of paid-in capital surplus which is a nontaxable distribution) will be mailed to our stockholders. Our distributions may exceed our earnings, especially during the period before we have substantially invested the proceeds from this offering. As a result, a portion of the distributions we make may represent a return of capital for tax purposes.

We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, if any. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute, or be deemed to distribute, during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98% of our capital gain in excess of capital loss for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any ordinary income and net capital gain for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax.

We have adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we make a distribution, then stockholders will receive distributions in cash unless they specifically “opt in” to the distribution reinvestment plan so as to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.” Any distributions reinvested under the plan will nevertheless remain taxable to the U.S. stockholder. If you hold shares in the name of a broker or financial intermediary, you should contact the broker or financial intermediary regarding your election to receive distributions in additional shares of our common stock.

Critical Accounting Policies

This discussion of our expected operating plans is based upon our expected financial statements, which will be prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements will require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. In addition to the discussion below, we will describe our critical accounting policies in the notes to our future financial statements.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

Our board of directors has established procedures for the valuation of our investment portfolio. These procedures are detailed below.

Investments for which market quotations are readily available will be valued at such market quotations.

For most of our investments, market quotations are not available. With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available or when such market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value, our board of directors has approved a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

1. Each portfolio company or investment will be valued by our Adviser, potentially with information received from the Sub-Adviser and assistance from one or more independent valuation firms engaged by our board of directors;
2. the independent valuation firm, if involved, will conduct independent appraisals and make an independent assessment of the value of each investment;
3. the audit committee of our board of directors will review and discuss the preliminary valuation prepared by our Adviser and that of the independent valuation firm, if any; and
4. the board of directors will discuss the valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of our Adviser, the independent valuation firm, if any, and the audit committee.

Investments will be valued utilizing a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present value amount (discounted) calculated based on an appropriate discount rate. The measurement is based on the net present value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include,

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, M&A comparables, the principal market and enterprise values, among other factors.

We have adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements ), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

ASC Topic 820 clarifies that the exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell an asset or transfer a liability in the market in which the reporting entity would transact for the asset or liability, that is, the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. ASC Topic 820 provides a consistent definition of fair value which focuses on exit price and prioritizes, within a measurement of fair value, the use of market-based inputs over entity-specific inputs. In addition, ASC Topic 820 provides a framework for measuring fair value and establishes a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels of valuation hierarchy established by ASC Topic 820 are defined as follows:

Level 1:  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, accessible by the Company at the measurement date.

Level 2:  Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other observable inputs other than quoted prices.

Level 3:  Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

In all cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to each investment.

In accordance with ASC Topic 820, the fair value of our investments is defined as the price that we would receive upon selling an investment in an orderly transaction to an independent buyer in the principal or most advantageous market in which that investment is transacted.

Net Realized Gains or Losses and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation

We will measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized upfront fees and prepayment penalties. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation will reflect the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.

Contractual Obligations

Payments for investment advisory services under the Investment Advisory Agreement in future periods will be equal to (a) a management fee calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of the value of our gross assets and (b) an incentive fee based on our performance. See “Investment Advisory and Management Services Agreement.” We expect to enter into an administration agreement with an entity affiliated with our Adviser. We anticipate that our administrator will be reimbursed for administrative expenses incurred on our behalf. See “Administrative Services.”

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WHAT YOU SHOULD EXPECT WHEN INVESTING IN A BDC

Overview

A BDC is a category of investment company, regulated under the 1940 Act, created by legislation in 1980 designed to promote investment in small businesses. Congress authorized investment companies to elect BDC status in order to facilitate the flow of capital to private companies and smaller public companies that do not have access to public capital markets or other conventional forms of financing. The 1940 Act provides a body of regulation for investment companies whose shares are offered to the public. BDCs are subject to regulatory requirements under the 1940 Act that are designed to facilitate their investment in the types of companies whose need to raise capital was the impetus behind Congress’ action in adding the BDC as a category of investment company.

Most BDCs are operated so as to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes because a RIC generally is not subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any of its ordinary income and long-term capital gain that it distributes to its stockholders so long as it distributes at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” to its stockholders in a timely manner.

We believe that the BDC industry should continue to experience growth principally because BDCs provide the following benefits to individual investors:

Access to investments that have historically been accessible outside the BDC model only by high-net-worth and institutional investors, such as pension funds and endowments, primarily due to high minimum investment requirements and necessary specialized investment expertise;
Investments managed by professionals with specialized expertise and experience necessary to fully understand and evaluate investment opportunities and manage investment holdings;
Potential to reduce risk by diversifying an individual’s investment over a portfolio of assets without requiring a large investment; and
Investor protection under the 1940 Act, a substantive regulatory and disclosure regime designed to, among other things, limit opportunities for overreaching by affiliates.

Transaction Types

The companies in which BDCs typically invest require capital for a number of different purposes, including management buyouts, leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations and growth and acquisition financing.

Management Buyouts.   Management buyouts often occur when business owners, often for estate planning reasons, seek to transition out of an investment, while existing management believes that the potential for significant value creation remains in the company. In such transactions, company management will often seek a financial sponsor to aid in the purchase of its company through a combination of equity and debt.
Leveraged Buyouts.   Leveraged buyouts occur when financial investors such as private equity firms purchase companies with balance sheets and cash flows that can sustain additional leverage, which amplifies the potential for an equity holder’s gain. This leverage can include several layers, including senior secured, second lien and mezzanine debt.
Recapitalizations.   Recapitalizations occur when firms can benefit by changing their capital structures to enhance equity returns and/or allow existing investors to realize value through a significant, one-time distribution. In some instances, firms may be able to support additional debt due to growth in profitability and in other cases may seek external investment to partially or fully replace existing investors. Recapitalizations are also a key means of exit for institutional investors which are required to return capital at the end of their funds’ lives.
Growth and Acquisition Financings.   Growth and acquisition financings occur when private firms need capital to fund growth opportunities. Private firms represent a significant portion of the growth segment of the U.S. economy and these firms often do not have adequate internally generated cash flow to fund growth organically or through acquisitions. These firms usually seek capital from external sources, including banks, private equity firms and venture capital firms.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Types

Investments by BDCs may take a number of different forms, depending on the portfolio company’s needs and capital structure. Typically investors determine the appropriate type of investment based upon their risk and return requirements. Senior debt is situated at the top of the capital structure, and typically has the first claim on some or all of the assets and cash flows of the company, followed by second lien debt, mezzanine debt, preferred equity and finally common equity. Due to this priority of cash flows and claims on assets, an investment’s risk increases as it moves further down the capital structure. Investors are usually compensated for this risk associated with junior status in the form of higher returns, either through higher interest payments or potentially higher capital appreciation. We intend to focus primarily on investments in debt securities, including senior secured loans, second lien loans and mezzanine loans, as well as equity investments.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

Our Company

We are a newly organized specialty finance company incorporated in Maryland. We are managed by BDCA Adviser, LLC, a recently formed private investment firm that intends to register as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Our Adviser is controlled by Mr. Schorsch, our chairman and chief executive officer and Mr. Kahane, our president and director. Our Adviser has engaged Main Street Capital Corporation to act as our Sub-Adviser and to assist our Adviser with identifying, evaluating, negotiating and structuring investments and will make investment recommendations for approval by our Adviser. We expect to enter into an administrative agreement with an entity affiliated with our Adviser. Such administrator will provide the administrative services, such as accounting, financial reporting, legal and compliance support and investor relations support, necessary for us to operate.

Our long-term investment objective is to generate both current income and long-term capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. We anticipate that during our offering period we will invest largely in senior secured and second lien debt securities, issued by middle market companies in private placements and negotiated transactions, that are traded in private over-the-counter markets for institutional investors, which we refer to as over-the-counter debt securities. We define middle market companies as those with annual revenues between $10 million and $1 billion. We expect that each investment will range between approximately $1 million and $25 million, although this investment size will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base. As we increase our capital base during our offering period, we will begin investing in, and ultimately intend to have a substantial portion of our assets invested in, customized direct loans to and equity securities of middle market companies. In most cases, companies to whom we provide customized financing solutions will be privately held at the time we invest in them.

While the structure of our investments is likely to vary, we may invest in senior secured debt, senior unsecured debt, subordinated secured debt, subordinated unsecured debt, mezzanine debt, convertible debt, convertible preferred equity, preferred equity, common equity, warrants and other instruments, many of which generate current yields. However, during our offering period and thereafter, if our Advisers deem appropriate, we expect to invest in more liquid senior secured and second lien debt securities of middle market companies, some of which may have securities traded on a national securities exchange. We will make such investments to the extent allowed by the 1940 Act and consistent with our continued qualification as a RIC. For a discussion of the risks inherent in our portfolio investments, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure.”

As a BDC, we are subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making our investments. For example, we will not be permitted to co-invest with Main Street or its affiliates in transactions originated by Main Street or its affiliates unless we obtain an exemptive order from the SEC. We currently intend to file an application for exemptive relief to co-invest with Main Street and its affiliates. However, there can be no assurance that we will obtain such relief. Even if we receive exemptive relief, Main Street and its affiliates are not obligated to offer Main Street or us the right to participate in any transactions originated by them.

Prior to obtaining exemptive relief, we intend to co-invest alongside Main Street or its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance. For example, at any time, we may co-invest in syndicated deals and secondary loan market transactions where price is the only negotiated point. While we desire to receive exemptive relief from the SEC, given the latitude permitted within existing regulatory guidance and our current universe of investment opportunities, we do not feel that the absence of exemptive relief materially affects our ability to achieve our investment objectives.

To enhance our opportunity for gain, we intend to employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of our Adviser, but in no event will leverage employed exceed 50% of the value of our assets, as required by the 1940 Act.

Our Advisers

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, BDCA Adviser will oversee the management of our activities and will be responsible for making investment decisions with respect to our portfolio. Our Adviser has engaged Main Street pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, to act as our Sub-Adviser and to assist the

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Adviser with identifying, evaluating, negotiating and structuring investments and will make investment recommendations for approval by our Adviser. Collectively, we believe that the network of relationships between Main Street’s investment team and the middle market investment community, and BDCA Adviser’s senior management team and the business communities in which their affiliated REITs operate, will be key channels through which we will access significant investment opportunities.

About BDCA Adviser, LLC

Our Adviser, BDCA Adviser, LLC, is a recently formed Delaware limited liability company that will register as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act prior to our initial closing. Our Adviser is wholly-owned by American Realty Capital II Advisors, LLC, which is indirectly majority-owned by Nicholas S. Schorsch, our chairman and chief executive officer and William M. Kahane, our president and a director.

Members of our Adviser’s management team have sponsored eight publicly offered REITs which include: ARCT, a non-traded public REIT organized on August 17, 2010, that focuses on acquiring a diversified portfolio of freestanding, single-tenant retail and commercial properties that are net leased to investment grade and other creditworthy tenants; NYRR, a non-traded public REIT organized on October 6, 2010, that focuses on acquiring high quality income-producing commercial real estate located in the New York metropolitan area; PEARC, a non-traded public REIT organized on October 13, 2009 that will invest primarily in necessity-based neighborhood and community shopping centers throughout the United States with a focus on well-located grocery-anchored shopping centers that are well occupied at the time of purchase and typically cost less than $20 million per property; ARC RCA, a non-traded public REIT organized on July 29, 2010; ARC HT, a non-traded public REIT organized on August 23, 2010, ARCT II, a non-traded public REIT organized on September 10, 2010; CIP-ARC, a non-traded public REIT organized on September 29, 2010; and ARCT III, a non-traded public REIT organized on October 15, 2010. For more information on these principals, see “Management.”

About Main Street Capital Corporation

Our Sub-Adviser, Main Street Capital Corporation, is an internally managed business development company and a registered investment adviser. Main Street's management team includes a unique group of professionals with over 100 years of collective investment experience. The members of Main Street’s investment team have broad investment backgrounds, with prior experience at private investment funds, investment banks and other financial services companies, and currently include eight certified public accountants and one chartered financial analyst. At September 30, 2010, Main Street had debt and equity investments with an aggregate fair value of approximately $259 million in 41 portfolio companies, and investments in over-the-counter debt securities with an aggregate fair value of approximately $90 million in 24 separate issuers. We expect to leverage Main Street’s expertise in analyzing, valuing, structuring, negotiating and closing transactions to offer customized financing solutions to mid-sized companies. Main Street was founded in 1997 and is based in Houston, Texas. Main Street’s common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “MAIN.”

Market opportunity

We believe the environment for investing in middle-market companies is attractive for several reasons, including:

There is a large pool of uninvested private equity capital likely to seek additional capital to support private investments.   We believe there remains a large pool of uninvested private equity capital available to middle-market companies. We expect that private equity firms will be active investors in middle-market companies and that these private equity firms will seek to supplement their investments with senior secured and junior loans and equity co-investments from other sources, such as us.
The credit crisis and consolidation among commercial banks has reduced the focus on middle-market business .  The commercial banks in the United States, which have traditionally been the primary source of capital to middle market companies, have experienced consolidation, unprecedented loan losses, capital impairments and stricter regulatory scrutiny, which have led to a

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

significant tightening of credit standards and substantially reduced loan volume to the middle market. Many financial institutions that have historically loaned to middle market companies have failed or been acquired, and we believe that larger financial institutions are now more focused on syndicated lending to larger corporations and are allocating capital to business lines that generate fee income and involve less balance sheet risk. We believe this market dynamic will provide us with numerous opportunities to originate new debt and equity investments in middle market companies. While we believe the credit crisis and the resultant market dynamic have created a unique opportunity for us, we also note that the credit crisis and current tenuous economic environment also present certain risks to our success. Unfavorable economic conditions or other factors could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. An inability to successfully access the capital markets could limit our ability to grow our business and fully execute our business strategy and could decrease our earnings, if any.
There is currently a limited market for CDOs or CLOs, which are securities backed by pools of loans .   Prior to the credit crisis, these asset-backed vehicles were used by many funds and BDCs to provide inexpensive capital to fund additional investments. We also believe that some specialty finance companies that heavily utilized this funding vehicle may be forced to liquidate assets to meet obligations under these vehicles and may have limited access to equity capital due to their shrinking balance sheets, potentially providing us with opportunities to purchase loans at attractive values and reducing competition for future investments.
Favorable Pricing Environment in the Secondary Loan Market .  Lower valuation levels, combined with reduced liquidity in the secondary loan market, have created opportunities to acquire relatively high yielding senior and subordinated loans, both secured and unsecured, at potentially attractive prices.

Business Strategy

Our long-term investment objective is to generate both current income and long-term capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. We anticipate that during our offering period we will invest largely in over-the-counter debt securities and customized debt and equity investments in mid-sized companies. We have adopted the following business strategy to achieve our investment objectives:

Utilize the experience and expertise of the principals of our Sub-Adviser and Adviser.   Our Sub-Adviser is a BDC whose shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Main Street’s investment focus is providing customized debt and equity financing to middle market companies and opportunistically purchasing over-the-counter debt securities. At September 30, 2010, Main Street had debt and equity investments with an aggregate fair value of approximately $259 million in 41 portfolio companies, and investments in over-the-counter debt securities with an aggregate fair value of approximately $90 million in 24 separate issuers. Our Adviser’s senior management team, through affiliates of AR Capital, has sponsored eight publicly-offered REITS. The four principals of our Adviser, namely Nicholas S. Schorsch, William M. Kahane, Brian S. Block and Peter M. Budko, have a broad network of contacts with financial sponsors, commercial and investment banks and leaders within a number of industries that we believe will produce significant proprietary investment opportunities outside the normal banking auction process.
Focus on middle market companies with stable cash flow.   We believe that there are relatively few finance companies focused on transactions involving middle market companies, and this is one factor that allows us to negotiate favorable investment terms. Such favorable terms include higher debt yields and lower leverage levels, more significant covenant protection and greater equity participation than typical of transactions involving larger companies. We generally will invest in established companies with positive cash flow. We believe that these companies possess better risk-adjusted return profiles than newer companies that are building management or in early stages of building a revenue base. These middle market companies represent a significant portion of the U.S. economy and often require substantial capital investment to grow their businesses.
Employ disciplined underwriting policies and rigorous portfolio management.   We expect to employ an extensive underwriting process which includes a review of the prospects, competitive position, financial performance and industry dynamics of each potential portfolio company. In addition, we

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will perform substantial due diligence on potential investments, and seek to invest with management teams and/or private equity sponsors who have proven capabilities in building value. We will offer managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, giving them access to our investment experience, direct industry expertise and contacts, and allowing us to continually monitor their progress. As part of the monitoring process, our Adviser, with assistance of our Sub-Adviser, will analyze monthly and quarterly financial statements versus the previous periods and year, review financial projections, meet with management, attend board meetings and review all compliance certificates and covenants.
Focus on long-term credit performance and principal protection.   We will structure our customized loan investments on a conservative basis with high cash yields, first and/or second lien security interests where possible, cash origination fees, and low leverage levels. We will seek strong deal protections for our customized debt investments, including default penalties, information rights, board observation rights, and affirmative, negative and financial covenants, such as lien protection and prohibitions against change of control. We believe these protections will reduce our risk of capital loss.
Diversification.   We will seek to diversify our portfolio broadly among companies in a multitude of different industries, thereby reducing the concentration of credit risk in any one company or sector of the economy. We can not guarantee that we will be successful in this effort.

Deal Origination

Over the years, we believe the principals of Main Street and the affiliates of AR Capital have developed and maintained a strong reputation as principal investors and an extensive network of relationships. Main Street sources investments of the type we expect to make on a day-to-day basis as part of operating a New York Stock Exchange-listed BDC. Both Advisers have business development professionals dedicated to sourcing investments through relationships with numerous loan syndication and trading desks, investment banks, business brokers, merger and acquisition advisors, financial services companies, commercial banks, law firms and accountants. We expect our Adviser to have continuous access to Main Street’s professional team.

We believe that our industry relationships are a significant source for new investment opportunities. We generally source our investments in ways other than going to auctions, which include capitalizing on long-standing relationships with companies and financial sponsors to participate in proprietary investment opportunities.

From time to time, we may receive referrals for new prospective investments from our portfolio companies as well as other participants in the capital markets. We may pay referral fees to those who refer transactions to us that we consummate.

Investment Selection

Our investment philosophy and portfolio construction will involve:

An assessment of the overall macroeconomic environment and financial markets;
Company-specific research and analysis; and
An emphasis on capital preservation, low volatility and minimization of downside risk.

The foundation of our investment philosophy is intensive credit investment analysis, strict sales discipline based on fundamental value-oriented research and diversification. We will follow a rigorous selection process based on:

A comprehensive analysis of issuer creditworthiness, including a quantitative and qualitative assessment of the issuer’s business;
An evaluation of the management team;
An analysis of business strategy and long-term industry trends; and
An in-depth examination of capital structure, financial results and financial projections.

We will seek to identify those issuers exhibiting superior fundamental risk-return profiles with a particular focus on investments with the following characteristics:

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Established companies with a history of positive and stable operating cash flows.   We seek to invest in established companies with sound historical financial performance. We typically focus on companies with a history of profitability. We do not intend to invest in start-up companies or companies with speculative business plans.
Ability to exert meaningful influence.   We target investment opportunities in which we will be the lead investor where we can add value through active participation.
Experienced management team.   We generally will require that our portfolio companies have an experienced management team. We also seek to invest in companies that have a strong equity incentive program in place that properly aligns the interests of management with a Company’s investors.
Strong franchises and sustainable competitive advantages.   We seek to invest in companies with proven products and/or services and strong regional or national operations.
Industries with positive long-term dynamics.   We seek to invest in companies in industries with positive long-term dynamics.

Intensive Credit Analysis / Due Diligence

The process through which we will make an investment decision with respect to a customized financing transaction involves extensive research into the target company, its industry, its growth prospects and its ability to withstand adverse conditions. If the senior investment professional responsible for the transaction determines that an investment opportunity should be pursued, we will engage in an intensive due diligence process. Though each transaction will involve a somewhat different approach, the regular due diligence steps generally to be undertaken include:

Meeting with senior management to understand the business more fully and evaluate the ability of the senior management team;
Checking management backgrounds and references;
Performing a detailed review of financial performance and earnings;
Visiting headquarters and other company locations and meeting with management;
Contacting customers and vendors to assess both business prospects and industry wide practices;
Conducting a competitive analysis, and comparing the issuer to its main competitors;
Researching industry and financial publications to understand industry wide growth trends;
Assessing asset value and the ability of physical infrastructure and information systems to handle anticipated growth; and
Investigating legal risks and financial and accounting systems.

For the majority of over-the-counter debt securities available on the secondary market, a comprehensive credit analysis will be conducted and continuously maintained by our Sub-Adviser, the results of which are available for the transaction team to review. Our due diligence process with respect to over-the-counter debt securities is necessarily less intensive than that followed for customized financings. The issuers in these private debt placements tend to be rated and have placement agents who conduct due diligence prior to placing the securities. Moreover, these private placements generally have tight timetables for making investment decisions.

Investments

We anticipate that during our offering period we will invest largely in senior secured and second lien debt securities issued by middle market companies in private placements and negotiated transactions that are traded in private over-the-counter markets for institutional investors, which we refer to as over-the-counter debt securities. We define middle market companies as those with annual revenues between $10 million and $1 billion. We expect that each investment will range between approximately $1 million and $25 million,

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

although this investment size will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base. As we increase our capital base during our offering period, we will begin investing in, and ultimately intend to have a substantial portion of our assets invested in, customized direct loans to and equity securities of middle market companies. In most cases, companies to whom we provide customized financing solutions will be privately held at the time we invest in them.

While the structure of our investments is likely to vary, we may invest in senior secured debt, senior unsecured debt, subordinated secured debt, subordinated unsecured debt, mezzanine debt, convertible debt, convertible preferred equity, preferred equity, common equity, warrants and other instruments, many of which generate current yields. However, during our offering period and thereafter, if our Advisers deem appropriate, we expect to invest in more liquid senior secured and second lien debt securities of middle market companies, some of which may have securities traded on a national securities exchange. We will make such investments to the extent allowed by the 1940 Act and consistent with our continued qualification as a RIC. For a discussion of the risks inherent in our portfolio investments, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure.”

We will strive to structure our debt investments with the maximum seniority and collateral that we can reasonably obtain while seeking to achieve our total return target. Our debt investment will often be collateralized by a first or second lien on the assets of the portfolio company. We will tailor the terms of our debt investments to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and prospective portfolio company, negotiating a structure that seeks to protect our rights and manage our risk while creating incentives for the portfolio company to achieve its business plan. A substantial source of our return will be monthly cash interest that we will collect on our debt investments.

Portfolio Monitoring

In addition, with respect to customized financing transactions, our Advisers will monitor our portfolio companies to determine if each company is meeting its business plan and to assess the appropriate course of action for each company.

We will employ several methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and value of our investments, which may include, but are not limited to, the following:

Assessment of success in adhering to the portfolio company’s business plan and compliance with covenants;
Regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor, to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;
Attendance at and participation in board meetings of the portfolio company; and
Review of monthly and quarterly financial statements and financial projections for the portfolio company.

Competition

Our primary competition in providing financing for acquisitions, buyouts and recapitalizations of middle market companies will include public and private buyout and other private equity funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds as well as access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act will impose on us as a business development company. We expect to use the industry information of our investment professionals, to which we will have access, to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, we expect that our relationships will enable us to discover, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive middle market companies in the industries in which we seek to invest.

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Properties

Our executive offices are located at 405 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor, New York, NY 10022. We believe that our current office facilities are adequate for our business as we intend to conduct it.

Legal Proceedings

Neither we nor our Advisers are currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

Determination of Net Asset Value

We will determine the net asset value of our investment portfolio each quarter. Securities that are publicly-traded will be valued at the reported closing price on the valuation date. Securities that are not publicly-traded will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. In connection with that determination, we anticipate that our Adviser will prepare portfolio company valuations using relevant inputs, including but not limited to indicative dealer quotes, values of like securities, the most recent portfolio company financial statements and forecasts.

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurement (as codified in the Accounting Standards Codification under Topic 820, or ASC Topic 820), which clarifies the definition of fair value and requires companies to expand their disclosure about the use of fair value to measure assets and liabilities in interim and annual periods subsequent to initial recognition. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, which includes inputs such as quoted prices for similar securities in active markets and quoted prices for identical securities where there is little or no activity in the market; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, we expect to undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

our quarterly valuation process will begin with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by our Adviser’s management team, with such valuation potentially taking into account information received from our Sub-Adviser or an independent valuation firm, if applicable;
preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and discussed with our audit committee;
our audit committee will review the preliminary valuation and our Adviser’s management team, together with our independent valuation firm, if applicable, supplement the preliminary valuation to reflect any comments provided by the audit committee; and
our board of directors will discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on various statistical and other factors, including the input and recommendation of our Adviser, the audit committee and any third-party valuation firm, if applicable.

Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our financial statements refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations on our financial statements. Below is a description of factors that our board of directors may consider when valuing our equity and debt investments.

Valuation of fixed income investments, such as loans and debt securities, depends upon a number of factors, including prevailing interest rates for like securities, expected volatility in future interest rates, call features, put features and other relevant terms of the debt. For investments without readily available market prices, we will incorporate these factors into discounted cash flow models to arrive at fair value. Other factors that our board will consider include the borrower’s ability to adequately service its debt, the fair market value of the portfolio company in relation to the face amount of its outstanding debt and the quality of collateral securing our debt investments.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our equity interests in portfolio companies for which there is no liquid public market are valued at fair value. The board of directors, in its analysis of fair value, may consider various factors, such as multiples of EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues or in limited instances book value or liquidation value. All of these factors may be subject to adjustments based upon the particular circumstances of a portfolio company or our actual investment position. For example, adjustments to EBITDA may take into account compensation to previous owners or acquisition, recapitalization, restructuring or other related items.

We may also look to private merger and acquisition statistics, public trading multiples discounted for illiquidity and other factors, valuations implied by third-party investments in the portfolio companies or industry practices in determining fair value. We may also consider the size and scope of a portfolio company and its specific strengths and weaknesses, as well as any other factors we deem relevant in assessing the value. Generally, the value of our equity interests in public companies for which market quotations are readily available is based upon the most recent closing public market price. Portfolio securities that carry certain restrictions on sale are typically valued at a discount from the public market value of the security.

Determinations in Connection With Offerings

After meeting the minimum offering requirement, we will then sell our shares on a continuous basis at a current offering price of $10 per share; however, to the extent that our net asset value increases, we will sell at a price necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price per share, after deduction of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our net asset value per share. To the extent that the net asset value per share increases subsequent to the last closing, the price per share may increase. In the event of a material decline in our net asset value per share, which we consider to be a 5% decrease below our current net offering price, and subject to certain conditions, we will reduce our offering price accordingly. Therefore, persons who subscribe for shares of our common stock in this offering must submit subscriptions for a certain dollar amount, rather than a number of shares of common stock and, as a result, may receive fractional shares of our common stock. In connection with each closing date of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus, the board of directors or a committee thereof is required within 48 hours of the time that each closing and sale is made to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price which, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, is below our then current net asset value per share. The board of directors or a committee thereof will consider the following factors, among others, in making such determination:

the net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report we filed with the SEC;
our management’s assessment of whether any material change in the net asset value has occurred (including through the realization of net gains on the sale of our portfolio investments) from the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value to the period ending two days prior to the date of the closing on and sale of our common stock; and
the magnitude of the difference between the net asset value disclosed in the most recent periodic report we filed with the SEC and our management’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value since the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value, and the offering price of the shares of our common stock at the date of closing.

Importantly, this determination does not require that we calculate net asset value in connection with each closing and sale of shares of our common stock, but instead involves the determination by the board of directors or a committee thereof that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price which, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, is below the then current net asset value at the time at which the closing and sale is made.

Moreover, to the extent that there is even a remote possibility that we may (i) issue shares of our common stock at a price which, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, is below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the closing and sale is made or (ii) trigger the undertaking (which we provided to the SEC in the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part) to suspend the offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus if the net asset value fluctuates by certain amounts in certain circumstances until the prospectus is amended, the board of directors or a committee thereof will elect, in the case of clause (i) above, either to postpone the

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

closing until such time that there is no longer the possibility of the occurrence of such event or to undertake to determine the net asset value within two days prior to any such sale to ensure that such sale will not be at a price which, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, is below our then current net asset value, and, in the case of clause (ii) above, to comply with such undertaking or to undertake to determine net asset value to ensure that such undertaking has not been triggered.

In addition, a decline in our net asset value per share to an amount more than 5% below our current offering price, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, creates a rebuttable presumption that there has been a material change in the value of our assets such that a reduction in the offering price per share is warranted. This presumption may only be rebutted if our board of directors, in consultation with our management, reasonably and in good faith determines that the decline in net asset value per share is the result of a temporary movement in the credit markets or the value of our assets, rather than a more fundamental shift in the valuation of our portfolio. In the event that (i) net asset value per share decreases to more than 5% below our current net offering price and (ii) our board of directors believes that such decrease in the net asset value per share is the result of a non-temporary movement in the credit markets or the value of our assets, our board of directors will undertake to establish a new net offering price that is not more than 5% above our net asset value per share. If our board of directors determines that the decline in our net asset value per share is the result of a temporary movement in the credit markets, investors will purchase shares at an offering price per share, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, which represents a premium to the net asset value per share of greater than 5%.

These processes and procedures are part of our compliance policies and procedures. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act. Promptly following any adjustment to the offering price per share of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus, we will update this prospectus by filing a prospectus supplement with the SEC. We will also make updated information available via our website.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The responsibilities of the board of directors include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, the quarterly valuation of our assets, oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities. The board of directors currently has an audit committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, and may establish additional committees from time to time as necessary. Each director will serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Although the number of directors may be increased or decreased, a decrease will not have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Any director may resign at any time and may be removed with or without cause by the stockholders upon the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. The notice of the meeting shall indicate that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is to determine if the director shall be removed.

A vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors or the death, resignation, removal, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity of a director may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the remaining directors.

Board of Directors and Executive Officers

Our board of directors consists of    members, a majority of whom are not “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. Members of our board of directors will be elected annually at our annual meeting of stockholders. We are prohibited from making loans or extending credit, directly or indirectly, to our directors or executive officers under section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Directors

Information regarding our board of directors is set forth below. We have divided the directors into two groups — independent directors and interested directors.

     
Name   Age   Director Since   Expiration of Current Term
Interested Directors            
Nicholas S. Schorsch   49   2010   2011 Annual Meeting
William M. Kahane   62   2010   2011 Annual Meeting
Independent Directors            
[To be determined]            

Executive Officers

The following persons serve as our executive officers in the following capacities:

     
Name   Age   Position(s) Held with the Company   Executive Officer Since
Nicholas S. Schorsch   49   Chief Executive Officer   2010
William M. Kahane   62   President   2010
Brian S. Block   38   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   2010
Peter M. Budko   49   Chief Investment Officer
and Chief Operating Officer
  2010
Kamal Jafarnia   44   Chief Compliance Officer   2010

The address for each director and executive officer of the Company is c/o Business Development Corporation of America, 405 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Biographical Information

Interested Directors:

Nicholas S. Schorsch has served as the chairman of the board and chief executive officer of our company since its formation in May 2010. Mr. Schorsch has also served as chief executive officer of BDCA Adviser since its formation in June 2010. Mr. Schorsch has served as chairman of the board and chief executive officer of ARCT since its formation in 2007 and chairman of the board and chief executive officer of ARCT’s advisor and property manager since their formation in 2007. Since October 2009, Mr. Schorsch has also served as chairman of the board and chief executive officer of NYRR and chief executive officer of the property manager and advisor of NYRR. Mr. Schorsch has been the chairman and chief executive officer of ARC RCA, and chief executive officer of the ARC RCA’s advisor since their formation in July and May 2010, respectively. Mr. Schorsch has been the chairman and chief executive officer of ARC HT and chief executive officer of the ARC HT’s advisor and property manager since their formation in August 2010. Mr. Schorsch has been the chairman and chief executive officer of ARCT II and the chief executive officer of the advisor and property manager of ARCT II since their formation in September 2010. Mr. Schorsch has been the president and director of CIP-ARC since its formation in September 2010. Mr. Schorsch has been the chairman and chief executive officer of ARCT III and the chief executive officer of the advisor and property manager of ARCT III since their formation in October 2010. From September 2006 to July 2007, Mr. Schorsch was chief executive officer of an affiliate, American Realty Capital, a real estate investment firm. Mr. Schorsch founded and formerly served as President, CEO and Vice-Chairman of American Financial Realty Trust, or AFR, since its inception as a REIT in September 2002 until August 2006. From 1995 to September 2002, Mr. Schorsch served as CEO and President of American Financial Resource Group, or AFRG, AFR’s predecessor, a private equity firm founded for the purpose of acquiring operating companies and other assets in a number of industries. AFR is a publicly traded REIT that invests exclusively in offices, operation centers, bank branches, and other operating real estate assets that are net leased to tenants in the financial service industry such as banks and insurance companies. Through AFR and it predecessor corporation, AFRG, Mr. Schorsch has executed in excess of 1,000 acquisitions, both in acquiring businesses and real estate property with transactional value of approximately $5 billion. In 2003, Mr. Schorsch received an Entrepreneur of the Year award from Ernst & Young. In 1998, Mr. Schorsch was engaged in operating Arlington Cemetery and several other AFRG highly specialized enterprises when he learned that First Union Corporation was divesting 105 bank branches. He offered to buy the entire portfolio and approximately one month later Mr. Schorsch had closed on all 105 branches. Prior to this transaction, it was very unusual to buy a portfolio of this magnitude without first “cherry-picking” the best locations. Prior to AFRG, Mr. Schorsch served as President of a non-ferrous metal product manufacturing business, Thermal Reduction. He successfully built the business through mergers and acquisitions and ultimately sold his interests to Corpro (NYSE) in 1994. From approximately 1990 until the sale of his interests in Thermal Reduction, Mr. Schorsch was involved in purchasing and leasing several commercial real estate properties in connection with the growth of the company’s business. Mr. Schorsch attended Drexel University. Mr. Schorsch was selected and is qualified to serve as a director on our Board due to the fact that he has more than thirty years of experience in investment banking, investment analysis and general management, including his past service as chief executive officer of AFRG and Thermal Reduction.

William M. Kahane has served as president and a director of our company since its formation in May 2010. Mr. Kahane has also served as president and chief operating officer of BDCA Adviser since its formation in June 2010. Mr. Kahane has served as a director and president, chief operating officer and treasurer of ARCT since its formation in 2007 and as president, chief operating officer and treasurer of ARCT’s advisor and property manager since their formation in 2007. He has been active in the structuring and financial management of commercial real estate investments for over 25 years. He is also president, chief operating officer and treasurer of American Realty Capital Properties, LLC and American Realty Capital Advisors, LLC. Since October 2009, Mr. Kahane has also served as the president, treasurer and director of NYRR and president, chief operating officer and treasurer of both the property manager and advisor of NYRR. Mr. Kahane has been the director of PEARC since its formation in October 2009. Mr. Kahane has been a director and the president and chief operating officer of ARC RCA since its formation in July 2010. Mr. Kahane has been the president and chief operating officer of ARC RCA’s advisor since its formation in May 2010. Mr. Kahane has been a director and the president and treasurer of ARC HT since its formation in

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

August 2010. Mr. Kahane has been the president and chief operating officer of ARC HT’s advisor and property manager since their formation in August 2010. Mr. Kahane has been a director and the president and treasurer of ARCT II since its formation in September 2010. Mr. Kahane has been the president and treasurer of the advisor and property manager for ARCT III since their formation in October 2010. Mr. Kahane began his career as a real estate lawyer practicing in the public and private sectors from 1974 – 1979. From 1981 – 1992, Mr. Kahane worked at Morgan Stanley & Co., specializing in real estate, becoming a Managing Director in 1989. In 1992, Mr. Kahane left Morgan Stanley to establish a real estate advisory and asset sales business known as Milestone Partners which continues to operate and of which Mr. Kahane is currently the Chairman. Mr. Kahane worked very closely with Mr. Schorsch while a trustee at AFRT (2003 to 2006), during which time Mr. Kahane served as Chairman of the Finance Committee of the Board of Trustees. Mr. Kahane has been a Managing Director of GF Capital Management & Advisors LLC, a New York-based merchant banking firm, where he directs the firm’s real estate investments since 2001. GF Capital offers comprehensive wealth management services through its subsidiary TAG Associates LLC, a leading multi-client family office and portfolio management services company with approximately $5 billion of assets under management. Mr. Kahane also was on the Board of Directors of Catellus Development Corp., an NYSE growth-oriented real estate development company, where he served as Chairman. We believe that Mr. Kahane’s prior experience as chairman of the board of Catellus Development Corp. and his significant investment banking experience in real estate make him well qualified to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.

Independent Directors:

[•  ]

Executive Officers (who are not directors):

Brian S. Block has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of our company since its formation in May 2010. Mr. Block has also served as chief financial officer of BDCA Adviser since its formation in June 2010. Mr. Block has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of ARCT since its formation in 2007 and as executive vice president and chief financial officer of ARCT’s advisor and property manager since their formation in 2007. He is also Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of American Realty Capital, LLC and American Realty Capital Properties, LLC. Since October 2009, Mr. Block has also served as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of Recovery REIT, Inc. and of both the property manager and advisor of Recovery REIT, Inc. Mr. Block has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of ARC RCA since its formation in July 2010. Mr. Block has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of ARC RCA’s advisor since its formation in May 2010. Mr. Block has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of ARC HT since its formation in August 2010. Mr. Block has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of ARC HT’s advisor and property manager since their formation in August 2010. Mr. Block has served as executive vice president and the chief financial officer of Business Development Corporation since its formation in May 2010. Mr. Block has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of ARCT II since its formation in September 2010. Mr. Block has served as executive vice president and and chief financial officer of the advisor and property manager for ARCT II since their formation in September 2010. Mr. Block has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of ARCT III since its formation in October 2010. Mr. Block has served as executive vice president and and chief financial officer of the advisor and property manager for ARCT III since their formation in October 2010. Mr. Block is responsible for the accounting, finance and reporting functions at ARC. He has extensive experience in SEC reporting requirements as well as REIT tax compliance matters. Mr. Block has been instrumental in developing ARC’s infrastructure and positioning the organization for growth. Mr. Block began his career in public accounting at Ernst & Young and Arthur Andersen from 1994 to 2000. Subsequently, Mr. Block was the Chief Financial Officer of a venture capital-backed technology company for several years prior to joining AFRT in 2002. While at AFRT, Mr. Block served as Chief Accounting Officer from 2003 to 2007 and oversaw the financial, administrative and reporting functions of the organization. He is a certified public accountant and is a member of the AICPA and PICPA. Mr. Block serves on the REIT Committee and Financial Standards Sub-Committee of the Investment Program Association.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Peter M. Budko has served as chief investment officer and chief operating officer of our company since its formation in May 2010. Mr. Budko has also served as chief investment officer of BDCA Adviser since its formation in June 2010. Mr. Budko has served as executive vice president and chief investment officer of ARCT since its formation in 2007 and as executive vice president and chief investment officer of ARCT’s advisor and property manager since their formation in 2007. Since October 2009, Mr. Budko has also served as Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer of Recovery REIT and Executive Vice President of both the property manager and advisor of Recovery REIT. Mr. Budko has served as executive vice president and chief investment officer of ARC RCA since its formation in July 2010. Mr. Budko has served as executive vice president and chief investment officer of ARC RCA’s advisor since its formation in May 2010. Mr. Budko has served as executive vice president and chief investment officer of ARC HT since its formation in August 2010. Mr. Budko has served as executive vice president and chief investment officer of ARC HT’s advisor and property manager since their formation in August 2010. Mr. Budko has served as executive vice president and the chief investment officer of Business Development Corporation since its formation in May 2010. Mr. Budko has served as executive vice president and chief investment officer of ARCT II since its formation in September 2010. Mr. Budko has served as executive vice president and and chief investment officer of the advisor and property manager for ARCT II since their formation in September 2010. Mr. Budko has served as executive vice president and chief investment officer of ARCT III since its formation in October 2010. Mr. Budko has served as executive vice president and and chief investment officer of the advisor and property manager for ARCT III since their formation in October 2010. From January 2007 to July 2007, Mr. Budko was Chief Operating Officer of an affiliated American Realty Capital real estate investment firm. Mr. Budko founded and formerly served as Managing Director and Group Head of the Structured Asset Finance Group, a division of Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC from 1997 – 2006. The Structured Asset Finance Group structures and invests in real estate that is net leased to corporate tenants. While at Wachovia, Mr. Budko acquired over $5 billion of net leased real estate assets. From 1987 – 1997, Mr. Budko worked in the Corporate Real Estate Finance Group at NationsBank Capital Market (predecessor to Bank of America Securities), becoming head of the group in 1990.

Kamal Jafarnia has been our chief compliance officer since our formation in May 2010. Mr. Jafarnia has also been the chief compliance officer of BDCA Adviser since its formation in June 2010. Mr. Jafarnia has been the executive vice president and chief compliance officer of Realty Capital Securities, LLC, our dealer manager, since February 2009. Mr. Jafarnia has served as a senior vice president of American Realty Capital Advisors, LLC since November 2008. From March 2008 to October 2008, Mr. Jafarnia served as executive vice president of Franklin Square Capital Partners and as chief compliance officer of FB Income Advisor, LLC, the registered investment adviser to Franklin Square’s proprietary offering, where he was responsible for overseeing the regulatory compliance programs for the firm. From May 2006 to March 2008, Mr. Jafarnia was assistant general counsel and chief compliance officer for Behringer Harvard and Behringer Securities, LP, respectively, where he coordinated the selling group due diligence and oversaw the regulatory compliance efforts. From September 2004 to May 2006, Mr. Jafarnia worked as vice president of CNL Capital Markets, Inc. and chief compliance officer of CNL Fund Advisors, Inc. Mr. Jafarnia earned a B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin and a J.D. from Temple University School of Law in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. He is currently participating in the Masters of Laws degree program in Securities and Financial Regulation at the Georgetown University Law Center in Washington, DC. Mr. Jafarnia holds FINRA Series 6, 7, 24, 63 and 65 licenses.

Corporate Leadership Structure

Since our inception, Mr. Schorsch has served as chairman of our board of directors and our chief executive officer. Our board of directors believes that our chief executive officer is best situated to serve as chairman because he is the director most familiar with our business and industry and most capable of effectively identifying strategic priorities and leading the discussion and execution of strategy. In addition, prior to the commencement of the offering, we intend to designate one of our independent director nominees to serve as the Lead Director for all meetings of our independent directors held in executive session. The Lead Director will have the responsibility of presiding at all executive sessions of our board of directors, consulting with the chairman and chief executive officer on board and committee meeting agendas, acting as a liaison between management and the independent directors and facilitating teamwork and communication between the independent directors and management. We believe the combined role of chairman and chief executive officer,

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

together with an independent Lead Director, is in the best interest of our Company because it provides the appropriate balance between strategic development and independent oversight of management.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is composed entirely of independent directors. The audit committee is responsible for approving our independent accountants, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee is also be responsible for aiding our board of directors in fair value pricing of debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The board of directors and audit committee may utilize the services of a nationally recognized independent valuation firm to help them determine the fair value of these securities. Messrs.           ,           and           are members of our audit committee.

Compensation Committee

The members of the compensation committee are expected to be Messrs.              (Chairman) and             . Each member of the compensation committee will be independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. The compensation committee operates pursuant to a written charter and conducts periodic reviews of our Investment Advisory Agreement and our Sub-Advisory Agreement. The committee considers in such periodic reviews, among other things, whether the salaries and bonuses paid to our executive officers by our Adviser are consistent with our compensation philosophies, whether the performance of our Advisers are reasonable in relation to the nature and quality of services performed, and whether the provisions of the Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements are being satisfactorily performed.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is composed entirely of independent directors. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the board or a committee of the board, developing and recommending to the board a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the board and our management. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consider stockholders’ proposed nominations for director; however, please see “Description of our Securities” for more information on certain requirements that must be met in connection therewith. Messrs.           ,           and         are members of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Compensation of Directors

Prior to meeting our minimum offering requirement, our directors are not entitled to compensation. Subsequent to meeting our minimum offering requirement, independent directors will receive an annual fee of $20,000 plus reimbursement of any reasonable out-of pocket expenses incurred in connection with their service on the Board. In addition, the chairman of the audit committee will receive an annual fee of $5,000 and the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an annual fee of $2,500 for their additional services, if any, in these capacities. In addition, we purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers. Messrs.           ,           and           each serve on the audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr.             is the chairman of the audit committee and Mr.             is the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our executive officers will receive direct compensation from us. We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees in the foreseeable future. The services necessary for the operation of our business will be provided to us by our officers and the employees of our Adviser and administrator pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and any administration agreement.

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Oversight of Risk Management

Our board of directors, in its entirety, will play an active role in overseeing management of our risks. Our board of directors will regularly review information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. Each committee of our board of directors will play a distinct role with respect to overseeing management of our risks:

Audit Committee:  Our audit committee will oversee the management of enterprise risks. To this end, our audit committee will meet at least annually (i) to discuss our risk management guidelines, policies and exposures and (ii) with our independent registered public accounting firm to review our internal control environment and other risk exposures.
Compensation Committee:  Our compensation committee will oversee the management of risks relating to the fees paid to our Adviser and Sub-Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement. In fulfillment of this duty, the compensation committee will meet at least annually to review the agreements. In addition, the compensation committee will review the performance of our Advisers to determine whether the compensation paid was reasonable in relation to the nature and quality of services performed and whether the provisions of the Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements were being satisfactorily performed.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee:  Our nominating and corporate governance committee will manage risks associated with the independence of our board of directors and potential conflicts of interest.

While each committee will be responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the committees will each report to our board of directors on a regular basis to apprise our board of directors regarding the status of remediation efforts of known risks and of any new risks that may have arisen since the previous report.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

BDCA Adviser will be responsible for the overall management of our activities and will be responsible for making investment decisions with respect to our portfolio. BDCA Adviser has engaged Main Street to act as our Sub-Adviser to assist our Adviser with identifying, evaluating, negotiating and structuring investments. We anticipate that all new investments will be required to be approved by a consensus of the investment committee of our Adviser, which will be led by Messrs. Schorsch and Kahane. For more information regarding the business experience of Messrs. Schorsch and Kahane, see “Management — Board of Directors and Executive Officers.” The members of the investment committee will receive no direct compensation from us. Such members may be employees or partners of our Adviser and may receive compensation or profit distributions from our Adviser. As of the date of this prospectus, none of the portfolio managers beneficially own shares of our common stock.

Our Investment Adviser

Our Adviser, BDCA Adviser, LLC, is a Delaware limited liability company formed on June 15, 2010 that will register as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act prior to our initial closing. Our Adviser is wholly-owned by American Realty Capital II Advisors, LLC, which is indirectly majority-owned by Nicholas S. Schorsch, our chairman and chief executive officer, and William M. Kahane, our president and member of our board of directors. The principal executive offices of BDCA Adviser, LLC are located at 405 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

Below is a brief description of the background and experience of the principals of BDCA Adviser and the senior investment professionals employed or retained by BDCA Adviser and its affiliates. The backgrounds of Messrs. Schorsch, Kahane, Block, Budko, and Jafarnia are described in the “Management — Board of Directors and Executive Officers” section of this prospectus.

Edward M. Weil, Jr. has served as executive vice president and secretary of BDCA Adviser since its formation in June 2010. Mr. Weil has served as executive vice president and secretary of ARCT since its formation in 2007 and as executive vice president and secretary of ARCT’s advisor and property manager since their formation in 2007. Since October 2009, Mr. Weil has also served as Executive Vice President and Secretary of Recovery REIT and of both the property manager and advisor of Recovery REIT. Mr. Weil has served as executive vice president and secretary of ARC RCA since its formation in July 2010. Mr. Weill has served as executive vice president and secretary of ARC RCA’s advisor since its formation in May 2010. Mr. Weil has served as executive vice president and secretary of ARC HT since its formation in August 2010. Mr. Weil has served as executive vice president and secretary of ARC HT’s advisor and property manager since their formation in August 2010. Mr. Weil has served as executive vice president and secretary of ARCT II since its formation in September 2010. Mr. Weil has served as executive vice president and and secretary of the advisor and property manager for ARCT II since their formation in September 2010. Mr. Weil has served as executive vice president and secretary of ARCT III since its formation in October 2010. Mr. Weil has served as executive vice president and and secretary of the advisor and property manager for ARCT III since their formation in October 2010. Mr. Weil was formerly the Senior Vice President of Sales and Leasing for American Financial Realty Trust (AFR, from April 2004 to October 2006), where he was responsible for the disposition and leasing activity for a 33 million square foot portfolio. Under the direction of Mr. Weil, his department was the sole contributor in the increase of occupancy and portfolio revenue through the sales of over 200 properties and the leasing of over 2.2 million square feet, averaging 325,000 square feet of newly executed leases per quarter. After working at AFR, from October 2006 to May 2007, Mr. Weil was managing director of Milestone Partners Limited and prior to joining AFR, from 1987 to April 2004, Mr. Weil was president of Plymouth Pump & Systems Co. In addition, Mr. Weil holds FINRA Series 7 and 63 licenses.

Our Investment Sub-Adviser

Main Street Capital Corporation is an internally managed BDC organized on March 9, 2007. At September 30, 2010, Main Street had customized debt and equity investments having an aggregate fair value of approximately $259 million in 41 portfolio companies, and investments in over-the-counter debt securities having an aggregate fair value of approximately $90 million in 24 separate issuers. Main Street’s common

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “MAIN.” The principal executive offices of our Sub-Adviser are located at 1300 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 800, Houston, Texas 77056.

Below is a brief description of the background and experience of the principals of Main Street Capital Corporation and the senior investment professionals retained or employed by our Sub-Adviser:

Vincent D. Foster, age 54, has been the chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors and member of the investment committee of Main Street since April 2007. Since 2002, Mr. Foster has been a senior managing director of Main Street Mezzanine Management, LLC and Main Street Capital Partners, LLC (both of which are now subsidiaries of Main Street). He has also been the senior managing director of the general partner for Main Street Capital II, LP, a small business investment company he co-founded, since January 2006. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Foster was the senior managing director of the predecessor entity of Main Street Mezzanine Fund. Prior to that, Mr. Foster co-founded Main Street Merchant Partners, a merchant banking firm. He also serves as a director of Quanta Services, Inc. (NYSE: PWR), an electrical and telecommunications contracting company, Carriage Services, Inc. (NYSE: CSV), a funeral and cemetery service company, and Team, Inc. (NASDAQ-GS: TISI), a provider of specialty industrial services. In addition, Mr. Foster serves as a director, officer and founder of the Texas TriCities Chapter of the National Association of Corporate Directors. Prior to his private investment activities, Mr. Foster was a partner of Andersen Worldwide and Arthur Andersen LLP from 1988 – 1997. Mr. Foster was the director of Andersen's Corporate Finance and Mergers and Acquisitions practice for the Southwest United States and specialized in working with companies involved in consolidating industries.

Todd A. Reppert, age 41, has been the president, chief financial officer, director and member of the investment committee of Main Street since April 2007. Since 2002, he has been a senior managing director of Main Street Mezzanine Management, LLC and Main Street Capital Partners, LLC (both of which are now subsidiaries of Main Street). Mr. Reppert has also been a senior managing director of the general partner for Main Street Capital II, LP, a small business investment company he co-founded, since January 2006. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Reppert was a senior managing director of the predecessor entity of Main Street Mezzanine Fund. Prior to that, he was a principal of Sterling City Capital, LLC, a private investment group focused on small to middle market companies. Prior to joining Sterling City Capital in 1997, Mr. Reppert was with Arthur Andersen LLP. At Arthur Andersen LLP, he assisted in several industry consolidation initiatives, as well as numerous corporate finance and merger/acquisition initiatives.

Rodger A. Stout, age 59, serves as the chief compliance officer, senior vice president — finance and administration and treasurer of Main Street. Mr. Stout has been the chief financial officer of Main Street Mezzanine Management, LLC, Main Street Capital Partners, LLC and the general partner of Main Street Capital II, LP since 2006. From 2000 to 2006, Mr. Stout was senior vice president and chief financial officer for FabTech Industries, Inc., one of the largest domestic structural steel fabricating companies. From 1985 to 2000, he was a senior financial executive for Jerold B. Katz Interests. He held numerous positions over his 15-year tenure with this national scope financial services conglomerate. Those positions included director, executive vice president, senior financial officer and investment officer. Prior to 1985, Mr. Stout was an international tax executive in the oil and gas service industry.

Curtis L. Hartman, age 37, serves as one of Main Street’s senior vice presidents and is currently a member of our investment committee. Mr. Hartman has been a managing director of Main Street Mezzanine Management, LLC and Main Street Capital Partners, LLC since 2002 and a managing director of the general partner for Main Street Capital II, LP since January 2006. From 2000 to 2002, he was a director of the predecessor entity of Main Street Mezzanine Fund. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Hartman was an investment adviser for Sterling City Capital, LLC. Concurrently with joining Sterling City Capital, he joined United Glass Corporation, a Sterling City Capital portfolio company, as director of corporate development. Prior to joining Sterling City Capital, Mr. Hartman was a manager with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in its M&A/Transaction Services group. Prior to that, he was employed as a senior auditor by Deloitte & Touche LLP.

Dwayne L. Hyzak, age 37, serves as one of Main Street’s senior vice presidents. Mr. Hyzak has been a managing director of Main Street Mezzanine Management LLC and Main Street Capital Partners, LLC since 2002. He has also been a managing director of the general partner for Main Street Capital II, LP since January 2006. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Hyzak was a director of integration with Quanta Services, Inc.

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(NYSE: PWR), an electrical and telecommunications contracting company, where he was principally focused on the company's mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance activities. Prior to joining Quanta Services, Inc., he was a manager with Arthur Andersen LLP in its Transaction Advisory Services group.

David L. Magdol, age 40, serves as one of Main Street’s senior vice presidents. Mr. Magdol has been a managing director of Main Street Mezzanine Management, LLC and Main Street Capital Partners, LLC since 2002 and a managing director of the general partner for Main Street Capital II, LP since January 2006. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Magdol was a vice president in the Investment Banking Group of Lazard Freres & Co. LLC. From 1996 to 2000, Mr. Magdol served as a vice president of McMullen Group, a private equity investment firm capitalized by Dr. John J. McMullen. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Magdol worked in the Structured Finance Services Group of Chemical Bank as a management associate.

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

Investment Adviser Services

Our Adviser, BDCA Adviser, LLC is a recently formed Delaware limited liability company that intends to register as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, our Adviser will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to us. BDCA Adviser has engaged Main Street to act as our investment Sub-Adviser to assist our Adviser with identifying, evaluating and structuring investments and will make investment recommendations for approval by our Adviser. Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement, our Advisers will, among other things:

Determine the composition and allocation of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes;
Identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments we make;
Execute, monitor and service our investments;
Determine the securities and other assets that we will purchase, retain, or sell;
Perform due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and
Provide us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our funds.

Our Advisers’ services under the Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and they are free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as their services to us are not impaired.

Advisory Fees

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay our Adviser a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components — a management fee and an incentive fee. Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, Main Street will receive 50% of all fees payable to BDCA Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

Management Fees

The management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of our average gross assets. The management fee will be payable quarterly in arrears, and shall be calculated based on the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. All or any part of the management fee not taken as to any quarter shall be deferred without interest and may be taken in such other quarter as the Adviser will determine. The management fee for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro rated.

Incentive Fees

The incentive fee shall consist of three parts. The first part, referred to as the subordinated incentive fee on income, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter. The payment of the subordinated incentive fee on income will be subject to payment of a preferred return to investors each quarter, expressed as a quarterly rate of return on adjusted capital at the beginning of the most recently completed calendar quarter, of 1.75% (7.00% annualized), subject to a “catch up” feature (as described below).

For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, other than fees for providing managerial assistance, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the management fee, expenses payable under the administration agreement and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

discount debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. For purposes of this fee, adjusted capital means cumulative gross proceeds generated from sales of our common stock (including proceeds from our distribution reinvestment plan) reduced for distributions from non-liquidating dispositions of our investments paid to stockholders and amounts paid for share repurchases pursuant to our share repurchase program.

The calculation of the subordinated incentive fee on income for each quarter is as follows:

No subordinated incentive fee on income shall be payable to the Adviser in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the preferred return rate of 1.75% or 7.00% annualized, the “preferred return” on adjusted capital;
100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the preferred return but is less than or equal to 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) shall be payable to the Adviser. This portion of the our subordinated incentive fee on income is referred to as the “catch up” and is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 20% on all of our pre-incentive fee net investment income when the our pre-incentive fee net investment income reaches 2.1875% (8.75% annualized) in any calendar quarter; and
For any quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.1875% (8.75% annualized), the subordinated incentive fee on income shall equal 20% of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, as the preferred return and catch-up will have been achieved.

The second part of the incentive fee, referred to as the incentive fee on capital gains during operations, shall be an incentive fee on capital gains earned on liquidated investments from the portfolio during operations prior to the liquidation of the Company and shall be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement). This fee shall equal 20.0% of our incentive fee capital gains, which shall equal our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees.

The third part of the incentive fee, referred to as the subordinated liquidation incentive fee, shall equal 20.0% of the net proceeds from the liquidation of the Company remaining after investors have received distributions of net proceeds from liquidation of the Company equal to adjusted capital as calculated immediately prior to liquidation. For purposes of this computation, a liquidation will include any merger of the Company with another entity or the acquisition of substantially all of our stock or assets in a single or series of related transactions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with the 1940 Act, in no event will the subordinated liquidation incentive fees plus the cumulative incentive fees on capital gains during operations paid by us exceed 20% of the cumulative realized capital gains upon the funds of the Company (including capital gains realized upon any liquidation, including a merger or sale of substantially all of our stock or assets) over the life of the Company, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation.

Examples of Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1: Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee (*):

Alternative 1 — Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%
Hurdle rate (1) = 1.75%
Management fee (2) = 0.50%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 0.55%

Pre-incentive net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alternative 2 — Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.70%
Hurdle rate (1) = 1.75%
Management fee (2) = 0.50%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.00%

Pre-incentive net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an income incentive fee payable by us to our Adviser.

Incentive fee = 100% × pre-incentive fee net investment income, subject to the “catch-up” (4)

= 100% × (2.00% – 1.75%)

= 0.25%

Alternative 3 — Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.00%
Hurdle rate (1) = 1.75%
Management fee (2) = 0.50%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.30%

Pre-incentive net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an income incentive fee payable by us to our Adviser.

Incentive fee = 20% × pre-incentive fee net investment income, subject to “catch-up” (4)
Incentive fee = 100% × “catch-up” + (20% × (pre-incentive fee net investment income – 2.1875%))
Catch-up = 2.1875% – 1.75%

= 0.4375%

Incentive fee = (100% × 0.4375%) + (20% × (2.3% – 2.1875%))

= 0.4375% + (20% × 0.1125%)

= 0.4375% + 0.0225%

= 0.46%

(1) Represents 7.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(2) Represents 2.0% annualized management fee.
(3) Excludes organizational and offering expenses.
(4) The “catch-up” provision is intended to provide our Adviser with an incentive fee of 20% on all of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our net investment income exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter.
(*) The hypothetical amount of pre-incentive fee net investment income shown is based on a percentage of total net assets.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Example 2: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee:

Alternative 1: Assumptions

Year 1:  $20 million investment made in company A (“Investment A”), and $30 million investment made in company B (“Investment B”)
Year 2:  Investment A sold for $50 million and fair market value, or FMV, of Investment B determined to be $32 million
Year 3:  FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million
Year 4:  Investment B sold for $31 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

Year 1:  None
Year 2:  Capital gains incentive fee of $6 million ($30 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20%)
Year 3:  None
Year 4:  Capital gains incentive fee of $200,000 ($6.2 million ($31 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20%) less $6 million (capital gains fee taken in Year 2)

Alternative 2 — Assumptions

Year 1:  $20 million investment made in company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in company C (“Investment C”)
Year 2:  Investment A sold for $50 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million
Year 3:  FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million and Investment C sold for $30 million
Year 4:  FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million
Year 5:  Investment B sold for $20 million. ($5 million (20% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3)

The capital gains incentive fee, if any, would be:

Year 1:   None
Year 2:  $5 million capital gains incentive fee (20% multiplied by $25 million ($30 million realized capital gains on Investment A less unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)
Year 3:  $1.4 million capital gains incentive fee. (1) $6.4 million (20% multiplied by $32 million ($35 million cumulative realized capital gains less $3 million unrealized capital depreciation)) less $5 million capital gains fee received in Year 2)
Year 4:  None
Year 5:  None. $5 million (20% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3

(1) As illustrated in Year 3 of Alternative 2 above, if Business Development Corporation of America were to be wound up on a date other than December 31 st of any year, Business Development Corporation of America may have paid aggregate capital gains incentive fees that are more than the amount of such fees that would be payable if Business Development Corporation of America had been wound up on December 31 of such year.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Example 3: Liquidation Incentive Fee

Alternative 1 — Assumptions

Year 1:  Gross offering proceeds total $85 million. $20 million investment made in company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in company C (“Investment C”)
Year 2:  Investment A sold for $25 million and all proceeds, net of any capital gains incentive fees payable, are returned to stockholders. FMV of Investment B determined to be $30 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $27 million
Year 3:  FMV of Investment B determined to be $31 million. FMV of Investment C determined to be $20 million
Year 4:  FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million. FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million
Year 5:  Investments B and C sold in an orderly liquidation for total proceeds of $55 million. All proceeds, net of any capital gains incentive fees payable, are returned to stockholders

The liquidation incentive fee, if any, would be:

Year 1:  None
Year 2:  Incentive fee on capital gains during operations of $1 million ($5 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%). Adjusted capital now equals $61 million ($85 million gross proceeds less $24 million returned to stockholders from the sale of portfolio investments)
Year 3:  None
Year 4:  None
Year 5:  No liquidation incentive fee due — Liquidation proceeds of $55 million are less than adjusted capital immediately prior to liquidation ($61 million)

Alternative 2 — Assumptions

Year 1:  Gross offering proceeds total $85 million. $20 million investment made in company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in company C (“Investment C”)
Year 2:  Investment A sold for $25 million and all proceeds, net of any capital gains incentive fees payable, are returned to stockholders. FMV of Investment B determined to be $30 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $27 million
Year 3:  FMV of Investment B determined to be $31 million. FMV of Investment C determined to be $20 million
Year 4:  FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million. FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million
Year 5:  Investments B and C sold in an orderly liquidation for total proceeds of $80 million. All proceeds, net of any capital gains incentive fees payable, are returned to stockholders

The liquidation incentive fee, if any, would be:

Year 1:  None
Year 2:  Incentive fee on capital gains during operations of $1 million ($5 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%). Adjusted capital now equals $61 million ($85 million gross proceeds less $24 million returned to stockholders from the sale of portfolio investments)
Year 3:  None
Year 4:  None
Year 5:  $3.8 million liquidation incentive fee — 20.0% multiplied by liquidation proceeds ($80 million) in excess of adjusted capital immediately prior to liquidation ($61 million), or $19 million

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The returns shown are for illustrative purposes only. There is no guarantee that positive returns will be realized and actual returns may vary from those shown in the examples above.

Payment of Our Expenses

Our primary operating expenses will be the payment of fees and other expenses under our Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreement and any administration agreement we may enter into in the future. We expect to enter into an administration agreement with an entity affiliated with our Adviser. The investment advisory fees will compensate our Advisers for their work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, executing, monitoring and servicing our investments.

Subject to the limitations included in the Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements, we will bear all other expenses of our operations and transactions, including (without limitation) fees and expenses relating to:

corporate and organizational expenses relating to offerings of our common stock, subject to limitations included in the Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements;
amounts paid to third parties for administrative services;
the cost associated with the investigation and monitoring of our investments;
the cost of calculating the our net asset value;
the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of shares of our common stock and other securities;
management and incentive fees payable pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement;
fees payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments and valuing investments (including third-party valuation firms);
transfer agent and custodial fees, fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts (including attendance at investment conferences and similar events);
federal and state registration fees;
any exchange listing fees;
federal, state and local taxes;
independent directors’ fees and expenses;
brokerage commissions;
costs of proxy statements;
stockholders’ reports and notices;
costs of preparing government filings, including periodic and current reports with the SEC;
fidelity bond, liability insurance and other insurance premiums;
printing, mailing, independent accountants and outside legal costs; and,
all other expenses incurred by our Advisers in performing their obligations subject to the limitations included in the Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements.

Duration and Termination

Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date they were approved by the board of directors and will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by (i) the vote of our board of directors, or the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, and (ii) the vote of a majority of our directors who are not interested persons. The Investment

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act). As required by the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements provide that we may terminate the agreement without penalty upon 60 days written notice to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable. Our Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable may voluntarily terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement or Sub-Advisory Agreement as applicable upon 120 days notice prior to termination and must pay all expenses associated with its termination.

Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory and Investment Advisory Agreements, if either of the Investment Advisory Agreement or Sub-Advisory Agreement is terminated or not renewed, then the other agreement will also terminate on the effective date of such termination or non-renewal. In addition, under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement and the Investment Advisory Agreement, in the event either the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates because we terminate or fail to renew either agreement, neither the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser nor any of their affiliates may, except in certain limited circumstances, be re-engaged as Adviser or Sub-Adviser for a period of three years following the date of such termination without the consent of the party not seeking to be re-engaged.

Indemnification

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that our Adviser and its officers, directors, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with it acting as our agent shall not be entitled to indemnification for any liability or loss suffered by such indemnitee, nor shall such indemnitee be held harmless for any loss or liability suffered by us, unless (i) the indemnitee has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct which caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Company; (ii) the indemnitee was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Company; (iii) such liability or loss was not the result of negligence or misconduct by the indemnitee; and (iv) such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of the Company’s net assets and not from stockholders. In addition, the indemnitee shall not be indemnified for any losses, liabilities or expenses arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws unless one or more of the following conditions are met: (i) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations as to the particular indemnitee; (ii) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the particular indemnitee; or (iii) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against a particular indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and related costs should be made, and the court of law considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the SEC and the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which securities of the Company were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

We expect to enter into an administration agreement with an entity affiliated with our Adviser. We expect that, pursuant to the administration agreement, the administrator will furnish us with office facilities, equipment, clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities. We anticipate that, under the administration agreement, our administrator also will perform, or oversee the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders. In addition, we expect that our administrator will assist us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversee the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally oversee the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. We expect that payments under the administration agreement will be equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of our administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs. We anticipate that, under the administration agreement, the administrator will also provide on our behalf managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance. We anticipate that the administration agreement will be able to be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party.

We expect that the administration agreement will provide that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, our administrator and its officers, manager, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it will be entitled to indemnification from Business Development Corporation of America for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of administrator’s services under the administration agreement or otherwise as administrator for Business Development Corporation of America.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We have entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with our Adviser, which is wholly owned by American Realty Capital II Advisors, LLC, which is indirectly majority-owned by Mr. Schorsch our chariman and chief executive officer and Mr. Kahane, our president and a member of our board of directors. Our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and the other investment professionals may also serve as principals of other investment managers affiliated with our Adviser or AR Capital that may in the future manage investment funds with investment objectives similar to ours.

BDCA Adviser, pursuant to a private placement, contributed an aggregate of $200,000 to purchase 22,222 shares of common stock at $9.00 per share, which represents the public offering price of $10.00 per share minus selling commissions of $0.70 per share and dealer manager fees of $0.30 per share. Because no sales commission or dealer manager fees will be paid on the gross offering proceeds from the private placement, the per share net offering proceeds received by us from the private placement are equal to the per share net offering proceeds that we will receive from this offering.

Any transaction with our affiliates must be on terms no less favorable than could be obtained from an unaffiliated third party and must be approved by a majority of the directors, including a majority of disinterested directors.

We have engaged Realty Capital Securities LLC, an affiliate of American Realty Capital II Advisors, LLC, as our dealer manager and will pay fees to such entity pursuant to the dealer management agreement. Under the terms of the dealer manager agreement, Realty Capital Securities, LLC is expected to act as our exclusive dealer manager until the end of our initial public offering or until the dealer manager agreement is terminated by us or them.

Allocation of BDCA Adviser’s Time

We rely, in part, on BDCA Adviser to manage our day-to-day activities and to implement our investment strategy. BDCA Adviser and certain of its affiliates are presently, and plan in the future to continue to be, involved with activities which are unrelated to us. As a result of these activities, BDCA Adviser, its employees and certain of its affiliates will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time between us and other activities in which they are or may become involved. Therefore, BDCA Adviser, its personnel, and certain affiliates may experience conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services, and functions among us and any other business ventures in which they or any of their key personnel, as applicable, are or may become involved. This could result in actions that are more favorable to other affiliated entities than to us. However, BDCA Adviser believes that it and its affiliates have sufficient personnel to discharge fully their responsibilities to all activities in which they are involved.

Allocation of Main Street’s Time

We rely on Main Street to assist our Adviser with identifying investment opportunities and making investment recommendations to BDCA Adviser. Main Street, its affiliates and their respective members, partners, officers and employees will devote as much of their time to our activities as they deem necessary and appropriate. Generally, Main Street and its affiliates are not restricted from forming additional investment funds, from entering into other investment advisory relationships or from engaging in other business activities, even though such activities may be in competition with us and/or may involve substantial time and resources of Main Street. These activities could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time and effort of the members of Main Street, its affiliates and their officers and employees will not be devoted exclusively to our business but will be allocated between us and the management of Main Street’s assets.

Competition/Co-Investment

As a BDC, we are subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making our investments. For example, we will not be permitted to co-invest with Main Street or its affiliates in transactions originated by Main Street or its affiliates unless we obtain an exemptive order from the SEC. We currently intend to file an application for exemptive relief to co-invest with Main Street and its affiliates. However, there can be no assurance that we will obtain such relief. Even if we receive exemptive relief, Main Street and its affiliates are not obligated to offer Main Street or us the right to participate in any transactions originated by them.

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prior to obtaining exemptive relief, we intend to co-invest alongside Main Street or its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance. For example, at any time, we may co-invest in syndicated deals and secondary loan market transactions where price is the only negotiated point. While we desire to receive exemptive relief from the SEC, given the latitude permitted within existing regulatory guidance and our current universe of investment opportunities, we do not feel that the absence of exemptive relief materially affects our ability to achieve our investment objectives.

Appraisal and Compensation

Our charter provides that, in connection with any transaction involving a merger, conversion or consolidation, either directly or indirectly, involving us and the issuance of securities of a surviving entity after the successful completion of such transaction, or “roll-up,” an appraisal of all our assets will be obtained from a competent independent appraiser which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement registering the roll-up transaction. Such appraisal will be based on all relevant information and shall indicate the value of our assets as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed roll-up. The engagement of such independent appraiser shall be for the exclusive benefit of our stockholders. A summary of such appraisal shall be included in a report to our stockholders in connection with a proposed roll-up. All stockholders will be afforded the opportunity to vote to approve such proposed roll-up, and shall be permitted to receive cash in an amount of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the appraised value of our net assets.

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

After this offering, no person will be deemed to control us, as such term is defined in the 1940 Act. The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;
each of our directors and each executive officer; and
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. There is no common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the offering.

     
  Shares Beneficially Owned
as of the date of this Prospectus
Name and Address (1)   Number   Percentage
assuming
minimum amount is purchased
  Percentage
assuming
maximum amount is purchased
5% Stockholders:
                          
BDCA Adviser, LLC     22,222       8 %       *  
Interested Directors:
                          
Nicholas S. Schorsch                  
William M. Kahane                  
Independent Directors:
                       
[to be determined]
                       
Officers (that are not directors)
                       
Brian S. Block                  
Peter M. Budko                  
Kamal Jafarnia                  
All officers and directors as a group ([•  ] persons)                  

(1) The address of each beneficial owner is c/o Business Development Corporation of America, 405 Park Avenue, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
* Less than 1%

The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the dollar range of our equity securities that is expected to be beneficially owned by each of our directors.

 
Name of Director   Dollar Range of Equity Securities
Beneficially Owned (1) (2) (3)
Interested Directors:
        
Nicholas S. Schorsch      
William M. Kahane      

(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.
(2) The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by our directors is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share.
(3) The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned is: None, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, or over $100,000.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN

Our board of directors intends to authorize and we intend to declare quarterly distributions that will be paid on a monthly basis beginning the month in which the minimum offering requirement is met. We have adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan pursuant to which you may elect to have the full amount of your cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our stock. Participants in our distribution reinvestment plan are free to elect or revoke reinstatement in the distribution plan within a reasonable time as specified in the plan. If you do not elect to participate in the plan you will automatically receive any distributions we declare in cash. For example, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash distribution, then if you have “opted in” to our distribution reinvestment plan you will have your cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distributions. Shares issued pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan will be issued on the same date that we hold the first closing of the month for the sale of shares in this offering. Your reinvested distributions will purchase shares at a price equal to 95% of the price that shares are sold in the offering on such closing date. Shares issued pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan will have the same voting rights as our shares of common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus.

If you wish to receive your distribution in cash, no action will be required on your part to do so. If you are a registered stockholder, you may elect to have your entire distribution reinvested in shares of additional common stock by notifying DST Systems, Inc., the plan administrator, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date for distributions to stockholders. If you elect to reinvest your distributions in additional shares of stock, the plan administrator will set up an account for shares you acquire through the plan and will hold such shares in non-certificated form. If your shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary, you may “opt in” to our distribution reinvestment plan by notifying your broker or other financial intermediary of your election.

We intend to use newly issued shares to implement the plan. The number of shares we will issue to you is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to you by a price equal to 95% of the price that the shares are sold in the offering on such closing date.

There will be no selling commissions, dealer manager fees or other sales charges to you if you elect to participate in the distribution reinvestment plan. We will pay the plan administrator’s fees under the plan.

If you receive distributions in the form of stock, you generally are subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as you would be had you elected to receive your distributions in cash. Your basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a distribution from us will be equal to the total dollar amount of the distribution payable in cash. Any stock received in a distribution will have a holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to your account.

We reserve the right to amend, suspend or terminate the distribution reinvestment plan. We may terminate the plan upon notice in writing mailed to you at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any distribution by us. You may terminate your account under the plan by filling out the disbursement change form. Please contact DST Systems at (866) 771-2088 for a copy of this form. You may send the completed form to the plan administrator at P.O. Box 219865, Kansas City, MO 64121-9865 or by sending the completed form to the plan administrator at the following e-mail address:         .

All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at P.O. Box 219865, Kansas City, MO 64121-9865 or by phone at (866) 771-2088, or by e-mail at           .

We have filed the complete form of our distribution reinvestment plan with the SEC as an exhibit to this registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You may obtain a copy of the plan by request to the plan administrator, by mail at P.O. Box 219865, Kansas City, MO 64121-9865, by phone at (866) 771-2088, or by e-mail at           .

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SECURITIES

The following description is based on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and on our charter and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

Stock

Our authorized stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 450,000,000 shares are classified as common stock and 50,000,000 shares are classified as preferred stock. There is currently no market for our common stock, and we do not expect that a market for our shares will develop in the future. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally will not be personally liable for our debts or obligations.

Common Stock

Under the terms of our charter, all shares of our common stock will have equal rights as to voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of funds legally available therefor. Shares of our common stock will have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and will be freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of common stock, each share of our common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock will be able elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will be unable to elect any director.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our charter, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series without stockholder approval. The board has discretion to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series of preferred stock. Every issuance of preferred stock will be required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if distributions on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

Our charter contains a provision that limits the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages and our charter requires us to indemnify and advance expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) to (i) any present or former director or officer, (ii) any individual who, while a director or officer and, at our request, serves or has served another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee and (iii) our Adviser and its directors, executive officers and controlling persons, and any other person or entity affiliated with it. However, in accordance with guidelines adopted by the North American Securities Administrators Association, our charter and the Investment Advisory Agreement provide that we may not indemnify an indemnitee for any liability or loss suffered by such indemnitee nor hold harmless such indemnitee for any loss or liability suffered by us unless (1) the indemnitee has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct which caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of our Company, (2) the indemnitee was acting on behalf of or performing services for us, (3) the liability or loss suffered was not the result of negligence or misconduct by our Adviser, an affiliate of our Adviser or an interested director of the Company, or was not the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct by an independent director of the Company and (4) the indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is only recoverable out of our net assets and not from our stockholders. In addition, we expect that our Adviser will indemnify us for losses or damages arising out of its willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

In addition, we will not provide indemnification to a person for any loss or liability arising from an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws unless one or more of the following conditions are met: (1) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged material securities law violations; (2) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction; or (3) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the SEC and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which the securities were offered and sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws. We may advance funds to an indemnitee for legal expenses and other costs incurred as a result of legal action for which indemnification is being sought only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the legal action relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on our behalf; (ii) the indemnitee has provided us with written affirmation of his or her good faith

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification; (iii) the legal action is initiated by a third party who is not a stockholder or the legal action is initiated by a stockholder acting in his or her capacity as such and a court of competent jurisdiction specifically approves such advancement; and (iv) the indemnitee undertakes to repay the advanced funds to us, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, in cases in which he or she is found not to be entitled to indemnification. We may not incur the cost of that portion of liability insurance which insures the indemnitee for any liability as to which the indemnitee is prohibited from being indemnified under our charter and bylaws.

Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with the board of directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

Election of Directors, Number of Directors; Vacancies; Removal

As permitted by Maryland law, a plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present will be required to elect a director.

Our charter provides that a majority of our board of directors must be independent directors except for a period of up to 60 days after the death, removal or resignation of an independent director pending the election of such independent director’s successor, and the 1940 Act requires that a majority of our board of directors be persons other than “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Our charter provides that the number of directors will initially be five, which number may be increased or decreased by the board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time establish, increase or decrease the number of directors. However, the number of directors may never be less than one or more than fifteen. Except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.

Action by Stockholders

The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by unanimous consent in lieu of a meeting (unless the charter permits consent by the stockholders entitled to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting, which our charter does not). These provisions, combined with the requirements of our bylaws regarding the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting of stockholders discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to the board of directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (a) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (c) by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) provided that has been called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving notice required by our

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors and certain of our officers. Additionally, our charter and bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by our secretary to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders upon the written request of stockholders who are stockholders of record at the time of the request and are entitled to cast not less than 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting.

Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Action; Amendment of Charter and Bylaws

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, a Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Under our charter, provided that our directors then in office have approved and declared the action advisable and submitted such action to the stockholders, an amendment to our charter that requires stockholder approval, a merger, or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a similar transaction outside the ordinary course of business, must generally be approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) amendments to our charter to make our common stock a “redeemable security” or to convert the Company, whether by merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company, and (ii) the dissolution of the Company each must be approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Our charter and bylaws provide that the board of directors will have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our bylaws.

Our charter provides that the stockholders may, upon the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter,

Amend the charter (other than as described above); or
Remove the Adviser and elect a new investment adviser.

Without the approval of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, our board of directors may not:

Amend the charter in a manner that adversely affects the interests of our stockholders; or

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Except as permitted by our charter, permit our Adviser to voluntarily withdraw as our investment adviser unless such withdrawal would not affect our tax status and would not materially adversely affect our stockholders;
Appoint a new investment adviser;
Unless otherwise permitted by law, sell all or substantially all of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business; and
Unless otherwise permitted by law, approve a merger or similar reorganization of our Company.

No Appraisal Rights

Except with respect to appraisal rights arising in connection with the Control Share Act defined and discussed below, as permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our stockholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless our board of directors determines that appraisal rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which stockholders would otherwise be entitled to exercise appraisal rights.

Tender Offers

Our charter provides that any tender offer made by any person, including any “mini-tender” offer, must comply with most of the provisions of Regulation 14D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including the notice and disclosure requirements. Among other things, the offeror must provide us notice of such tender offer at least ten business days before initiating the tender offer. If the offeror does not comply with the provisions set forth above, we will have the right to redeem that offeror’s shares, if any, and any shares acquired in such tender offer. In addition, the non-complying offeror will be responsible for all of our expenses in connection with that offeror’s noncompliance.

Restrictions on Roll-Up Transactions

In connection with a proposed “roll-up transaction,” which, in general terms, is any transaction involving the acquisition, merger, conversion or consolidation, directly or indirectly, of our Company and the issuance of securities of an entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, we will obtain an appraisal of all of our assets from an independent expert. In order to qualify as an independent expert for this purpose, the person or entity must have no material current or prior business or personal relationship with our Adviser or any affiliate of our Adviser and must be engaged to a substantial extent in the business of rendering opinions regarding the value of assets of the type held by us. If the appraisal will be included in a prospectus used to offer the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, the appraisal will be filed with the SEC and the states in which the securities are being registered as an exhibit to the registration statement for the offering. Our assets will be appraised on a consistent basis, and the appraisal will be based on the evaluation of all relevant information and will indicate the value of our assets as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed roll-up transaction. The appraisal will assume an orderly liquidation of assets over a 12-month period. The terms of the engagement of such independent expert will clearly state that the engagement is for our benefit and the benefit of our stockholders. We will include a summary of the independent appraisal, indicating all material assumptions underlying the appraisal, in a report to the stockholders in connection with a proposed roll-up transaction.

In connection with a proposed roll-up transaction, the person sponsoring the roll-up transaction must offer to common stockholders who vote against the proposal a choice of: (1) accepting the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction offered in the proposed roll-up transaction; or (2) one of the following: (i) remaining stockholders and preserving their interests in us on the same terms and conditions as existed previously; or (ii) receiving cash in an amount equal to their pro rata share of the appraised value of our net assets.

We are prohibited from participating in any proposed roll-up transaction: (a) which would result in common stockholders having voting rights in the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction that are less than those provided in our charter, including

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

rights with respect to the amendment of the charter and our merger or sale of all or substantially all of our assets; (b) which includes provisions that would operate as a material impediment to, or frustration of, the accumulation of shares by any purchaser of the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, except to the minimum extent necessary to preserve the tax status of such entity, or which would limit the ability of an investor to exercise the voting rights of its securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction on the basis of the number of shares held by that investor; (c) in which our common stockholders’ rights to access of records of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction will be less than those provided in our charter; or (d) in which we would bear any of the costs of the roll-up transaction if our common stockholders reject the roll-up transaction.

Control Share Acquisitions

The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, which we refer to as the Control Share Act. Shares owned by the acquiror, by officers or by employees who are directors of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;
one-third or more but less than a majority; or
a majority or more of all voting power.

The requisite stockholder approval must be obtained each time an acquirer crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including compliance with the 1940 Act. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The Control Share Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Act any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at time in the future. However, we will amend our bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Act only if the board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business Combinations

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder (the “Business Combination Act”). These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or
an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder under this statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which he otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and
two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting any business combination between us and any other person from the provisions of the Business Combination Act, provided that the business combination is first approved by the board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. This resolution, however, may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time. If this resolution is repealed, or the board of directors does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Additional Provisions of Maryland Law

Maryland law provides that a Maryland corporation that is subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and has at least three independent directors can elect by resolution of the board of directors to be subject to some corporate governance provisions notwithstanding any provision in the corporation’s charter and bylaws. Under the applicable statute, a board of directors may classify itself without the vote of stockholders. Further, the board of directors may, by electing into applicable statutory provisions and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws.

provide that a special meeting of stockholders will be called only at the request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting;
reserve for itself the exclusive power to fix the number of directors;

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provide that a director may be removed only by the vote of stockholders entitled to cast two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors; and
provide that all vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and that any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship and until his or her successor is elected and qualifies.

Pursuant to our charter, we have elected to provide that all vacancies on the board of directors resulting from an increase in the size of the board or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum. Such election is subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act and to the provisions of any class or series of preferred stock established by the board.

Reports to Stockholders

Because of our public offering of securities and our expectation of having more than 500 stockholders, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, respectively, proxy statements and other reports required by the federal securities laws with the SEC via the SEC’s EDGAR filing system. These reports will be available upon filing on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. These reports will also be available on our website at www.bdc-america.com .

Subject to availability, you may authorize us to provide prospectuses, prospectus supplements, annual reports and other information (documents) electronically by so indicating on your subscription agreement, or by sending us instructions in writing in a form acceptable to us to receive such documents electronically. Unless you elect in writing to receive documents electronically, all documents will be provided in paper form by mail. You must have internet access to use electronic delivery. While we impose no additional charge for this service, there may be potential costs associated with electronic delivery, such as on-line charges. Documents will be available on our website. You may access and print all documents provided through this service. As documents become available, we will notify you of this by sending you an e-mail message that will include instructions on how to retrieve the document. If our e-mail notification is returned to us as “undeliverable,” we will contact you to obtain your updated e-mail address. If we are unable to obtain a valid e-mail address for you, we will resume sending a paper copy by regular U.S. mail to your address of record. You may revoke your consent for electronic delivery at any time and we will resume sending you a paper copy of all required documents. However, in order for us to be properly notified, your revocation must be given to us a reasonable time before electronic delivery has commenced. We will provide you with paper copies at any time upon request. Such request will not constitute revocation of your consent to receive required documents electronically.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our shares. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to us or our investors on such an investment. For example, we have not described tax consequences that we assume to be generally known by investors or certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, financial institutions, U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons who mark-to-market our shares and persons who hold our shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge” or “conversion” transaction. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding this offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

For purposes of our discussion, a “U.S. stockholder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;
a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person.

For purposes of our discussion, a “Non-U.S. stockholder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is neither a U.S. stockholder nor a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or member of the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective stockholder that is a partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

Election to be Taxed as a RIC

We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code commencing in the first taxable year in which we meet the minimum offering requirements. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders from our tax earnings and profits. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order to obtain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

capital gain over realized net long-term capital loss, or the Annual Distribution Requirement. Even if we qualify as a RIC, we generally will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on our undistributed taxable income and could be subject to U.S. federal excise, state, local and foreign taxes.

Taxation as a RIC

Provided that we qualify as a RIC and satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain (which we define as net long-term capital gain in excess of net short-term capital loss) that we timely distribute to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gain not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. Federal excise tax on certain undistributed income of RICs unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax. We generally will endeavor in each taxable year to avoid any U.S. Federal excise tax on our earnings.

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

elect to be treated as a RIC;
meet the Annual Distribution Requirement;
qualify to be treated as a BDC or be registered as a management investment company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;
derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or other securities or currencies or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (as defined in the Code), or the 90% Income Test; and
diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:
at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer (which for these purposes includes the equity securities of a “qualified publicly traded partnership”); and
no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other RICs, (i) of one issuer (ii) of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (iii) of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or the Diversification Tests.

To the extent that we invest in entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (other than a “qualified publicly traded partnership”), we generally must include the items of gross income derived by the partnerships for purposes of the 90% Income Test, and the income that is derived from a partnership (other than a “qualified publicly traded partnership”) will be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test only to the extent that such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by us directly. In addition, we generally must take into account our proportionate share of the assets held by partnerships (other than a “qualified publicly traded partnership”) in which we are a partner for purposes of the diversification tests.

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In order to meet the 90% Income Test, we may establish one or more special purpose corporations to hold assets from which we do not anticipate earning dividend, interest or other qualifying income under the 90% Income Test. Any investments held through a special purpose corporation would generally be subject to U.S. federal income and other taxes, and therefore we can expect to achieve a reduced after-tax yield on such investments.

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

Furthermore, a portfolio company in which we invest may face financial difficulty that requires us to work-out, modify or otherwise restructure our investment in the portfolio company. Any such restructuring may result in unusable capital losses and future non-cash income. Any restructuring may also result in our recognition of a substantial amount of non-qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test, such as cancellation of indebtedness income in connection with the work-out of a leveraged investment (which, while not free from doubt, may be treated as non-qualifying income) or the receipt of other non-qualifying income.

Gain or loss realized by us from warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term or short-term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.

Our investment in non-U.S. securities may be subject to non-U.S. income, withholding and other taxes. In that case, our yield on those securities would be decreased. Stockholders will generally not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to non-U.S. taxes paid by us.

If we purchase shares in a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by us to our stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If we invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the code, or QEF, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year a portion of the originary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed to it. Alternatively, we can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year our shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it does not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of our distributions from PFICs and our proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax.

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under Section 988 of the Code, gain or loss attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time we accrue income, expenses, or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time we actually collect such income or pay such expenses or liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gain or loss on foreign currency forward contracts and the disposition of debt denominated in a foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Regulation — Qualifying Assets” and “— Senior Securities.” Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or to avoid the excise tax, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

If we fail to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement or otherwise fail to qualify as a RIC in any taxable year, we will be subject to tax in that year on all of our taxable income, regardless of whether we make any distributions to our stockholders. In that case, all of such income will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax, reducing the amount available to be distributed to our stockholders. See “— Failure To Obtain RIC Tax Treatment.”

As a regulated investment company, we are not allowed to carry forward or carry back a net operating loss for purposes of computing our investment company taxable income in other taxable years. U.S. federal income tax law generally permits RICs to carry forward net capital losses for up to eight taxable years. However, future transactions we engage in may cause our ability to use any capital loss carryforwards, and unrealized losses once realized, to be limited under Section 382 of the Code. Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions, and (vii) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We will monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.

As described above, to the extent that we invest in equity securities of entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the effect of such investments for purposes of the 90% Income Test and the diversification tests will depend on whether or not the partnership is a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (as defined in the Code). If the partnership is a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” the net income derived from such investments will be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test and will be “securities” for purposes of the diversification tests. If the partnership, however, is not treated as a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” then the consequences of an investment in the partnership will depend upon the amount and type of income and assets of the partnership allocable to us. The income derived from such investments may not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test and, therefore, could adversely affect our qualification as a RIC. We intend to monitor our investments in equity securities of entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes to prevent our disqualification as a RIC.

We may invest in preferred securities or other securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the expected tax treatment, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized, requiring us to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change our portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to RICs under the Code.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

Whether an investment in shares of our common stock is appropriate for a U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in shares of our common stock by a U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. The following summary generally describes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in shares of our common stock by taxable U.S. stockholders and not by U.S. stockholders that are generally exempt from U.S. federal income taxation. U.S. stockholders should consult their own tax advisors before making an investment in our common stock.

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gain. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our ordinary income excluding net capital gain) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to noncorporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions generally will be eligible for taxation at rates applicable to “qualifying dividends” (at a maximum tax rate of 15% through 2010) provided that we properly designate such distribution as derived from “qualified dividend income” and certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied. In this regard, it is not anticipated that a significant portion of distributions paid by us will be attributable to qualifying dividends; therefore, our distributions generally will not qualify for the preferential rates applicable to qualified dividend income. Distributions of our net capital gain (which is generally our net long-term capital gain in excess of net short-term capital loss) properly designated by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gain (at a maximum rate of 15% through 2010 in the case of individuals, trusts or estates), regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to such U.S. stockholder.

Although we currently intend to distribute any long-term capital gain at least annually, we may in the future decide to retain some or all of our long-term capital gain, but designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its proportionate share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for his, her or its common stock. Since we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gain at our regular corporate tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on net capital gain, the amount of tax that individual stockholders will be treated as having paid and for which they will receive a credit will exceed the tax they owe on the retained net capital gain. Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a stockholder’s liability for U.S. federal income tax. A stockholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or otherwise required to file a U.S. federal income tax return would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

We could be subject to the alternative minimum tax, or the AMT, but any items that are treated differently for AMT purposes must be apportioned between us and our stockholders and this may affect U.S. stockholders’ AMT liabilities. Although regulations explaining the precise method of apportionement have not yet been issued, such items will generally be apportioned in the same proportion that dividends paid to each stockholder bear to our taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction), unless a different method for a particular item is warranted under the circumstances.

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in any such month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

We may have the ability to declare a large portion of a distribution in shares of our common stock to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement. If a portion of such distribution is paid in cash (which portion may be as low as 10% for our taxable years through 2011) and certain requirements are met, the entire distribution to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, U.S. stockholders will be taxed on the distribution as if the entire distribution was cash distribution, even though most of the distribution was paid in shares of our common stock.

If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though it represents a return of his, her or its investment.

A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our common stock. The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. The ability to otherwise deduct capital loss may be subject to other limitations under the Code.

In general, noncorporate U.S. stockholders, including individuals, trusts and estates, are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% (through 2010) on their net capital gain, or the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year, including a long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Noncorporate stockholders with net capital loss for a year (which we define as capital loss in excess of capital gain) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital loss of a noncorporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital loss for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a regulated investment company whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. If we are not a publicly offered regulated investment company for any period, a non-corporate shareholder’s pro rata portion of our affected expenses, including our management fees, will be treated as an additional dividend to the shareholder and will be deductible by such shareholder only to the extent permitted under the limitations described below. For non-corporate shareholders, including individuals, trusts, and estates, significant limitations generally apply to the deductibility of certain expenses of a nonpublicly offered regulated investment company, including advisory fees. In particular, these expenses, referred to as miscellaneous itemized deductions, are deductible only to individuals to the extent they exceed 2% of such a shareholder’s adjusted gross income, and are not

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

deductible for AMT purposes. While we anticipate that we will constitute a publicly offered regulated investment company after our first tax year, there can be no assurance that we will in fact so qualify for any of our taxable years.

We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice detailing, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the U.S. Federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the 15% maximum rate). Dividends paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to qualifying dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation.

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax, or backup withholding, at a rate of 28% (through 2010), from all taxable distributions to any noncorporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax, and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.

Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of our stock of $2 million or more for a noncorporate stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate stockholder in any single taxable year (or a greater loss over a combination of years), the stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 8886 (or successor form). Direct stockholders of portfolio securities in many cases are excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to stockholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Significant monetary penalties apply to a failure to comply with this reporting requirement. States may also have a similar reporting requirement. Stockholders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisers before investing in our common stock.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. stockholders that are not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. stockholder, will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, unless an applicable exception applies.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gain to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, that are not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. stockholder, will generally not be subject to U.S. Federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the Non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements. However, withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on capital gain of nonresident alien individuals who are physically present in the United States for more than the 182 day period only applies in exceptional cases because any individual present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year is generally treated as a resident for U.S. income tax purposes; in that case, he or she would be subject to U.S. income tax on his or her worldwide income at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, rather than the 30% U.S. Federal withholding tax.

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we distribute our net capital gain in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gain deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return. Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” and net capital gain (including deemed distributions) to Non-U.S. stockholders, and gains realized by Non-U.S. stockholders upon the sale of our common stock that is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. stockholder (or if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a “permanent establishment” in the United States), will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents and domestic corporations. Corporate Non-U.S. stockholders may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% imposed by the Code (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty). In the case of a non-corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, we may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax from distributions that are otherwise exempt from withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced rate) unless the Non-U.S. stockholder certifies his or her foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.

We may have the ability to declare a large portion of a distribution in shares of our common stock to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement. If a portion of such dividend is paid in cash (which portion may be as low as 10% for our taxable years through 2011) and certain requirements are met, the entire distribution to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, non-U.S. stockholders will be taxed on the distribution as if the entire distribution was cash distribution, even though most of the distribution was paid in shares of our common stock.

The tax consequences to a Non-U.S. stockholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Non-U.S. stockholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in our shares.

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a nonresident alien individual may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.

Failure To Obtain RIC Tax Treatment

If we were unable to obtain tax treatment as a RIC, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions would generally be taxable to our stockholders as dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits (in the case of noncorporate U.S. stockholders, at a maximum rate applicable to qualified dividend income of 15% through 2010). Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain.

If we fail to meet the RIC requirements for more than two consecutive years and then seek to re-qualify as a RIC, we would be required to recognize gain to the extent of any unrealized appreciation in our assets unless we made a special election to pay corporate-level tax on any such unrealized appreciation during the succeeding 10-year period.

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recent Legislation

On March 18, 2010, the President signed into law the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, or the HIRE Act. The HIRE Act imposes a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate on dividends and proceeds of sale in respect of shares of our common stock received by U.S. stockholders who own their shares through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. stockholders if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied. If payment of withholding taxes is required, non-U.S. stockholders that are otherwise eligible for an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. withholding taxes with respect to such dividends and proceeds will be required to seek a refund from the IRS to obtain the benefit of such exemption or reduction. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld. These new withholding rules are generally effective for payments made after December 31, 2012.

On March 30, 2010, the President signed into law the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or the Reconciliation Act. The Reconciliation Act will require certain U.S. stockholders who are individuals, estates or trusts to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, subject to certain exceptions. This tax will apply for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the Reconciliation Act on their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Possible Legislative or Other Actions Affecting Tax Considerations

Prospective investors should recognize that the present U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in our stock may be modified by legislative, judicial or administrative action at any time, and that any such action may affect investments and commitments previously made. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process any by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department, resulting in revisions of regulations and revised interpretations of established concepts as well as statutory changes. Revisions in U.S. federal tax laws and interpretations thereof could adversely affect the tax consequences of an investment in our stock.

The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice, and potential investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning the tax considerations relevant to their particular situation.

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REGULATION

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will elect to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between business development companies and their affiliates, principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters. The 1940 Act requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a business development company unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

The 1940 Act defines “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy or (ii) 50% of our voting securities.

We will generally not be able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Business Development Companies — Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.” We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders approve such sale. In addition, we may generally issue new shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value in rights offerings to existing stockholders, in payment of dividends and in certain other limited circumstances.

As a business development company, we will not be permitted to invest in any portfolio company in which our Adviser, Sub-Adviser or any of their affiliates currently have an investment or to make any co-investments with our Adviser, Sub-Adviser or any of their affiliates without an exemptive order from the SEC.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a business development company may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are any of the following:

1. Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:
a. is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;
b. is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the business development company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and
c. satisfies any of the following:
i. does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;
ii. has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;
iii. is controlled by a business development company or a group of companies including a business development company and the business development company has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

iv. is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4.0 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2.0 million.
2. Securities of any eligible portfolio company that we control.
3. Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.
4. Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.
5. Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.
6. Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

In addition, a business development company must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

In order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, we must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where we purchase such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the business development company, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the Diversification Tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Senior Securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of debt and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Business Development Companies — Regulations governing our operation as a business development company and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.”

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. We have attached our code of ethics as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You may also read and copy the code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the code of ethics is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov .

Compliance Policies and Procedures

We expect that we have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and are required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. Our chief compliance officer is responsible for administering these policies and procedures.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We anticipate delegating our proxy voting responsibility to our Adviser. The proxy voting policies and procedures that we anticipate that our Adviser will follow are set forth below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by our Adviser and our non-interested directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, BDCA Adviser, LLC has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, it recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of its clients.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for the investment advisory clients of BDCA Adviser, LLC are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

BDCA Adviser, LLC will vote proxies relating to our securities in the best interest of its clients’ stockholders. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a stockholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although BDCA Adviser, LLC will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients’ portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

The proxy voting decisions of BDCA Adviser, LLC are made by the senior officers who are responsible for monitoring each of its clients’ investments. To ensure that its vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, it will require that: (a) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to its chief compliance officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (b) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how BDCA Adviser, LLC intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information, without charge, regarding how we voted proxies with respect to our portfolio securities by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Chief Financial Officer, 405 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor New York, NY 10022.

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other

We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a business development company, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

Securities Exchange Act and Sarbanes-Oxley Act Compliance

We will be subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Exchange Act, including the filing of quarterly, annual and current reports, proxy statements and other required items. In addition, we will be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements will affect us. For example:

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer will be required to certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;
pursuant to Item 307 of Regulation S-K, our periodic reports will be required to disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures; and
pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, our management will be required to prepare a report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. This report must be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We intend to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

General

We are offering a maximum of 150,000,000 shares of our common stock to the public at an initial offering price of $10.00 per share, except as provided below, through Realty Capital Securities, LLC, the dealer manager. The shares are being offered on a “best efforts” basis, which means generally that the dealer manager is required to use only its best efforts to sell the shares and it has no firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the shares. The offering of shares of our common stock will terminate on or before       , 2013, which is two years after the effective date of this offering, unless we elect to extend it to a date no later than       , 2014. This offering must be registered in every state in which we offer or sell shares. Generally, such registrations are for a period of one year. Thus, we may have to stop selling shares in any state in which our registration is not renewed or otherwise extended annually. We reserve the right to terminate this offering at any time prior to the stated termination date.

After meeting the minimum offering requirement and holding our initial closing, we will then sell our shares on a continuous basis at a price of $10.00; however, if our net asset value per share increases above $10.00 per share, we will increase the offering price to that price which, after deduction of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, will be equal to our net asset value per share. Therefore, persons who tender subscriptions for shares of our common stock in this offering must submit subscriptions for a fixed dollar amount, rather than a number of shares of common stock and, as a result, may receive fractional shares of our common stock. Promptly following any such adjustment to the offering price per share, we will file a prospectus supplement with the SEC disclosing the adjusted offering price, and we will also post the updated information on our website at www.bdc-america.com .

Although we will offer shares of our common stock on a continuous basis, we expect to accept subscriptions at semi-monthly closings in which we admit new stockholders. Shares pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan will be issued on the same date that we hold our first closing of the month.

About the Dealer Manager

We have engaged Realty Capital Securities, LLC as our dealer manager. Realty Capital Securities, LLC is a member firm of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA. Realty Capital Securities, LLC was organized on August 29, 2007 for the purpose of participating in and facilitating the distribution of securities of real estate programs sponsored by American Realty Capital II, LLC, its affiliates and its predecessors. Realty Capital Securities, LLC is indirectly owned by American Realty Capital II, LLC. Realty Capital Securities, LLC is the dealer manager or is named in the registration statement as dealer manager in twelve offerings, including eight offerings in which American Realty Capital is the sole sponsor, that are either effective or in registration.

Compensation of Dealer Manager and Selected Broker-Dealers

Except as provided below, the dealer manager will receive selling commissions of 7.0% of the gross proceeds of shares sold in the offering. The dealer manager will also receive a dealer manager fee of 3.0% of the gross offering proceeds as compensation for acting as the dealer manager. In addition, we may reimburse our dealer manager for due diligence expenses included in detailed and itemized invoices.

We expect the dealer manager to authorize other broker-dealers that are members of FINRA, which we refer to as selected broker-dealers, to sell our shares. The dealer manager may reallow all of its selling commissions attributable to a selected broker-dealer. Alternatively, a selected broker-dealer may elect to receive a fee equal to 7.5% of gross proceeds from the sale of shares by such participating broker-dealer, with 2.5% thereof paid at the time of such sale and 1% thereof paid on each anniversary of the closing of such sale up to and including the fifth anniversary of the closing of such sale, in which event, a portion of the dealer manager fee will be reallowed such that the combined selling commission and dealer manager fee do not exceed 10% of gross proceeds of the offering.

The dealer manager, in its sole discretion, may reallow to any selected broker-dealer a portion of its dealer manager fee for reimbursement of marketing expenses. The amount of the reallowance will be based on such factors as the number of shares sold by the selected broker-dealer, the assistance of the broker-dealer in

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

marketing the offering and due diligence expenses incurred. The maximum aggregate amount of the reallowances of the 3.0% dealer manager fee will be 1.5% of the gross proceeds from shares sold in the offering.

We will not pay selling commissions or dealer manager fees on shares sold under our distribution reinvestment plan. The amount that would have been paid as selling commissions and dealer-manager fees if the shares sold under our distribution reinvestment plan had been sold pursuant to this public offering of shares will be retained and used by us. Therefore, the net proceeds to us for sales under our distribution reinvestment plan will be greater than the net proceeds to us for sales pursuant to this prospectus.

Under the rules of FINRA, the maximum compensation payable to members of FINRA participating in this offering may not exceed 10% of our gross offering proceeds. If, upon the termination of the offering, the total amount of underwriting compensation paid in connection with the offering exceeds 10% of our gross offering proceeds (excluding proceeds from the sale of shares under our distribution reinvestment plan), then the dealer manager will pay to us an amount equal to the underwriting compensation in excess of 10%.

In addition to the dealer manager fee, we will reimburse the dealer manager for reimbursements it may make to broker-dealers for reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses incurred which are supported by a detailed and itemized invoice.

We have agreed to indemnify the participating broker-dealers, including the dealer manager and selected registered investment advisors, against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the dealer manager agreement. The broker-dealers participating in the offering of shares of our common stock are not obligated to obtain any subscriptions on our behalf, and we cannot assure you that any shares of common stock will be sold.

We will not pay any selling commissions in connection with the sale of shares to investors whose contracts for investment advisory and related brokerage services include a fixed or “wrap” fee feature. Investors may agree with their participating brokers to reduce the amount of selling commissions payable with respect to the sale of their units shares down to zero (i) if the investor has engaged the services of a registered investment advisor or other financial advisor who will be paid compensation for investment advisory services or other financial or investment advice or (ii) if the investor is investing through a bank trust account with respect to which the investor has delegated the decision-making authority for investments made through the account to a bank trust department. The net proceeds to us will not be affected by reducing the commissions payable in connection with such transaction. Neither our dealer manager nor its affiliates will directly or indirectly compensate any person engaged as an investment advisor or a bank trust department by a potential investor as an inducement for such investment advisor or bank trust department to advise favorably for an investment in our shares.

We or our affiliates also may provide permissible forms of non-cash compensation to registered representatives of our dealer manager and the participating broker-dealers, such as golf shirts, fruit baskets, cakes, chocolates, a bottle of wine, a gift certificate (provided it cannot be redeemed for cash) or tickets to a sporting event. In no event shall such items exceed an aggregate value of $100 per annum per participating salesperson, or be pre-conditioned on achievement of a sales target. The value of such items will be considered underwriting compensation in connection with this offering.

We have agreed to indemnify the participating broker-dealers, including our dealer manager and selected registered investment advisors, against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act. However, the SEC takes the position that indemnification against liabilities arising under the Securities Act is against public policy and is unenforceable.

We will not pay selling commissions in connection with the sale of our common stock to one or more soliciting dealers and to their respective officers and employees and some of their respective affiliates who request and are entitled to purchase common stock net of selling commissions.

It is illegal for us to pay or award any commissions or other compensation to any person engaged by you for investment advice as an inducement to such advisor to advise you to purchase our common stock;

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

however, nothing herein will prohibit a registered broker-dealer or other properly licensed person from earning a sales commission in connection with a sale of the common stock.

Our executive officers and directors and their immediate family members, as well as officers and employees of our Advisers and their affiliates and their immediate family members (including spouses, parents, grandparents, children and siblings) and other individuals designated by management, and, if approved by our board of directors, joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers, may purchase shares of our common stock in this offering and may be charged a reduced rate for certain fees and expenses in respect of such purchases. We expect that a limited number of shares of our common stock will be sold to individuals designated by management, net of all selling commissions and dealer manager fees, shortly after the commencement of the offering. However, there is no limit on the number of shares of our common stock that may be sold to such persons. In addition, the selling commission and the dealer manager fee may be reduced or waived in connection with certain categories of sales, such as sales for which a volume discount applies, sales to certain institutional investors, sales through investment advisers or banks acting as trustees or fiduciaries and sales to our affiliates. The amount of net proceeds to us will not be affected by reducing or eliminating the selling commissions or the dealer manager fee payable in connection with sales to such institutional investors and affiliates. Our Adviser and its affiliates will be expected to hold their shares of our common stock purchased as stockholders for investment and not with a view towards distribution. Shares of our common stock purchased by our executive officers and directors, our Adviser and by officers, employees or other affiliates of our Adviser shall not count toward the minimum offering requirement.

To the extent permitted by law and our charter, we will indemnify the selected broker-dealers and the dealer manager against some civil liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the dealer manager agreement.

Volume Discounts

We will offer a reduced share purchase price to “single purchasers” on orders of more than $500,000 and selling commissions paid to Realty Capital Securities, LLC and participating broker-dealers will be reduced by the amount of the share purchase price discount. The per share purchase price will apply to the specific range of each share purchased in the total volume ranges set forth in the table below. The reduced purchase price will not affect the amount we receive for investment.

   
For a “Single Purchaser”   Purchase Price per Share
in Volume Discount Range
  Selling Commission per Share
in Volume Discount Range
$1,000 – $500,000   $10.00   $0.70
500,001 – 1,000,000    9.90    0.60
1,000,001 – 5,000,000+    9.55    0.25

Any reduction in the amount of the selling commissions in respect of volume discounts received will be credited to the investor in the form of additional shares. Fractional shares will be issued.

As an example, a single purchaser would receive 100,505.05 shares rather than 100,000 shares for an investment of $1,000,000 and the selling commission would be $65,303.03. The discount would be calculated as follows: The purchaser would acquire 50,000 shares at a cost of $10.00 and 50,505.05 at a cost of $9.90 per share and would pay commissions of $0.70 per share for 50,000 shares and $0.60 per share for 50,505.05 shares.

Subscriptions may be combined for the purpose of determining the volume discounts in the case of subscriptions made by any “purchaser,” as that term is defined below, provided all such shares are purchased through the same broker-dealer. The volume discount shall be prorated among the separate subscribers considered to be a single “purchaser.” Any request to combine more than one subscription must be made in writing submitted simultaneously with your subscription for shares, and must set forth the basis for such request. Any such request will be subject to verification by the dealer manager that all of such subscriptions were made by a single “purchaser.”

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the purposes of such volume discounts, the term “purchaser” includes:

an individual, his or her spouse and their children under the age of 21 who purchase the shares for his, her or their own accounts;
a corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust fund or any organized group of persons, whether incorporated or not;
an employees’ trust, pension, profit sharing or other employee benefit plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code;
all commingled trust funds maintained by a given bank; and
any person or entity, or persons or entities, acquiring shares that are clients of and are advised by a single investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act.

If a single purchaser described in the categories above wishes to have its orders so combined, that purchaser will be required to request the treatment in writing, which request must set forth the basis for the discount and identify the orders to be combined. Any request will be subject to our verification that all of the orders were made by a single purchaser.

Orders also may be combined for the purpose of determining the commissions payable in the case of orders by any purchaser described in any category above who, within 90 days of its initial purchase of shares, orders additional shares. In this event, the commission payable with respect to the subsequent purchase of shares will equal the commission per share which would have been payable in accordance with the commission schedule set forth above if all purchases had been made simultaneously. Purchases subsequent to this 90-day period will not qualify to be combined for a volume discount as described herein.

Notwithstanding the above, the Dealer Manager may, at its sole discretion, enter into an agreement with a participating broker-dealer, whereby such participating broker-dealer may aggregate subscriptions as part of a combined order for the purpose of offering investors reduced aggregate selling commissions and marketing support fees to as low as 1.0%, provided that any such aggregate group of subscriptions must be received from such participating broker-dealer. Additionally, the Dealer Manager may, at its sole discretion, aggregate subscriptions as part of a combined order for the purpose of offering investors reduced aggregate selling commissions and marketing support fees to as low as 1.0%, provided that any such aggregate group of subscriptions must be received from the Dealer Manager. Any reduction in selling commissions and marketing support fees would be prorated among the separate subscribers.

In order to encourage purchases of shares of our common stock in excess of 500,000 shares, our dealer manager may, in its sole discretion, agree with a purchaser to reduce the selling commission and the marketing support fee. However, in no event will the net proceeds to us be affected by such fee reductions. For the purposes of such purchases in excess of 500,000 shares, the term “purchaser” has the same meaning as defined above with respect to volume discount purchases.

California residents should be aware that volume discounts will not be available in connection with the sale of shares made to California residents to the extent such discounts do not comply with the provisions of Rule 260.140.51 adopted pursuant to the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968. Pursuant to this rule, volume discounts can be made available to California residents only in accordance with the following conditions:

there can be no variance in the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares to different purchasers of the same offering;
all purchasers of the shares must be informed of the availability of quantity discounts;
the same volume discounts must be allowed to all purchasers of shares which are part of the offering;
the minimum amount of shares as to which volume discounts are allowed cannot be less than $10,000;

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the variance in the price of the shares must result solely from a different range of commissions, and all discounts must be based on a uniform scale of commissions; and
no discounts are allowed to any group of purchasers.

Accordingly, volume discounts for California residents will be available in accordance with the foregoing table of uniform discount levels based on dollar volume of shares purchased, but no discounts are allowed to any group of purchasers, and no subscriptions may be aggregated as part of a combined order for purposes of determining the number of shares purchased.

Subscription Process

To purchase shares in this offering, you must complete and sign a subscription agreement (in the form attached to this prospectus as Appendix A) for a specific dollar amount equal to or greater then $1,000 and pay such amount at the time of subscription. You should pay for your shares by delivering a check for the full purchase price of the shares, payable to “Wells Fargo, as agent for Business Development Corporation of America.” You should exercise care to ensure that the applicable subscription agreement is filled out correctly and completely.

By executing the subscription agreement, you will attest, among other things, that you:

have received the final prospectus;
agree to be bound by the terms of our charter;
meet the suitability requirements described in this prospectus;
are purchasing the shares for your own account;
acknowledge that there is no public market for our shares; and
are in compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act and are not on any governmental authority watch list.

We include these representations in our subscription agreement in order to prevent persons who do not meet our suitability standards or other investment qualifications from subscribing to purchase our shares.

Subscriptions will be effective only upon our acceptance, and we reserve the right to reject any subscription in whole or in part. We may not accept a subscription for shares until at least five business days after the date you receive the final prospectus. Subject to compliance with Rule 15c2-4 of the Exchange Act, our dealer manager and/or the broker-dealers participating in the offering will promptly submit a subscriber’s check on the business day following receipt of the subscriber’s subscription documents and check. In certain circumstances where the suitability review procedures are more lengthy than customary, a subscriber’s check will be promptly deposited in compliance with Exchange Act Rule 15c2-4. The proceeds from your subscription will be deposited in a segregated escrow account and will be held in trust for your benefit, pending our acceptance of your subscription.

A sale of the shares may not be completed until at least five business days after the subscriber receives our final prospectus as filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 of the Securities Act. Within ten business days of our receipt of each completed subscription agreement, we will accept or reject the subscription. If we accept the subscription, we will mail a confirmation within three days. If for any reason we reject the subscription, we will promptly return the check and the subscription agreement, without interest (unless we reject your subscription because we fail to achieve the minimum offering) or deduction, within ten business days after rejecting it.

Minimum Offering Requirement

Subscription proceeds will be placed in escrow until such time as subscriptions aggregating at least $2.5 million worth of shares of our common stock have been received and accepted by us. Any shares purchased by our Advisers or their affiliates will not be counted in calculating the minimum offering requirement. Funds in escrow will be invested in short-term investments, which may include obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the U.S. government or bank money-market accounts or certificates of deposit of

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

national or state banks that have deposits insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (including certificates of deposit of any bank acting as a depository or custodian for any such funds) that can be readily sold, with appropriate safety of principal. Subscribers may not withdraw funds from the escrow account.

If subscriptions for at least the minimum offering requirement have not been received and accepted by       , 2012, which is one year after the effective date of this offering, our escrow agent will promptly so notify us, this offering will be terminated and your funds and subscription agreement will be returned to you within ten days after the date of such termination. Interest will accrue on funds in the escrow account as applicable to the short-term investments in which such funds are invested. During any period in which subscription proceeds are held in escrow, interest earned thereon will be allocated among subscribers on the basis of the respective amounts of their subscriptions and the number of days that such amounts were on deposit. Such interest will be paid to subscribers upon the termination of the escrow period, subject to withholding for taxes pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations. We will bear all expenses of the escrow and, as such, any interest to be paid to any subscriber will not be reduced for such expense.

Supplemental Sales Material

In addition to this prospectus, we intend to use supplemental sales material in connection with the offering of our shares, although only when accompanied by or preceded by the delivery of the prospectus, as supplemented. We will file all supplemental sales material with the SEC prior to distributing such material. The supplemental sales material does not contain all of the information material to an investment decision and should only be reviewed after reading the prospectus. The sales material expected to be used in permitted jurisdictions includes:

investor sales promotion brochures;
cover letters transmitting the prospectus;
brochures containing a summary description of the offering;
fact sheets describing the general nature of Business Development Corporation of America and our investment objective;
asset flyers describing our recent investments;
broker updates;
online investor presentations;
third-party article reprints;
website material;
electronic media presentations; and
client seminars and seminar advertisements and invitations.

All of the foregoing material will be prepared by our Advisers or their affiliates with the exception of the third-party article reprints, if any. In certain jurisdictions, some or all of such sales material may not be available. In addition, the sales material may contain certain quotes from various publications without obtaining the consent of the author or the publication for use of the quoted material in the sales material.

We are offering shares in this offering only by means of this prospectus. Although the information contained in our supplemental sales materials will not conflict with any of the information contained in the prospectus, as supplemented, the supplemental materials do not purport to be complete and should not be considered a part of or as incorporated by reference in the prospectus, or the registration statement of which the prospectus is a part.

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUITABILITY STANDARDS

The following are our suitability standards for investors which are required by the Omnibus Guidelines published by the North American Securities Administrators Association in connection with our continuous offering of common shares under this registration statement.

Pursuant to applicable state securities laws, shares of common stock offered through this prospectus are suitable only as a long-term investment for persons of adequate financial means who have no need for liquidity in this investment. Initially, there is not expected to be any public market for the shares, which means that it may be difficult to sell shares. As a result, we have established suitability standards which require investors to have either (i) a net worth (not including home, furnishings, and personal automobiles) of at least $70,000 and an annual gross income of at least $70,000, or (ii) a net worth (not including home, furnishings, and personal automobiles) of at least $250,000. Our suitability standards also require that a potential investor (1) can reasonably benefit from an investment in us based on such investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structuring; (2) is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the prospective stockholder’s overall financial situation; and (3) has apparent understanding of (a) the fundamental risks of the investment, (b) the risk that such investor may lose his or her entire investment, (c) the lack of liquidity of the shares, (d) the restrictions on transferability of shares, (e) the background and qualifications of our Adviser, and (f) the tax consequences of the investment.

In addition, we will not sell shares to investors in the states named below unless they meet special suitability standards.

Alabama  — Investors must have a net worth of at least 10 times their investment in us.

Arizona  — The term of this offering shall be effective for a period of one year with the ability to renew for additional periods of one year.

California  — In addition to the suitability standards above, the state of California requires that each California investor will limit his or her investment in our common stock to a maximum of 10% of his or her net worth.

Iowa  — Investors who reside in the state of Iowa must have either (i) a liquid net worth of $85,000 and annual gross income of $85,000 or (ii) a liquid net worth of $300,000. Additionally, an Iowa investor’s total investment in us shall not exceed 10% of his or her net worth.

Kansas  — The Office of the Kansas Securities Commissioner recommends that you should limit your aggregate investment in our shares and other similar investments to not more than 10% of your liquid net worth. Liquid net worth is that portion of your total net worth (assets minus liabilities) that is comprised of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

Kentucky  — Investors who reside in the state of Kentucky must have either (i) a liquid net worth of $85,000 and annual gross income of $85,000 or (ii) a liquid net worth of $300,000. Additionally, a Kentucky investor’s total investment in us shall not exceed 10% of his or her liquid net worth.

Michigan  — In addition to the suitability standards above, the state of Michigan requires that each Michigan investor will limit his or her investment in our common stock to a maximum of 10% of his or her net worth.

Nebraska  — We must sell a minimum of 500,000 shares before accepting any subscriptions from residents of Nebraska.

New Jersey  — Investors who reside in the state of New Jersey must have either (i) a minimum liquid net worth of $85,000 and minimum annual gross income of $85,000, or (ii) a minimum liquid net worth of $300,000. Additionally, a New Jersey investor’s total investment in our shares shall not exceed 10% of such investor’s net worth.

Ohio  — In addition to the suitability standards above, the state of Ohio requires that each Ohio investor will limit his or her investment in our common stock to a maximum of 10% of his or her net worth.

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Oklahoma  — Purchases by Oklahoma investors should not exceed 10% of their net worth (not including home, home furnishings and automobiles).

Oregon  — In addition to the suitability standards above, the state of Oregon requires that each Oregon investor will limit his or her investment in our common stock to a maximum of 10% of his or her net worth.

Tennessee  — Investors who reside in the state of Tennessee must have either (i) a minimum annual gross income of $100,000 and a minimum net worth of $100,000, or (ii) a minimum net worth of $500,000 exclusive of home, home furnishings and automobile. In addition, Tennessee residents’ investment must not exceed ten percent (10%) of their liquid net worth.

The minimum purchase amount is $1,000 in shares of our common stock. To satisfy the minimum purchase requirements for retirement plans, unless otherwise prohibited by state law, a husband and wife may jointly contribute funds from their separate individual retirement accounts, or IRAs, provided that each such contribution is made in increments of $500. You should note that an investment in shares of our common stock will not, in itself, create a retirement plan and that, in order to create a retirement plan, you must comply with all applicable provisions of the Code.

If you have satisfied the applicable minimum purchase requirement, any additional purchase must be in amounts of at least $500. The investment minimum for subsequent purchases does not apply to shares purchased pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan.

In the case of sales to fiduciary accounts, these suitability standards must be met by the person who directly or indirectly supplied the funds for the purchase of the shares of our stock or by the beneficiary of the account.

These suitability standards are intended to help ensure that, given the long-term nature of an investment in shares of our stock, our investment objective and the relative illiquidity of our stock, shares of our stock are an appropriate investment for those of you who become stockholders. Those selling shares on our behalf must make every reasonable effort to determine that the purchase of shares of our stock is a suitable and appropriate investment for each stockholder based on information provided by the stockholder in the subscription agreement. Each selected broker-dealer is required to maintain for six years records of the information used to determine that an investment in shares of our stock is suitable and appropriate for a stockholder.

In purchasing shares, custodians or trustees of employee pension benefit plans or IRAs may be subject to the fiduciary duties imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, or other applicable laws and to the prohibited transaction rules prescribed by ERISA and related provisions of the Code. In addition, prior to purchasing shares, the trustee or custodian of an employee pension benefit plan or an IRA should determine that such an investment would be permissible under the governing instruments of such plan or account and applicable law.

LIQUIDITY STRATEGY

We intend to explore a potential liquidity event for our stockholders between five and seven years following the completion of our offering stage. However, we may determine to explore or complete a liquidity event sooner than between five and seven years following the completion of our offering stage. We will view our offering stage as complete as of the termination date of our most recent public equity offering, if we have not conducted a public offering in any continuous two-year period. We may determine not to pursue a liquidity event if we believe that then-current market conditions are not favorable for a liquidity event, and that such conditions will improve in the future. A liquidity event could include (1) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation, (2) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange, or (3) a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company. We refer to the above scenarios as “liquidity events.” While our intention is to seek to explore a potential liquidity event between five and seven years following the completion of our offering stage, there can be no assurance that a suitable transaction will be available or that market conditions for a liquidity event will be favorable during that timeframe. In making a determination of what type of liquidity event is in our best

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

interest, our board of directors, including our independent directors, may consider a variety of criteria, including, but not limited to, portfolio diversification, portfolio performance, our financial condition, potential access to capital as a listed company, market conditions for the sale of our assets or listing of our securities, internal management considerations and the potential for stockholder liquidity. If we determine to pursue a listing of our securities on a national securities exchange in the future, at that time we may consider either an internal or an external management structure.

Prior to the completion of a liquidity event, our share repurchase program may provide a limited opportunity for you to have your shares of common stock repurchased, subject to certain restrictions and limitations, at a price which may reflect a discount from the purchase price you paid for the shares being repurchased. See “Share Repurchase Program” for a detailed description of our share repurchase program.

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

We do not currently intend to list our securities on any securities exchange and do not expect a public market for them to develop in the foreseeable future. Therefore, stockholders should not expect to be able to sell their shares promptly or at a desired price. No stockholder will have the right to require us to repurchase his or her shares or any portion thereof. Because no public market will exist for our shares, and none is expected to develop, stockholders will not be able to liquidate their investment prior to our liquidation or other liquidity event, other than through our share repurchase program, or, in limited circumstances, as a result of transfers of shares to other eligible investors.

Beginning 12 months after we meet the minimum offering requirement, and on a quarterly basis thereafter, we intend to offer to repurchase shares on such terms as may be determined by our board of directors in its complete and absolute discretion unless, in the judgment of the independent directors of our board of directors, such repurchases would not be in our best interests or would violate applicable law. Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, a Maryland corporation generally may not make a distribution to stockholders, including pursuant to our repurchase program, if, after giving effect to the distribution, (i) the corporation would not be able to pay its indebtedness in the ordinary course or (ii) the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus, unless the charter provides otherwise, preferential amounts payable on dissolution with respect to senior stock. We anticipate conducting such repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the 1940 Act. In months in which we repurchase shares, we expect to conduct repurchases on the same date that we hold our first semi-monthly closing for the sale of shares in this offering.

The board also will consider the following factors, among others, in making its determination regarding whether to cause us to offer to repurchase shares and under what terms:

the effect of such repurchases on our qualification as a RIC (including the consequences of any necessary asset sales);
the liquidity of our assets (including fees and costs associated with disposing of assets);
our investment plans and working capital requirements;
the relative economies of scale with respect to our size;
our history in repurchasing shares or portions thereof; and
the condition of the securities markets.

We currently intend to limit the number of shares to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares. In addition, we do not expect to repurchase shares in any calendar year in excess of 5% of the weighted average number of shares outstanding in the prior calendar year. We further anticipate that we will offer to repurchase such shares on each date of repurchase at a price equal to 90% of the current offering price on each date of repurchase.

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If you wish to tender your shares to be repurchased you must either tender at least 25% of the shares you purchased in the offering or all of the shares that you own. If you choose to tender only a portion of your shares, you must maintain a minimum balance of $1,000 worth of shares of common stock following a tender of shares for repurchase. If the amount of repurchase requests exceeds the number of shares we seek to repurchase, we will repurchase shares on a pro-rata basis. As a result, we may repurchase less than the full amount of shares that you request to have repurchased. If we do not repurchase the full amount of your shares that you have requested to be repurchased, or we determine not to make repurchases of our shares, you may not be able to dispose of your shares. Any periodic repurchase offers will be subject in part to our available cash and compliance with the 1940 Act.

The board of directors will require that we repurchase shares or portions thereof from you pursuant to written tenders only on terms they determine to be fair to us and to all of our stockholders. Repurchases of your shares by us will be paid in cash. Repurchases will be effective after receipt and acceptance by us of all eligible written tenders of shares from our stockholders.

When the board of directors determines that we will offer to repurchase shares or fractions thereof, tender offer materials will be provided to you describing the terms thereof, and containing information you should consider in deciding whether and how to participate in such repurchase opportunity.

Any tender offer presented to our stockholders will remain open for a minimum of 20 business days following the commencement of the tender offer. In the materials that we will send to our stockholders, we will include the date that the tender offer will expire. All tenders for repurchase requests must be received prior to the expiration of the tender offer in order to be valid. If there are any material revisions to the tender offer materials (not including the price at which shares may be tendered) sent to our stockholders, we will send revised materials reflecting such changes and will extend the tender offer period by a minimum of an additional five business days. If the price at which shares may be tendered is changed, we will extend the tender offer period by a minimum of an additional ten business days.

In order to submit shares to be tendered, stockholders will be required to complete a letter of transmittal, which will be included in the materials sent to our stockholders, as well as any other documents required by the letter of transmittal. At any time prior to the expiration of the tender offer, stockholders may withdraw their tenders by submitting a notice of withdrawal to us. If shares have not been accepted for payment by us, tenders may be withdrawn any time prior to 40 business days following the expiration of the tender offer.

We will not repurchase shares, or fractions thereof, if such repurchase will cause us to be in violation of the securities or other laws of the United States, Maryland or any other relevant jurisdiction.

In the event that our Adviser or any of its affiliates holds shares in the capacity of a stockholder, any such affiliates may tender shares for repurchase in connection with any repurchase offer we make on the same basis as any other stockholder, except for the initial capital contribution of our Adviser, our Adviser will not tender its shares for repurchase as long as our Adviser remains our investment adviser.

We intend to seek exemptive relief from the SEC from Rule 102 of Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in connection with our proposed share repurchase program. We believe that we will receive exemptive relief from the SEC which would allow us to conduct repurchases as noted above. However, to the extent we are unable to receive such relief, we would instead make repurchases under the share repurchase program at prices equal to the current net asset value of our common shares, which would not require exemptive relief from the SEC. If we modify any of the material terms of our proposed share repurchase program, including the price at which we would offer to make repurchases, we will reflect such revisions in a sticker supplement to the prospectus.

Transfer on death designation.   You have the option of placing a transfer on death, or TOD, designation on your shares purchased in this offering. A TOD designation transfers ownership of your shares to your designated beneficiary upon your death. This designation may only be made by individuals, not entities, who are the sole or joint owners with right of survivorship of the shares. However, this option is not available to residents of the states of Louisiana or North Carolina. If you would like to place a TOD designation on your shares, you must check the TOD box on the subscription agreement and you must complete and return the transfer on death form available upon request to us in order to effect the designation.

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held under a custody agreement by         . DST Systems, Inc. acts as our transfer agent, plan administrator, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of DST Systems, Inc. is 430 W. 7 th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105, telephone number: 866-771-2088.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we intend to generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we expect to infrequently use brokers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, our Adviser shall be primarily responsible for the execution of the publicly-traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. Our Adviser does not execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but seeks to obtain the best net results for us, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While our Adviser will generally seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs, they will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, our Adviser may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to it and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if our Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the shares of common stock offered hereby have been passed upon for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Memphis, Tennessee, and certain matters with respect to Maryland law will be passed upon by Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet as of July 8, 2010 included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement has been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said report.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus.

Upon completion of this offering, we will file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC, which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov . Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRIVACY NOTICE

We are committed to protecting your privacy. This privacy notice explains the privacy policies of Business Development Corporation of America and its affiliated companies. This notice supersedes any other privacy notice you may have received from Business Development Corporation of America.

We will safeguard, according to strict standards of security and confidentiality, all information we receive about you. The only information we collect from you is your name, address, number of shares you hold and your social security number. This information is used only so that we can send you annual reports and other information about us, and send you proxy statements or other information required by law.

We do not share this information with any non-affiliated third party except as described below.

Authorized Employees of our Adviser.   It is our policy that only authorized employees of our Adviser who need to know your personal information will have access to it.
Service Providers.   We may disclose your personal information to companies that provide services on our behalf, such as record keeping, processing your trades, and mailing you information. These companies are required to protect your information and use it solely for the purpose for which they received it.
Courts and Government Officials.   If required by law, we may disclose your personal information in accordance with a court order or at the request of government regulators. Only that information required by law, subpoena, or court order will be disclosed.

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA
(A Corporation in the Developmental Stage)

INDEX TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-2  
Audited Financial Statements:
     
Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and July 8, 2010     F-3  
Statement of Operations for the Period from May 5, 2010 (date of inception) to September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     F-4  
Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Period from May 5, 2010 (date of inception) to September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     F-5  
Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from May 5, 2010 (date of inception) to September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     F-6  
Notes to Financial Statements (unaudited)     F-7  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Stockholders
Business Development Corporation of America

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Business Development Corporation of America (a Maryland Corporation in the developmental stage) (the “Company”) as of July 8, 2010. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Business Development Corporation of America (a Maryland Corporation in the developmental stage) as of July 8, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
November 19, 2010

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA
(A Maryland Corporation in the Developmental Stage)

BALANCE SHEETS

   
  September 30,
2010
  July 8,
2010
  (Unaudited)   (Audited)
ASSETS
           
Cash   $ 8,385     $ 9,650  
Deferred offering costs     574,132       405,055  
Total assets   $ 582,517     $ 414,705  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
           
Liabilities:
           
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $ 390,265     $ 215,827  
Total liabilities     390,265       215,827  
Stockholders’ equity:
           
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 22,222 shares issued and outstanding     22       22  
Additional paid-in capital     199,978       199,978  
Accumulated deficit during the developmental stage     (7,748 )       (1,122 )  
Total stockholders’ equity     192,252       198,878  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 582,517     $ 414,705  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA
(A Maryland Corporation in the Developmental Stage)

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Period from May 5, 2010 (date of inception) to September 30, 2010
(Unaudited)

 
Revenues   $  
Expenses
     
Organization     7,738  
General and administrative     10  
Total expenses     7,748  
Net loss   $ (7,748 )  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA
(A Maryland Corporation in the Developmental Stage)

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Period from May 5, 2010 (date of inception) to September 30, 2010
(Unaudited)

         
  Common stock   Additional Paid in Capital   Accumulated Deficit
(During the Developmental Stage)
  Total
  Shares   Amount
Balance, May 5, 2010         $     $     $     $  
Issuance of common stock     22,222       22       199,978             200,000  
Net loss                       (7,748 )       (7,748 )  
Balance, September 30, 2010     22,222     $ 22     $ 199,978     $ (7,748 )     $ 192,252  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA
(A Maryland Corporation in the Developmental Stage)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Period from May 5, 2010 (date of inception) to September 30, 2010
(Unaudited)

 
Cash flows from operating activities
     
Net loss   $ (7,748 )  
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
     
Changes in assets and liabilities:
     
Accounts payable and accrued expenses, net of deferred offering costs     7,738  
Net cash used in operating activities     (10 )  
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
     
Proceeds from issuance of common stock     200,000  
Payments of deferred offering costs     (191,615 )  
Net cash provided by financing activities     8,395  
Net change in cash     8,385  
Cash, beginning of period      
Cash, end of period   $ 8,385  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT COPRORATION OF AMERICA
(A Maryland Corporation in the Developmental Stage)
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010

Note 1 — Organization and Proposed Business Operations

Business Development Corporation of America (“the Company”), incorporated in Maryland on May 5, 2010, is a newly organized specialty finance company. The Company intends to offer for sale a maximum of 150,000,000 shares of common stock at an initial price of $10.00 per share, on a “best efforts” basis pursuant to a registration statement on Form N-2 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1940, as amended (the “Offering”).

The Company was formed to make debt and equity investments in middle market companies. Upon commencement of this offering, the Company will be an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act. The Company will therefore, be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. The Company intends to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The Company is sponsored by American Realty Capital II, LLC (the “Sponsor”) and we expect to be managed by BDCA Adviser, LLC. BDCA Adviser, LLC was formed in Delaware as a private investment management firm and is expected to register as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or the Advisers Act. The Company’s Adviser will oversee the management of its activities and will be responsible for making investment decisions for its portfolio.

The Company sold 22,222 shares to BDCA Adviser, LLC, an entity wholly owned by the Sponsor on July 8, 2010, at $9.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share minus selling commissions of $0.70 per share and dealer manager fees of $0.30 per share.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP).

Development Stage Company

The Company complies with the reporting requirements of development stage enterprises. The Company has incurred organizational, accounting and offering costs in connection with the Offering. The offering and other organization costs, which are primarily being advanced by the Adviser, are not expected to be paid before the commencement of the Offering and will be paid or reimbursed by the Company from proceeds of the Offering. It is the Company’s plan to complete the Offering; however, there can be no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital will be successful.

Organization Costs

Organization costs include, among other expenses, the cost of incorporation including the cost of legal services pertaining to the organization and incorporation of the business and incorporation fees. These costs are expensed as incurred. As of September 30, 2010, the Company has incurred organization costs of $7,738.

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT COPRORATION OF AMERICA
(A Maryland Corporation in the Developmental Stage)
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company has incurred certain expenses in connection with registering to sell shares of its common stock in connection with the Offering. These costs principally relate to professional and filing fees. As of July 8, 2010 and September 30, 2010, such costs totaled $405,055 and $574,132, respectively, and are included in deferred offering costs in the accompanying balance sheets. Simultaneous with selling common shares, the deferred offering costs will be charged to stockholders’ equity upon the commencement of the Offering or to expense if the Offerings is not completed.

Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intends to qualify thereafter, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Generally, a RIC is exempt from federal income taxes if it distributes at least 90% of “Investment Company Taxable Income,” as defined in the Code, each year. Dividends paid up to one year after the current tax year can be carried back to the prior tax year for determining the dividends paid in such tax year. The Company intends to distribute sufficient dividends to maintain its RIC status each year. The Company is also subject to nondeductible federal excise taxes if it does not distribute at least 98% of net ordinary income, realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, and any recognized and undistributed income from prior years for which it paid no federal income taxes. The Company will generally endeavor each year to avoid any federal excise taxes.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

Investments for which market quotations are readily available will be valued at such market quotations.

For investments for which market quotations are not be available or when such market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value, the Company will use a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

1. Each portfolio company or investment will be valued by our Adviser, potentially with assistance from one or more independent valuation firms engaged by the Company’s board of directors;
2. the independent valuation firm, if involved, will conduct independent appraisals and make an independent assessment of the value of each investment;
3. the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors will review and discusses the preliminary valuation prepared by the Company’s Adviser and that of the independent valuation firm, if any; and
4. the board of directors will discuss the valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Company’s Adviser, the independent valuation firm, if any, and the audit committee.

Investments will be valued utilizing a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present value

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT COPRORATION OF AMERICA
(A Maryland Corporation in the Developmental Stage)
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

amount (discounted) calculated based on an appropriate discount rate. The measurement is based on the net present value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that the Company may take into account in fair value pricing its investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, M&A comparables, the principal market and enterprise values, among other factors.

Net Realized Gains or Losses and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation

The Company will measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized upfront fees and prepayment penalties. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation will reflect the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.

Note 3 — Related Party Transactions and Arrangements

The Company’s adviser, BDCA Adviser, LLC and its affiliates will receive compensation and reimbursement for services relating to this Offering and the investment and management of its assets. All of the Company’s outstanding common stock is owned by the adviser.

Note 4 – Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 19, 2010, the date which these financial statements have been issued and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and have determined that there have not been any events that have occurred that would require adjustments to our disclosures in the audited financial statements.

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Appendix A: Form of Subscription Agreement

  
  

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA, INC.
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

  
  
  
  
  

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

A-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA

INSTRUCTION PAGE

In no event may a subscription of shares be accepted until at least five business days after the date the subscriber receives the final prospectus. You will receive a confirmation of your purchase.

PRE ESCROW BREAK

Until we have raised the minimum offering amount, your broker-dealer or registered investment advisor should MAIL properly completed and executed ORIGINAL documents, along with your check payable to “Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Escrow Agent for Business Development Corporation of America” to Realty Capital Securities at the following address:

Business Development Corporation of America
c/o Realty Capital Securities, LLC
3 Copley Place
Suite 3300
Boston, MA 02116
Phone (888) 518-8073
Fax (877) 894-1127

*For IRA Accounts, mail investor signed documents to the IRA Custodian for signatures.

Realty Capital Securities will then forward your check to our escrow agent, Wells Fargo Bank, NA.

If you have any questions, please call your registered representative or Realty Capital Securities, LLC at 1-877-373-2522.

POST ESCROW BREAK

Once we have raised $2,500,000, from persons who are not affiliated with us or our sponsors, your broker-dealer or registered investment advisor should MAIL properly completed and executed ORIGINAL documents, along with your check payable to “Business Development Corporation of America” to the following address:

Business Development Corporation of America
c/o DST Systems, Inc.
430 W. 7 th Street
Kansas City, MO 64105-1407
Phone (866) 771-2088
Fax (877) 694-1113

*For IRA Accounts, mail investor signed documents to the IRA Custodian for signatures.

If you have any questions, please call your registered representative or Realty Capital Securities, LLC at 1-877-373-2522.

Instructions to Subscribers

Section 1: Indicate investment amount ( Make all checks payable as described above. )

Section 2: Choose type of ownership

Non-Custodial Ownership

Accounts with more than one owner must have ALL PARTIES SIGN where indicated on page 3.
Be sure to attach copies of all plan documents for Pension Plans, Trusts or Corporate Partnerships required in section 2.

Custodial Ownership

For New IRA/Qualified Plan Accounts, please complete the form/application provided by your custodian of choice in addition to this subscription document and forward to the custodian for processing.

For existing IRA Accounts and other Custodial Accounts, information must be completed BY THE CUSTODIAN . Have all documents signed by the appropriate officers as indicated in the Corporate Resolution (which are also to be included).

A-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 3: All names, addresses, Dates of Birth, Social Security or Tax I.D. numbers of all investors or Trustees

Section 4: Choose Distribution Allocation option

Section 5: To be signed and completed by your Financial Advisor (be sure to include CRD number for FA and BD Firm and the Branch Manager’s signature)

Section 6: Have ALL owners initial and sign where indicated on Page 3

Section 7: All investors must complete and sign the substitute W9

A-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

1. YOUR INITIAL INVESTMENT All subscription payments will be placed in an account held by the escrow agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in trust for subscribers’ benefit, and will be released to us only if we have sold a minimum of 250,000 shares to the public by , which is one year from the effective date of this offering.

Make all checks payable as described in the Instruction Page.

Investment Amount $      Brokerage Account Number 

The minimum initial investment is 100 shares ($1,000) (If applicable)

Cash, cashier’s checks/official bank checks in bearer form, foreign checks, money orders, third party checks, or traveler’s checks will not be accepted.

o  I/WE AM/ARE EMPLOYEE(S) OF REALTY CAPITAL SECURITIES, LLC, AN AFFILIATE, BROKER AND/OR AN IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER OF ONE OF THE ABOVE. I/WE ACKNOWLEDGE THAT NO COMMISSION WILL BE PAID FOR THIS PURCHASE, BUT I/WE WILL RECEIVE ADDITIONAL SHARES OR FRACTIONS THEREOF .

o  CHECK HERE IF ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND COMPLETE NUMBER 3 BELOW.

2. FORM OF OWNERSHIP ( Select only one)

 
Non-Custodial Ownership
  Custodial Ownership
____ Individual
  
____ Joint Tenant (Joint accounts will be registered as joint tenants with rights of survivorship unless otherwise indicated)
  
____ Tenants in Common
  
____ TOD  –  Optional designation of beneficiaries for individual joint owners with rights of survivorship or tenants by the entireties.(Please complete Transfer on Death Registration Form. You may download the form at www.americanrealtycap.com/materials/)
  
____ Uniform Gift/Transfer to Minors (UGMA/UTMA)
  
     Under the UGMA/UTMA of the State of _______________
  
____ Pension Plan (Include Plan Documents)
  
____ Trust (Include title and signature pages of Trust Documents)
  
____ Corporation or Partnership (Include Corporate Resolution or Partnership Agreement, as applicable)
  
____ Other _______________________ (Include title and signature pages)
  Third Party Administered Custodial Plan
(new IRA accounts will require an additional application)
o IRA   o ROTH/IRA   o SEP/IRA   o SIMPLE   o OTHER
  
Name of Custodian 
  
Mailing Address 
  
City, State Zip 
  
Custodian Information (To be completed by Custodian above)
  
Custodian Tax ID # 
  
Custodian Account # 
  
Custodian Phone 

3. INVESTOR INFORMATION (Please print name(s) in which Shares are to be registered.)

A. Individual/Trust/Beneficial Owner

First Name:  Middle Name: 

Last Name:  Tax ID or SS#

Street Address:  City:  State:  Zip: 

Date of Birth:  (mm/dd/yyyy) ____/____/________ If Non-U.S. Citizen, specify Country of Citizenship: 

Daytime Phone #:  U. S. Driver’s License Number (if available):  State of Issue: 

CALIFORNIA INVESTORS: ALL CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES WHICH ARE SOLD IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA WILL BEAR THE FOLLOWING LEGEND CONDITIONS: IT IS UNLAWFUL TO CONSUMMATE A SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, OR TO RECEIVE ANY CONSIDERATION THEREFOR, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS FOR THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED IN THE COMMISSIONER’S RULES.

Any subscriber seeking to purchase shares pursuant to a discount offered by us must submit such request in writing and set forth the basis for the request.
Any such request will be subject to our verification.

A-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

B. Joint Owner/Co-Trustee/Minor

First Name:  Middle Name: 

Last Name:  Tax ID or SS#

Street Address:  City:  State:  Zip: 

Date of Birth:  (mm/dd/yyyy) ____/____/________ If Non-U.S. Citizen, specify Country of Citizenship: 

Daytime Phone #: 

C. Residential Street Address (This section must be completed for verification purposes if mailing address in section 3A is a P.O. Box)

Street Address: 

City:   State:   Zip: 

D. Trust/Corporation/Partnership/Other (Trustee’s information must be provided in sections 3A and 3B) Date of Trust: ____/____/________

Entity Name/Title of Trust:   Tax ID Number:

E. Government ID (Foreign Citizens only) Identification documents must have a reference number and photo. Please attach a photocopy.

Place of Birth: 

City                                          State/Providence                                       Country

Immigration Status:  Permanent resident  o     Non-permanent resident   o     Non-resident  o

Check which type of document you are providing:

o  US Driver’s License   o  INS Permanent resident alien card   o  Passport with U.S. Visa   o  Employment Authorization Document

o  Passport without U.S. Visa    Bank Name (required):   Account No. (required): 

o  Foreign national identity documents    Bank address (required):    Phone No. required: 

Number for the document checked above and country of issuance: 

F . Employer:    Retired:  o

4. DISTRIBUTIONS (Select only one)

Complete this section to enroll in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan or to elect how you wish to receive your dividend distributions.

IRA accounts may not direct distributions without the custodian’s approval.

I hereby subscribe for Shares of Business Development Corporation of America and elect the distribution option indicated below:

A. ____ Reinvest/Distribution Reinvestment Plan (see the final prospectus for details)
B. ____ Mail Check to the address of record
C. ____ Credit Distributions to my IRA or Other Custodian Account
D. ____ Cash/Direct Deposit ( Please attach a pre-printed voided check (Non-Custodian Investors only) . I authorize Business Development Corporation of America or its agent to deposit my distribution/dividend to my checking or savings account. This authority will remain in force until I notify Business Development Corporation of America in writing to cancel it. If Business Development Corporation of America deposits funds erroneously into my account, they are authorized to debit my account for an amount not to exceed the amount of the erroneous deposit.)

Name/Entity Name/Financial Institution: 

Mailing Address:   City:   State:   Zip: 

Account Number:   Your Bank’s ABA/Routing Nbr: 

Your Bank’s Account Number:   Checking Acct:   Savings Acct: 

PLEASE ATTACH COPY OF VOIDED CHECK TO THIS FORM IF FUNDS ARE TO BE SENT TO A BANK

* The above services cannot be established without a pre-printed voided check. For electronic funds transfers, signatures of bank account owners are required exactly as they appear on the bank records. If the registration at the bank differs from that on this Subscription Agreement, all parties must sign below.

Signature   Signature 

A-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5. BROKER-DEALER/FINANCIAL ADVISOR INFORMATION (All fields must be completed)

The financial advisor must sign below to complete order. The financial advisor hereby warrants that he/she is duly licensed and may lawfully sell shares in the state designated at the investor’s legal residence .

BROKER DEALER Financial Advisor Name/RIA

Advisor Mailing Address

City

State

Zip

Advisor No.

Branch No.

Telephone No.

Email Address Fax No.

Broker Dealer CRD Number Financial Advisor CRD Number

o   Check this box to indicate whether submission is made through the Registered Investment Advisor (RIA) in its capacity as the RIA and not in its capacity as a Registered Representative of a Broker-Dealer, if applicable, whose agreement with the subscriber includes a fixed or “wrap” fee feature for advisory and related brokerage services. If an owner or principal or any member of the RIA firm is a FINRA-licensed Registered Representative affiliated with a Broker-Dealer, the transaction should be completed through that Broker-Dealer, not through the RIA.

I acknowledge that by checking the above box, I WILL NOT RECEIVE A COMMISSION .

The undersigned FINANCIAL ADVISOR further represents and certifies that in connection with this subscription for Shares, he/she has complied with and has followed all applicable policies and procedures under his firm’s existing Anti-Money Laundering Program and Customer Identification Program.

Financial Advisor and /or RIA Signature:   Date: 

Branch Manager Signature:   Date: 

6. SUBSCRIBER SIGNATURES

The undersigned further acknowledges and/or represents (or in the case of fiduciary accounts, the person authorized to sign on such subscriber’s behalf) the following: ( you must initial each of the representations below )

   

Owner
 
Co-Owner
  a) I/We have a minimum net worth (not including home, home furnishings and personal automobiles) of at least $70,000 and estimate that (without regard to Business Development Corporation of America) I/we have a gross income due in the current year of at least $70,000; or I/we have a net worth (excluding home, home furnishings and automobiles) of at least $250,000, or such higher suitability as may be required by certain states and set forth on the reverse side hereof; in the case of sales to fiduciary accounts, the suitability standards must be met by the beneficiary, the fiduciary account or by the donor or grantor who directly or indirectly supplies the funds for the purchase of the shares.

Owner
 
Co-Owner
  b) KANSAS INVESTORS: I/We understand and acknowledge that the Office of the Securities Commissioner of the State of Kansas recommends that I/we do not invest more than 10% of my/our liquid net worth in shares of Business Development Corporation of America stock and securities of other real estate investment trusts. “Liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth (total assets minus total liabilities) that is comprised of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

Owner
 
Co-Owner
  c) I/We have received the final prospectus of Business Development Corporation of America.

Owner
 
Co-Owner
  d) I/We am/are purchasing shares for my/our own account.

Owner
 
Co-Owner
  e) I/We acknowledge that shares are not liquid.

Owner
 
Co-Owner
  f) If an affiliate of Business Development Corporation of America, I/we represent that the shares are being purchased for investment purposes only and not for immediate resale.

Owner Signature:   Date: 

Co-Owner Signature:   Date: 

Signature of Custodian(s) or Trustee(s) (if applicable). Current Custodian must sign if investment is for an IRA Account

Authorized Signature (Custodian or Trustee):   Date: 

A-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN STATES HAVE IMPOSED SPECIAL FINANCIAL SUITABILITY STANDARDS FOR SUBSCRIBERS WHO PURCHASE SHARES

Several states have established suitability requirements that are more stringent than the general standards for all investors described below. Shares will be sold to investors in these states only if they meet the special suitability standards set forth below. In each case, these special suitability standards exclude from the calculation of net worth the value of the investor’s home, home furnishings and automobiles.

General Standards for all Investors

Investors must have either (a) a net worth of at least $250,000 or (b) an annual gross income of $70,000 and a minimum net worth of $70,000.

Kentucky

Investors must have either (a) a net worth of $300,000 or (b) a gross annual income of at least $85,000 and a net worth of at least $85,000, with the amount invested in this offering not to exceed 10% of the Kentucky investor’s liquid net worth.

Massachusetts, Michigan, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania and Washington

Investors must have either (a) a minimum net worth of at least $250,000 or (b) an annual gross income of at least $70,000 and a net worth of at least $70,000. The investor’s maximum investment in the issuer and its affiliates cannot exceed 10% of the Massachusetts, Michigan, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania or Washington resident’s net worth.

Tennessee

In addition to the suitability requirements described above, investors who reside in the state of Tennessee must have either (i) a minimum annual gross income of $100,000 and a minimum net worth of $100,000, or (ii) a minimum net worth of $500,000 exclusive of home, home furnishings and automobile. In addition, Tennessee residents’ investment must not exceed ten percent (10%) of their liquid net worth.

Kansas

In addition to the suitability requirements described above, it is recommended that investors should invest no more than 10% of their liquid net worth in our shares and securities of other real estate investment trusts. “Liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth (total assets minus total liabilities) that is comprised of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

Missouri

In addition to the suitability requirements described above, no more than ten percent (10%) of any one (1) Missouri investor’s liquid net worth shall be invested in the securities registered by us for this offering with the Securities Division.

California

In addition to the suitability requirements described above, investors’ maximum investment in our shares will be limited to 10% of the investor’s net worth (exclusive of home, home furnishings and automobile).

Alabama and Mississippi

In addition to the suitability standards above, shares will only be sold to Alabama and Mississippi residents that represent that they have a liquid net worth of at least 10 times the amount of their investment in this real estate investment program and other similar programs.

Iowa

In addition to the suitability requirements described above, investors who reside in the state of Iowa must have either (i) a liquid net worth of $85,000 and annual gross income of $85,000 or (ii) a liquid net worth of $300,000. Additionally, an Iowa investor’s total investment in us shall not exceed 10% of his or her net worth.

New Jersey

In addition to the suitability requirements described above, investors who reside in the state of New Jersey must have either (i) a minimum liquid net worth of $85,000 and minimum annual gross income of $85,000, or (ii) a minimum liquid net worth of $300,000. Additionally, a New Jersey investor’s total investment in our shares shall not exceed 10% of such investor’s net worth.

A-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Oklahoma

In addition to the suitability requirements described above, purchases by Oklahoma investors should not exceed 10% of their net worth (not including home, home furnishings and automobiles).

WE INTEND TO ASSERT THE FOREGOING REPRESENTATIONS AS A DEFENSE IN ANY SUBSEQUENT LITIGATION WHERE SUCH ASSERTION WOULD BE RELEVANT. WE HAVE THE RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THIS SUBSCRIPTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART, SO LONG AS SUCH PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION DOES NOT RESULT IN AN INVESTMENT OF LESS THAN THE MINIMUM AMOUNT SPECIFIED IN THE PROSPECTUS. AS USED ABOVE, THE SINGULAR INCLUDES THE PLURAL IN ALL RESPECTS IF SHARES ARE BEING ACQUIRED BY MORE THAN ONE PERSON. THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND ALL RIGHTS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.

By executing this Subscription Agreement, the subscriber is not waiving any rights under federal or state law.

A-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

What Number to Give the Requester.  – Social Security numbers (“SSN”) have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers (“EIN”) have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer. All “Section” references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service.

 
For this type of account:   Give the SSN of:

1.

An individual’s account

  The individual

2.

Two or more individuals (Joint account)

  The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account (1)

3.

Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)

  The minor (2)

4.

(a) The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor also is trustee)

  The grantor-trustee (1)

  

(b) So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law

  The actual owner (1)

5.

Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC

  The owner (3)

 
For this type of account:   Give the EIN of:

6.

Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC

  The owner (3)

7.

A valid trust, estate, or pension trust

  The legal entity (4)

8.

Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832

  The corporation

9.

Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization

  The organization

10.

Partnership or multi-member LLC

  The partnership or LLC

11.

Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district or prison) that receives agricultural program payments

  The public entity

12.

A broker or registered nominee

  The broker or nominee

(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.
(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.
(3) You must show your individual name and you also may enter your business or “DBA” name on the second name line. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one). If you are a sole proprietor, the IRS encourages you to use your SSN.
(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

Note. If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

A-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Obtaining a Number

If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, from your local Social Security Administration office or get this form online at www.socialsecurity.gov/online/ss-5.pdf . You also may get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer ID Numbers under Related Topics. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by visiting www.irs.gov or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding

Backup withholding is not required on any payments made to the following payees:

An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), an individual retirement account (“IRA”), or a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(f)(2).
The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.
A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities.
An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

Other payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

A corporation.
A foreign central bank of issue.
A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.
A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
A real estate investment trust.
An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a).
A financial institution.
A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.
A trust exempt from tax under Section 664 or described in Section 4947.

Exempt payees should complete a Substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. Check the “Exempt TIN” box in Part 4 of the attached Substitute Form W-9, furnish your TIN, sign and date the form and return it to the payer. Foreign payees who are not subject to backup withholding should complete an appropriate Form W-8 and return it to the payer.

Privacy Act Notice

Section 6109 requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA, or Archer MSA or HSA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return. The IRS also may provide this information to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation, and to cities, states, the District of Columbia and U.S. possessions to carry out their tax laws. The IRS also may disclose this information to other countries under a tax treaty, to federal and state agencies to enforce federal nontax criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism. You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to a payer. Certain penalties also may apply.

Penalties

Failure to Furnish TIN . If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding . If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.
Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information . Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.
Misuse of TINs . If the requester discloses or uses taxpayer identification numbers in violation of Federal law, the payer may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE IRS.

A-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7. SUBSTITUTE W-9

To prevent backup withholding on any payment made to a stockholder with respect to subscription proceeds held in escrow, the stockholder is generally required to provide current TIN (or the TIN of any other payee) and certain other information by completing the form below, certifying that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such investor is awaiting a TIN), that the investor is a U.S. person, and that the investor is not subject to backup withholding because (i) the investor is exempt from backup withholding, (ii) the investor has not been notified by the IRS that the investor is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (iii) the IRS has notified the investor that the investor is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the box in Part 3 is checked and a TIN is not provided by the time any payment is made in connection with the proceeds held in escrow, 28% of all such payments will be withheld until a TIN is provided and if a TIN is not provided within 60 days, such withheld amounts will be paid over to the IRS. See the guidelines below for instructions on how to fill out the Substitute W-9.

   
SUBSTITUTE
  
Form W-9
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service
Payer’s Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number (“ TIN ”)
  Part 1  – PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.   Social security number
OR 
Employer Identification Number
  Part 2  – Certification – Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
  
(1) The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me);
(2) I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from withholding or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding; and
(3) I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien)
  
    
  CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS – YOU MUST CROSS OUT ITEM (2) IN PART 2 ABOVE IF YOU HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED BY THE IRS THAT YOU ARE SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITHHOLDING BECAUSE OF UNDERREPORTING INTEREST OR DIVIDENDS ON YOUR TAX RETURNS. HOWEVER, IF AFTER BEING NOTIFIED BY THE IRS STATING THAT YOU WERE SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITHHOLDING YOU RECEIVED ANOTHER NOTIFICATION FROM THE IRS STATING YOU ARE NO LONGER SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITHHOLDING, DO NOT CROSS OUT ITEM (2). IF YOU ARE EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING, CHECK THE BOX IN PART 4.
  
SIGNATURE:   DATE: 
Name (Please Print):
  
  

Address (Please Print):
  
  
  Part 3  – Awaiting TIN o
  
Part 4  – Exempt TIN o

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN
BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU FROM THE ESCROW ACCOUNT.
PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 3 OF
SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me and that either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center for Social Security Administration Office or (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number to the Depositary by the time of payment, 28% of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld.

SIGNATURE:   Date: 

A-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

  

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No dealer, salesperson or other individual has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations that are not contained in this prospectus. If any such information or statements are given or made, you should not rely upon such information or representation. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell any securities other than those to which this prospectus relates, or an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, to any person in any jurisdiction where such an offer or solicitation would be unlawful. This prospectus speaks as of the date set forth above. You should not assume that the delivery of this prospectus or that any sale made pursuant to this prospectus implies that the information contained in this prospectus will remain fully accurate and correct as of any time subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

Up to 150,000,000 Shares

Common Stock

Business Development Corporation of America

Realty Capital Securities, LLC

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART C
  
OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(1) Financial Statements

The following financial statements of Business Development Corporation of America (the “ Registrant ” or the “ Company ”) are included in Part A of this Registration Statement:

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-2  
Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and July 8, 2010 (audited)     F-3  
Statement of Operations for the Period from May 5, 2010 (date of inception) to September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     F-4  
Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Period from May 5, 2010 (date of inception) to September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     F-5  
Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from May 5, 2010 (date of inception) to September 30, 2010 (unaudited)     F-6  
Notes to Financial Statements (unaudited)     F-7  

(2) Exhibits

 
(a)(1)   Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant**
(a)(2)   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement
(b)   Bylaws of the Registrant
(c)   Not applicable
(d)   Form of Subscription Agreement (included in the Prospectus as Appendix A)
(e)   Distribution Reinvestment Plan
(f)   Not applicable
(g)(1)   Investment Advisory and Management Services Agreement by and between Registrant and Adviser dated October 28, 2010
(g)(2)   Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and Main Street Capital Corporation dated October 28, 2010
(h)   Form of Dealer Manager Agreement*
(i)   Not applicable
(j)   Form of Custodian Agreement*
(k)(1)   Form of Escrow Agreement
(k)(2)   Form of Administration Agreement*
(l)   Opinion of Venable LLP
(m)   Not applicable
(n)(1)   Consent of Venable LLP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit l hereto)
(n)(2)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(o)   Not applicable
(p)   Subscription Agreement by and between Registrant and Adviser
(q)   Not applicable
(r)   Code of Ethics*

* To be filed by pre-effective amendment.
** Filed as part of initial registration statement on May 7, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” in this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

C-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 
SEC registration fee   $ 106,950  
FINRA filing fee   $ 75,500  
Printing and mailing expenses   $ 3,000,000  
Blue sky filing fees and expenses   $ 200,000  
Legal fees and expenses   $ 2,500,000  
Accounting fees and expenses   $ 600,000  
Transfer agent and escrow fees   $ 5,325,000  
Advertising and sales literature   $ 4,500,000  
Due diligence expenses   $ 2,150,450  
Miscellaneous (1)   $ 4,042,100  
Total   $ 22,500,000  

(1) These miscellaneous expenses include issuer seminar, office rent and utilities, rental equipment, repairs and maintenance, telephone and internet, hardware and software, software licenses and maintenance, supplies, office furniture, website hosting and development and industry associations and sponsorships.

The amounts set forth above, except for the SEC and FINRA fees, will in each case be estimated and assumed that we sell all of the shares being registered by this registration statement. All of the expenses set forth above shall be borne by the Registrant.

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

See “Management”, “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Control Persons and Principal Stockholders” in the prospectus contained herein.

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

The following table sets forth the number of record holders of the Registrant’s capital stock at November 19, 2010.

 
Title of Class   Number of
Record
Holders
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share     1  

Item 30. Indemnification

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

C-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our charter contains a provision that limits the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages and our charter requires us to indemnify and advance expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) to (i) any present or former director or officer, (ii) any individual who, while a director or officer and, at our request, serves or has served another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee and (iii) our Adviser and its directors, executive officers and controlling persons, and any other person or entity affiliated with it. However, in accordance with guidelines adopted by the North American Securities Administrators Association, our charter and the Investment Advisory Agreement provide that we may not indemnify an indemnitee for any liability or loss suffered by such indemnitee nor hold harmless such indemnitee for any loss or liability suffered by us unless (1) the indemnitee has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct which caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of our Company, (2) the indemnitee was acting on behalf of or performing services for us, (3) the liability or loss suffered was not the result of negligence or misconduct by our Adviser, an affiliate of our Adviser, or an interested director of the Company, or was not the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct by an independent director of the Company and (4) the indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is only recoverable out of our net assets and not from our stockholders. In addition, we expect that our Adviser will indemnify us for losses or damages arising out of its willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office. In addition, we will not provide indemnification to a person for any loss or liability arising from an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws unless one or more of the following conditions are met: (1) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged material securities law violations; (2) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction; or (3) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the SEC and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which the securities were offered and sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

We may advance funds to an indemnitee for legal expenses and other costs incurred as a result of legal action for which indemnification is being sought only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the legal action relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on our behalf; (ii) the indemnitee has provided us with written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification; (iii) the legal action is initiated by a third party who is not a stockholder or the legal action is initiated by a stockholder acting in his or her capacity as such and a court of competent jurisdiction specifically approves such advancement; and (iv) the indemnitee undertakes to repay the advanced funds to us, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, in cases in which he or she is found not to be entitled to indemnification.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

A description of any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature in which our Adviser, and each director or executive officer of our Adviser, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled “Management” and “Investment Advisory and Management Services Agreement.”

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules thereunder will be maintained at the offices of:

(1) the Registrant, 405 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor, New York, NY 10022;
(2) the Transfer Agent, 430 W. 7 th Street, Kansas City, MO 61405;
(3) the Custodian;
(4) the Investment Adviser, 405 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

C-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 33. Management Services

Not Applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

We hereby undertake:

(1) To suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if:
(i) subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, our net asset value declines more than ten percent from our net asset value as of the effective date of this registration statement, or
(ii) our net asset value increases to an amount greater than our net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
(2) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
(3) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
(4) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act of 1933 as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(6) That for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities: the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act of 1933;

C-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(ii) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
(iii) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

C-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 23 rd of November, 2010.

 
  BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA
    

By:

/s/ Nicholas S. Schorsch

Name: Nicholas S. Schorsch
Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Nicholas S. Schorsch and William M. Kahane and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this Registration Statement and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

   
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ Nicholas S. Schorsch

Nicholas S. Schorsch
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)
  November 23, 2010
/s/ William M. Kahane

William M. Kahane
  President and Director   November 23, 2010
/s/ Brian S. Block

Brian S. Block
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)
  November 23, 2010

C-6


 

FORM OF
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
OF
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA

FIRST : Business Development Corporation of America (the “ Corporation ”), a Maryland corporation, desires to amend and restate its charter.

SECOND : The following provisions are all the provisions of the charter of the Corporation currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:

ARTICLE I
NAME

The name of the corporation is Business Development Corporation of America.

ARTICLE II
PURPOSE

The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force, including conducting and carrying on the business of a business development company, subject to making an election therefor under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”).

ARTICLE III
RESIDENT AGENT AND PRINCIPAL OFFICE

The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.  The name and address of the resident agent of the Corporation is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland.  The resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

ARTICLE IV
PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING
AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE
CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 4.1 Number, Term and Election of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the board of directors. The number of directors of the Corporation is five, which number may be increased or decreased from time to time by the board of directors pursuant to the bylaws of the Corporation (“ Bylaws ”). Each director shall hold office for one year, until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors may be elected to an unlimited number of successive terms. A majority of the board of directors shall be independent directors, except for a period of up to 60 days after the death, removal or resignation of an independent director pending the election of such independent director’s successor. A director is considered independent if he or she is not an “interested person” as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The names of the directors currently in office are [____].

 
 

 


The Corporation elects, at such time as it becomes eligible, to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act and except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined), any and all vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Section 4.2 Extraordinary Actions . Except as provided in Section 6.2 and Section 11.1 , notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable and taken or approved by the board of directors, and approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares of stock entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Section 4.3 Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance . The board of directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the board of directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the charter or the Bylaws.

Section 4.4 Quorum . The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of stock of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders, except with respect to any such matter that, under applicable statutes or regulatory requirements, requires approval by a separate vote of one or more classes of stock, in which case the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of stock entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by each such class on such a matter shall constitute a quorum.

Section 4.5 Preemptive Rights . Except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Section 5.4 or as may otherwise be provided by contract approved by the board of directors, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell.

Section 4.6 Appraisal Rights . Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the board of directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 
2

 



Section 4.7 Determinations by Board . The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the board of directors consistent with the charter shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every stockholder: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of stated capital, capital surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of stock of the Corporation; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or any shares of stock of the Corporation; the number of shares of stock of any class or series of the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; the application of any provision of the charter in the case of any ambiguity, including, without limitation, any provision of the definitions of Affiliate and Sponsor and whether expenses qualify as Organizational and Offering Expenses; any conflict between the MGCL and the provisions set forth in the North American Securities Administrators Association (“ NASAA ”) Omnibus Guidelines; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, the charter or the Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the board of directors, including changing the name of the Corporation; provided, however, that any determination by the board of directors as to any of the preceding matters shall not render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination and no director shall be liable for making or failing to make such a determination; and provided further that for so long as the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation do not qualify as “covered securities” as defined by Section 18 of the 1933 Act, to the extent the board of directors determines that the MGCL conflicts with the provisions set forth in the NASAA Omnibus Guidelines, the NASAA Omnibus Guidelines control to the extent any provisions of the MGCL are not mandatory.

Section 4.8 Removal of Directors .   Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any director, or the entire board of directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors.

ARTICLE V
STOCK

Section 5.1 Authorized Stock . The Corporation has authority to issue 500,000,000 shares of stock, of which 450,000,000 shares are classified as common stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and 50,000,000 shares are classified as Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”). The aggregate par value of all authorized stock having par value is $500,000. All stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable when issued, and the Corporation shall not make any mandatory assessment against any stockholder beyond such stockholder’s subscription commitment. If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of stock pursuant to Sections 5.2 , 5.3 or 5.4 of this Article V , the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. A majority of the entire board of directors may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 
3

 



Section 5.2 Common Stock . Except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of Common Stock, each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Except as otherwise provided in this charter, and subject to the express terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote on all matters as to which a stockholder is entitled to vote pursuant to applicable law at all meetings of stockholders. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the aggregate assets available for distribution to holders of Common Stock shall be determined in accordance with applicable law and the charter. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably with each other holder of Common Stock, that portion of the assets available for distribution as the number of outstanding shares of stock of such class held by such holder bears to the total number of outstanding shares of stock of such class then outstanding. The board of directors may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time, in one or more classes or series of Common Stock or Preferred Stock by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations, as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of the stock.

Section 5.3   Preferred Stock . The board of directors may issue shares of Preferred Stock or classify or reclassify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock from time to time, in one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations, as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of the stock.

Section 5.4 Classified or Reclassified Shares . Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the board of directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“ SDAT ”). Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 5.4 may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the charter (including determinations by the board of directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary filed with the SDAT or other charter document.

 
4

 


Section 5.5 Deferred Payments . The Corporation shall not have authority to make arrangements for deferred payments on account of the purchase price of the Corporation’s stock unless all of the following conditions are met: (a) such arrangements are warranted by the Corporation’s investment objectives; (b) the period of deferred payments coincides with the anticipated cash needs of the Corporation; (c) the deferred payments shall be evidenced by a promissory note of the stockholder, which note shall be with recourse, shall not be negotiable, shall be assignable only subject to defenses of the maker and shall not contain a provision authorizing a confession of judgment; and (d) selling commissions and front end fees paid upon deferred payments are payable when payment is made on the note. The Corporation shall not sell or assign the deferred obligation notes at a discount. In the event of a default in the payment of deferred payments by a stockholder, the stockholder may be subjected to a reasonable penalty.

Section 5.6 Distributions .

(a) The Adviser shall cause the Corporation to provide for adequate reserves for normal repairs, replacements and contingencies (but the Corporation shall not be required to maintain reserves for payment of fees payable to the Adviser) by causing the Corporation to retain a reasonable percentage of proceeds from offerings and revenues, which percentage may not be less than 1%.

(b) From time to time and not less than quarterly, the Corporation shall cause the Adviser to review the Corporation’s accounts to determine whether cash distributions are appropriate. The Corporation may, subject to authorization by the board of directors and applicable law, distribute pro rata to the stockholders funds received by the Corporation which the Adviser deems unnecessary to retain in the Corporation. The board of directors may authorize the Corporation to declare and pay to stockholders such other dividends or distributions, in cash or other assets of the Corporation or in securities of the Corporation or from any other source as the board of directors in its discretion shall determine. The board of directors may endeavor to authorize the Corporation to declare and pay such dividends and other distributions (i) as may be necessary or advisable for the Corporation to qualify as a “Regulated Investment Company” under the Code or as may be necessary or advisable under the 1940 Act, and (ii) to the extent that the board of directors deems it unnecessary for the Corporation to retain funds received by it; provided, however, that in each case stockholders shall have no right to any dividend or distribution unless and until authorized by the board of directors and declared by the Corporation. The exercise of the powers and rights of the board of directors pursuant to this Section 5.6 shall be subject to the provisions of any class or series of stock at the time outstanding. The receipt by any person in whose name any shares are registered on the records of the Corporation or by his or her duly authorized agent shall be a sufficient discharge for all dividends or other distributions payable or deliverable in respect of such shares and from all liability to see to the application thereof. Distributions in-kind shall not be permitted, except for distributions of readily marketable securities or securities of the Corporation, distributions of cash from a liquidating trust established for the dissolution of the Corporation and the liquidation of its assets in accordance with the terms of the charter, or in-kind distributions in which (i) the board of directors advises each stockholder of the risks associated with direct ownership of the property, (ii) the board of directors offers each stockholder the election of receiving such in-kind distributions, and (iii) in-kind distributions are made only to those stockholders that accept such offer.

 
5

 


Section 5.7 Charter and Bylaws . The rights of all stockholders and the terms of all stock are subject to the provisions of the charter and the Bylaws. The board of directors of the Corporation shall have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws.

ARTICLE VI
AMENDMENTS; CERTAIN EXTRAORDINARY ACTIONS

Section 6.1 Amendments Generally . The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the charter, of any shares of outstanding stock. All rights and powers conferred by the charter on stockholders, directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation.

Section 6.2 Approval of Certain Charter Amendments and Dissolution . The affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter shall be necessary to effect:

(a) Any amendment to the charter to make the Common Stock a “redeemable security” or to convert the Corporation, whether by merger or otherwise, from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” (as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act);

(b) The dissolution of the Corporation; and

(c) Any amendment to Section 4.2 , Section 4.7 , Section 6.1 or this Section 6.2 .

Section 6.3 Applicability of Certain Provisions .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this charter, if and to the extent the Corporation’s shares of Common Stock are qualified as “covered securities” as defined by Section 18 of the 1933 Act, the following sections or articles of this charter shall not apply and shall be of no force and effect:  Section 5.5, Section 5.6, Section 6.2, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article XI, Article XII and Article XIII.

ARTICLE VII
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION AND
ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

Section 7.1 Limitation of Stockholder Liability . No stockholder shall be liable for any debt, claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to the Corporation by reason of being a stockholder, nor shall any stockholder be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in tort, contract or otherwise, to any Person in connection with the Corporation’s assets or the affairs of the Corporation by reason of being a stockholder .

 
6

 


Section 7.2 Limitation of Director and Officer Liability . Subject to any limitation set forth under Maryland law or the federal securities laws, or in this Article VII , no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages.

Section 7.3 Indemnification and Advance of Expenses . Subject to any limitations set forth under Maryland law or the federal securities laws or in this Article VII , the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (i) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, (ii) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (iii) the Adviser or any of its Affiliates acting as an agent of the Corporation (each such person an “ Indemnitee ”). The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided to a director or officer hereby shall vest immediately upon election of such director or officer. The Corporation may, with the approval of the board of directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a Person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (i) or (ii) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation. The board of directors may take such action as is necessary to carry out this Section 7.3 .

Section 7.4 Limitations on Indemnification and Advance of Expenses .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 above, the Corporation shall not provide for indemnification of an Indemnitee for any liability or loss suffered by such Indemnitee or hold such Indemnitee harmless for any liability or loss suffered by the Corporation, unless all of the following conditions are met:

(i) The Indemnitee has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Corporation.

(ii) The Indemnitee was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Corporation.

(iii) Such liability or loss was not the result of (A) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the Indemnitee is a director (other than an independent director), the Adviser , or an Affiliate of the Adviser or (B) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the case that the Indemnitee is an independent director.

 
7

 


(iv) Such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of net assets of the Corporation and not from the stockholders.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.3 , the Corporation shall not provide indemnification for any loss, liability or expense arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by an Indemnitee unless one or more of the following conditions are met: (i) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged material securities law violations as to the Indemnitee, (ii) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the Indemnitee or (iii) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the Indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which securities of the Corporation were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

(c) The Corporation shall pay or reimburse reasonable legal expenses and other costs incurred by an Indemnitee in advance of final disposition of a proceeding only if all of the following are satisfied: (a) the proceeding relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Corporation, (b) such Indemnitee provides the Corporation with written affirmation of such Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation as authorized by Section 7.3 hereof has been met, (c) the legal proceeding was initiated by a third party who is not a stockholder or, if by a stockholder of the Corporation acting in his or her capacity as such, a court of competent jurisdiction approves such advancement and (d) such Indemnitee provides the Corporation with a written agreement to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the Corporation, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, in cases in which such Indemnitee is found not to be entitled to indemnification.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above shall apply to the Adviser and its affiliates only so long as the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange.

(e) As required under the 1940 Act, no provision of this Article VII shall be effective to protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Corporation against liability to the Corporation or its stockholders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. The Corporation may not incur that portion of liability insurance which insures any director or officer of the Corporation, the Adviser or any Affiliate of the Adviser for any liability as to which such individual or entity is prohibited from being indemnified under this Section 7.4.

Section 7.5 Express Exculpatory Clauses in Instruments . Neither the stockholders nor the directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation shall be liable under any written instrument creating an obligation of the Corporation by reason of their being stockholders, directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation, and all Persons shall look solely to the Corporation’s net assets for the payment of any claim under or for the performance of that instrument. The omission of the foregoing exculpatory language from any instrument shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such instrument and shall not render any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent liable thereunder to any third party, nor shall the directors or any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation be liable to anyone as a result of such omission.

 
8

 


Section 7.6 Amendment or Repeal . Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII , nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VII , shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sections of this Article VII with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

Section 7.7 Non-Exclusivity . The exculpation, indemnification and advancement of expenses provided or authorized by this Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, by indemnification or otherwise, to which a director or officer may be entitled under the Bylaws, a resolution of stockholders or directors, an agreement or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII
ADVISER

Section 8.1 Supervision of Adviser .

(a)           The board of directors may exercise broad discretion in allowing the Adviser to administer and regulate the operations of the Corporation, to act as agent for the Corporation, to execute documents on behalf of the Corporation and to make executive decisions that conform to general policies and principles established by the board of directors. The board of directors shall monitor the Adviser to assure that the administrative procedures, operations and programs of the Corporation are in the best interests of the Corporation and are fulfilled and that (i) the expenses incurred are reasonable in light of the investment performance of the Corporation, its net assets and its net income, (ii) all Front End Fees are reasonable and do not exceed 18% of the gross proceeds of any offering, regardless of the source of payment, and (iii) the percentage of gross proceeds of any offering committed to Investment in Program Assets is at least 82%. All items of compensation to underwriters or dealers, including, but not limited to, selling commissions, expenses, rights of first refusal, consulting fees, finders’ fees and all other items of compensation of any kind or description paid by the Corporation, directly or indirectly, shall be taken into consideration in computing the amount of allowable selling commissions.

(b)           The board of directors is responsible for determining that compensation paid to the Adviser is reasonable in relation to the nature and quality of services performed and the investment performance of the Corporation and that the provisions of the investment advisory agreement are being carried out. The board of directors may consider all factors that it deems relevant in making these determinations. So long as the Corporation is a business development company under the 1940 Act, compensation to the Adviser shall be considered presumptively reasonable if the incentive fee is limited to the amounts allowed by the 1940 Act.

Section 8.2 Fiduciary Obligations . Any investment advisory agreement with the Adviser shall provide that the Adviser has a fiduciary responsibility and duty to the Corporation and to the stockholders. The board of directors shall determine whether any successor Adviser possesses sufficient qualifications to perform the advisory function for the Corporation and whether the compensation provided for in its contract with the Corporation is justified.

 
9

 


Section 8.3 Termination . The investment advisory agreement shall provide that it is terminable by (a) a majority of the independent directors on 60 days’ written notice or (b) the Adviser on 120 days’ written notice, and in each case the Adviser will cooperate with the Corporation and the board of directors in making an orderly transition of the advisory function.

Section 8.4 Organizational and Offering Expenses Limitation . The Corporation shall reimburse the Adviser and its Affiliates for Organizational and Offering Expenses incurred by the Adviser or its Affiliates; provided, however, that the total amount of all Organizational and Offering Expenses shall be reasonable and shall be included as Front End Fees for purposes of the limit on such Front End Fees set forth in Section 8.1 .

Section 8.5 Acquisition Fees . The Corporation may pay the Adviser and its Affiliates fees for the review and evaluation of potential investments; provided, however, that the board of directors shall conclude that the total of all Acquisition Fees and Acquisition Expenses shall be reasonable.

Section 8.6 Reimbursement for Expenses . The Corporation may reimburse the Adviser, at the end of each fiscal quarter, for the actual cost of goods and services used for or by the Corporation and obtained from Persons other than the Adviser’s Affiliates. The Adviser may be reimbursed for the administrative services necessary for the prudent operation of the Corporation; provided, however, that the reimbursement shall be the lower of the Adviser’s actual cost or the amount the Corporation would be required to pay Persons other than the Adviser’s Affiliates for comparable administrative services in the same geographic location; and provided, further, that such costs are reasonably allocated to the Corporation on the basis of assets, revenues, time records or another method conforming with generally accepted accounting principles.

Section 8.7 Reimbursement Limitations . The Corporation shall not reimburse the Adviser or its Affiliates for services for which the Adviser or its Affiliates are entitled to compensation in the form of a separate fee. Excluded from the allowable reimbursement shall be: (a) rent or depreciation, utilities, capital equipment and other administrative items of the Adviser; and (b) salaries, fringe benefits, travel expenses and other administrative items incurred or allocated to any controlling person of the Adviser.  For purposes of this Section 8.7 , “controlling person” means persons with responsibilities similar to those of an executive, or a member of the board of directors, or any person who holds 10% or more of the Adviser’s equity securities or who has the power to control the Adviser, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

ARTICLE IX
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND LIMITATIONS

Section 9.1 Investment Objectives . The independent directors shall review the investment policies of the Corporation with sufficient frequency (not less often than annually) to determine that the policies being followed by the Corporation are in the best interests of the Corporation.

 
10

 


Section 9.2 Investments in Other Programs

(a) The Corporation shall not invest in general partnerships or joint ventures with non-Affiliates that own and operate specific assets, unless the Corporation, alone or together with any publicly registered Affiliate of the Corporation meeting the requirements of subsection (b) below, acquires a controlling interest in such a general partnership or joint venture, but in no event shall the Adviser be entitled to duplicate fees; provided, however that the foregoing is not intended to prevent the Corporation from carrying out its business of investing and reinvesting its assets in securities of other issuers. For purposes of this Section 9.2, “controlling interest” means an equity interest possessing the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the general partnership or joint venture, including the authority to: (i) review all contracts entered into by the general partnership or joint venture that will have a material effect on its business or assets; (ii) cause a sale or refinancing of the assets or its interest therein subject, in certain cases where required by the partnership or joint venture agreement, to limits as to time, minimum amounts and/or a right of first refusal by the joint venture partner or consent of the joint venture partner; (iii) approve budgets and major capital expenditures, subject to a stated minimum amount; (iv) veto any sale or refinancing of the assets, or alternatively, to receive a specified preference on sale or refinancing proceeds; and (v) exercise a right of first refusal on any desired sale or refinancing by the joint venture partner of its interest in the assets, except for transfer to an Affiliate of the joint venture partner.

(b) The Corporation may invest in general partnerships or joint ventures with other publicly registered Affiliates of the Corporation if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the Affiliate and the Corporation have substantially identical investment objectives; (ii) there are no duplicate fees to the Adviser; (iii) the compensation payable by the general partnership or joint venture to the advisers in each corporation that invests in such partnership or joint venture is substantially identical; (iv) each of the Corporation and the Affiliate has a right of first refusal to buy if the other party wishes to sell assets held in the partnership or joint venture; (v) the investment of each of the Corporation and its Affiliate is on substantially the same terms and conditions; and (vi) any prospectus of the Corporation in use or proposed to be used when such an investment has been made or is contemplated discloses the potential risk of impasse on partnership or joint venture decisions since neither the Corporation nor its Affiliate controls the partnership or joint venture, and the potential risk that, while the Corporation or its Affiliate may have the right to buy the assets from the partnership or joint venture, it may not have the resources to do so.

(c) The Corporation may invest in general partnerships or joint ventures with Affiliates other than publicly registered Affiliates of the Corporation only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the investment is necessary to relieve the Adviser from any commitment to purchase the assets entered into in compliance with Section 10.1 prior to the closing of the offering period of the Corporation; (ii) there are no duplicate fees to the Adviser; (iii) the investment of each entity is on substantially the same terms and conditions; (iv) the Corporation has a right of first refusal to buy if the Adviser wishes to sell assets held in the partnership or joint venture; and (v) any prospectus of the Corporation in use or proposed to be used when such an investment has been made or is contemplated discloses the potential risk of impasse on partnership or joint venture decisions.

 
11

 


(d) The Corporation may be structured to conduct operations through separate single-purpose entities managed by the Adviser (multi-tier arrangements); provided that the terms of any such arrangements do not result in the circumvention of any of the requirements or prohibitions contained herein or under applicable federal or state securities laws. Any agreements regarding such arrangements shall accompany any prospectus of the Corporation, if such agreement is then available, and the terms of such agreement shall contain provisions assuring that all of the following restrictions apply: (i) there will be no duplication or increase in Organizational and Offering Expenses, fees payable to the Adviser, program expenses or other fees and costs; (ii) there will be no substantive alteration in the fiduciary and contractual relationship between the Adviser, the Corporation and the stockholders; and (iii) there will be no diminishment in the voting rights of the stockholders.

(e) Other than as specifically permitted in subsections (b), (c) and (d) above, the Corporation shall not invest in general partnerships or joint ventures with Affiliates.

(f) The Corporation may invest in general partnership interests of limited partnerships only if the Corporation, alone or together with any publicly registered Affiliate of the Corporation meeting the requirements of subsection (b) above, acquires a “controlling interest” as defined in subsection (a) above, the Adviser is not entitled to any duplicate fees, no additional compensation beyond that permitted under applicable law is paid to the Adviser, and the agreement of limited partnership or other applicable agreement complies with Articles IX and X.

Section 9.3 Other Goods or Services

(a) In addition to the services to be provided under the investment advisory agreement, the Corporation may accept goods or other services provided by the Adviser in connection with the operation of assets, provided that (i) the Adviser, as a fiduciary, determines such self-dealing arrangement is in the best interest of the Corporation; (ii) the terms pursuant to which all such goods or services are provided to the Corporation by the Adviser shall be embodied in a written contract, the material terms of which must be fully disclosed to the stockholders in the Corporation’s prospectus; (iii) the contract may only be modified with approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation; and (iv) the contract shall contain a clause allowing termination without penalty on 60 days’ notice. Without limitation of the foregoing, arrangements to provide such goods or other services must meet all of the following criteria: (i) the Adviser must be independently engaged in the business of providing such goods or services to persons other than its Affiliates and at least 33% of the Adviser’s associated gross revenues must come from persons other than its Affiliates; (ii) the compensation, price or fee charged for providing such goods or services must be comparable and competitive with the compensation, price or fee charged by persons other than the Adviser and its Affiliates in the same geographic location who provide comparable goods or services which could reasonably be made available to the Corporation; and (iii) except in extraordinary circumstances, the compensation and other material terms of the arrangement must be fully disclosed to the stockholders through written communication. Extraordinary circumstances are limited to instances when immediate action is required and the goods or services are not immediately available from persons other than the Adviser and its Affiliates.

 
12

 


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (a), if the Adviser is not engaged in the business to the extent required by such clause, the Adviser may provide to the Corporation other goods and services if all of the following additional conditions are met: (i) the Adviser can demonstrate the capacity and capability to provide such goods or services on a competitive basis; (ii) the goods or services are provided at the lesser of cost or the competitive rate charged by persons other than the Adviser and its Affiliates in the same geographic location who are in the business of providing comparable goods or services; (iii) the cost is limited to the reasonable necessary and actual expenses incurred by the Adviser on behalf of the Corporation in providing such goods or services, exclusive of expenses of the type which may not be reimbursed under applicable federal or state securities laws; and (iv) expenses are allocated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and are made subject to any special audit required by applicable federal and state securities laws.

ARTICLE X
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Section 10.1 Sales and Leases to Corporation . The Corporation shall not purchase or lease assets in which the Adviser or any Affiliate thereof has an interest unless all of the following conditions are met: (a) the transaction occurs at the formation of the Corporation and is fully disclosed to the stockholders in the prospectus or in a periodic report; and (b) the assets are sold or leased upon terms that are reasonable to the Corporation and at a price not to exceed the lesser of cost or fair market value as determined by an Independent Expert. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.1 , the Adviser may purchase assets in its own name (and assume loans in connection therewith) and temporarily hold title thereto, for the purposes of facilitating the acquisition of the assets, the borrowing of money, obtaining financing for the Corporation, or the completion of construction of the assets, provided that all of the following conditions are met: (i) the assets are purchased by the Corporation at a price no greater than the cost of the assets to the Adviser; (ii) all income generated by, and the expenses associated with, the assets so acquired shall be treated as belonging to the Corporation; and (iii) there are no other benefits arising out of such transaction to the Adviser apart from compensation otherwise permitted by the NASAA Omnibus Guidelines.

Section 10.2 Sales and Leases to the Adviser, Directors or Affiliates . The Corporation shall not sell assets to the Adviser or any Affiliate thereof unless such sale is duly approved by the holders of shares of stock entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. The Corporation shall not lease assets to the Adviser or any Affiliate thereof unless all of the following conditions are met: (a) the transaction occurs at the formation of the Corporation and is fully disclosed to the stockholders in the prospectus or in a periodic report and (b) the terms of the transaction are fair to the Corporation.

Section 10.3 Loans . Except for the advancement of funds pursuant to Section 7.3 , no loans, credit facilities, credit agreements or otherwise shall be made by the Corporation to the Adviser or any Affiliate thereof.

Section 10.4 Commissions on Financing, Refinancing or Reinvestment . The Corporation shall not pay, directly or indirectly, a commission or fee to the Adviser or any Affiliate thereof (except as otherwise specified in this Article X ) in connection with the reinvestment of Cash Available for Distribution and available reserves or of the proceeds of the resale, exchange or refinancing of assets.

 
13

 


Section 10.5 Other Transactions . The Corporation shall not engage in any other transaction with the Adviser or any Affiliate thereof unless such transaction complies with the NASAA Omnibus Guidelines and all applicable law, including any reciprocal business arrangements that would circumvent the prohibitions set forth in this Article X .

Section 10.6. Lending Practices . On financing made available to the Corporation by the Adviser, the Adviser may not receive interest in excess of the lesser of the Adviser’s cost of funds or the amounts that would be charged by unrelated lending institutions on comparable loans for the same purpose. The Adviser shall not impose a prepayment charge or penalty in connection with such financing and the Adviser shall not receive points or other financing charges. The Adviser shall be prohibited from providing permanent financing for the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 10.6 , “permanent financing” shall mean any financing with a term in excess of 12 months.

ARTICLE XI
STOCKHOLDERS

Section 11.1 Voting Rights of Stockholders . Subject to the provisions of any class or series of stock then outstanding and the mandatory provisions of any applicable laws or regulations, the stockholders may, upon the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority (or such other percentage as required by Article VI hereof) of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, and without the necessity for concurrence by the Adviser: (a) amend the charter; (b) dissolve the Corporation; (c) remove the Adviser and elect a new Adviser; or (d) approve or disapprove the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation when such sale is to be made other than in the ordinary course of the Corporation’s business. Without approval of holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote on the matter, the Corporation shall not permit the Adviser to: (a) amend the charter in a manner that adversely affects the interests of the stockholders; (b) except as permitted by Section 8.3(b) , permit the Adviser to voluntarily withdraw as the Adviser unless such withdrawal would not affect the tax status of the Corporation and would not materially adversely affect the stockholders; (c) appoint a new Adviser; (d) sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation when such sale is to be made other than in the ordinary course of the Corporation’s business; or (e) cause the merger or similar reorganization of the Corporation. With respect to any shares owned by the Adviser, the Adviser may not vote or consent on matters submitted to the stockholders regarding the removal of the Adviser or regarding any transaction between the Corporation and the Adviser. In determining the existence of the requisite percentage of the Corporation’s shares entitled to vote on the matter and necessary to approve a matter on which the Adviser may not vote or consent pursuant to this Section 11.1 , any shares of the Corporation’s stock entitled to vote on the matter and owned by the Adviser shall not be included.

 
14

 


Section 11.2 Right of Inspection . Any stockholder and any designated representative thereof shall be permitted access to the records of the Corporation to which it is entitled under applicable law at all reasonable times, and may inspect and copy any of them for a reasonable charge. Inspection of the Corporation’s books and records by the office or agency administering the securities laws of a jurisdiction shall be provided upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours. Stockholders shall have the right to access the Corporation’s records pertaining to its stockholders as set forth in the Bylaws, which records shall be updated at least quarterly.

Section 11.3 Reports .

(a) For each fiscal year ending after the commencement of the Initial Public Offering, the Corporation shall cause to be prepared and mailed or delivered by any reasonable means, including an electronic medium, to each stockholder and each holder of other publicly held securities within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates an annual report that shall include: (i) financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles which are audited and reported on by independent certified public accountants; (ii) a report of the activities of the Corporation during the period covered by the report; (iii) where forecasts have been provided to the stockholders, a table comparing the forecasts previously provided with the actual results during the period covered by the report; and (iv) a report setting forth distributions to stockholders for the period covered thereby and separately identifying distributions from: (A) cash flow from operations during the period, (B) cash flow from operations during a prior period which have been held as reserves, (C) proceeds from disposition of assets; and (D) reserves from the gross proceeds originally obtained from stockholders in an offering.

(b) The Corporation shall cause to be prepared and mailed or delivered to each stockholder within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Corporation, a report containing the same financial information contained in the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by the Corporation under the 1934 Act.

(c) The Corporation shall cause to be prepared and mailed or delivered within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Corporation to each Person who was at any time during such fiscal year a stockholder all information necessary for the preparation of the such Person’s federal income tax returns.

(d) If stock has been purchased on a deferred payment basis, on which there remains an unpaid balance during any period covered by any report required by subsections (a) and (b) above; then such report shall contain a detailed statement of the status of all deferred payments, actions taken by the Corporation in response to any defaults, and a discussion and analysis of the impact on capital requirements of the Corporation.

Section 11.4 Tender Offers . If any Person makes a tender offer, including, without limitation, a “mini-tender” offer, such Person must comply with all of the provisions set forth in Regulation 14D of the 1934 Act, including, without limitation, disclosure and notice requirements, that would be applicable if the tender offer was for more than five percent of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by the 1934 Act, such documents are not required to be filed with the SEC.  In addition, any such Person must provide notice to the Corporation at least ten business days prior to initiating any such tender offer.  If any Person initiates a tender offer without complying with the provisions set forth above (a “ Non-Compliant Tender Offer ”), the Corporation, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to redeem such non-compliant Person’s shares and any shares acquired in such tender offer (collectively, the “ Tendered Shares ”) at the lesser of (i) the price then being paid per share of Common Stock purchased in the Corporation’s latest offering at full purchase price, (ii) the fair market value of the shares as determined by an independent valuation obtained by the Corporation or (iii) the lowest tender offer price offered in such Non-Compliant Tender Offer.  The Corporation may purchase such Tendered Shares upon delivery of the purchase price to the Person initiating such Non-Compliant Tender Offer and, upon such delivery, the Corporation may instruct any transfer agent to transfer such purchased shares to the Corporation.  In addition, any Person who makes a Non-Compliant Tender Offer shall be responsible for all expenses incurred by the Corporation in connection with the enforcement of the provisions of this Section 11.4 , including, without limitation, expenses incurred in connection with the review of all documents related to such tender offer and expenses incurred in connection with any purchase of Tendered Shares by the Corporation.  The Corporation maintains the right to offset any such expenses against the dollar amount to be paid by the Corporation for the purchase of Tendered Shares pursuant to this Section 11.4 .  In addition to the remedies provided herein, the Corporation may seek injunctive relief, including, without limitation, a temporary or permanent restraining order, in connection with any Non-Compliant Tender Offer.  This Section 11.4 shall be of no force or effect with respect to any shares of stock of the Corporation that are then listed on a national securities exchange.

 
15

 


ARTICLE XII
ROLL-UP TRANSACTIONS

Section 12.1 Roll-Up Transactions . In connection with any proposed Roll-Up Transaction, an appraisal of all of the Corporation’s assets shall be obtained from a competent Independent Expert. If the appraisal will be included in a prospectus used to offer the securities of a Roll-Up Entity, the appraisal shall be filed with the SEC and the states as an exhibit to the registration statement for the offering. The Corporation’s assets shall be appraised on a consistent basis, and the appraisal shall be based on the evaluation of all relevant information and shall indicate the value of the assets as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed Roll-Up Transaction. The appraisal shall assume an orderly liquidation of the assets over a twelve-month period. The terms of the engagement of the Independent Expert shall clearly state that the engagement is for the benefit of the Corporation and the stockholders. A summary of the appraisal, indicating all material assumptions underlying the appraisal, shall be included in a report to stockholders in connection with a proposed Roll-Up Transaction. In connection with a proposed Roll-Up Transaction, the Person sponsoring the Roll-Up Transaction shall offer to holders of Common Stock who vote against the proposed Roll-Up Transaction the choice of:

(a) accepting the securities of a Roll-Up Entity offered in the proposed Roll-Up Transaction; or

(b) one of the following:

 
16

 


(i) remaining as holders of Common Stock and preserving their interests therein on the same terms and conditions as existed previously; or

(ii) receiving cash in an amount equal to their pro rata share of the appraised value of the net assets of the Corporation.

The Corporation is prohibited from participating in any proposed Roll-Up Transaction:

(a) that would result in the holders of Common Stock having voting rights in a Roll-Up Entity that are less than the rights provided for in Section 11.1 hereof;

(b) that includes provisions that would operate as a material impediment to, or frustration of, the accumulation of stock by any purchaser of the securities of the Roll-Up Entity (except to the minimum extent necessary to preserve the tax status of the Roll-Up Entity), or which would limit the ability of an investor to exercise the voting rights of its securities of the Roll-Up Entity on the basis of the stock held by that investor;

(c) in which investor’s rights to access of records of the Roll-Up Entity will be less than those described in Section 11.2 hereof; or

(d) in which any of the costs of the Roll-Up Transaction would be borne by the Corporation if the Roll-Up Transaction is rejected by the holders of Common Stock.

ARTICLE XIII
DEFINITIONS

As used in the charter, the following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

Acquisition Expenses . The term “ Acquisition Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incurred by the Corporation, the Adviser, or any Affiliate of either in connection with the initial purchase or acquisition of assets by the Corporation, whether or not acquired, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, travel and communication expenses, costs of appraisals, non-refundable option payments on assets not acquired, accounting fees and expenses and miscellaneous expenses relating to the purchase or acquisition of assets, whether or not acquired.

Acquisition Fee . The term “ Acquisition Fee ” shall mean any and all fees and commissions paid by any Person to any other Person (including any fees or commissions paid by or to any Affiliate of the Corporation or the Adviser) in connection with the initial purchase or acquisition of assets by the Corporation. Included in the computation of such fees or commissions shall be any commission, selection fee, supervision fee, financing fee, non-recurring management fee , or any fee of a similar nature, however designated.

 
17

 


Adviser .  The term “ Adviser ” shall mean the Person or Persons, if any, appointed, employed or contracted with by the Corporation and responsible for directing or performing the day-to-day business affairs of the Corporation. The Adviser is a Sponsor of the Corportion.

Affiliate or Affiliated . The term “ Affiliate ” or “ Affiliated ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) any Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding, with the power to vote, ten percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of such other Person; (ii) any Person ten percent or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held, with the power to vote, by such other Person; (iii) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person; (iv) any executive officer, director, trustee or general partner of such other Person; and (v) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer, director, trustee or general partner.
  
Assessments . The term “ Assessments ” shall mean any additional amounts of capital which may be mandatorily required of, or paid voluntarily by, a stockholder beyond his or her subscription commitment excluding deferred payments.

Capital Contributions . The term “ Capital Contributions ” shall mean the total investment, including the original investment and amounts reinvested pursuant to a distribution reinvestment plan, in the Corporation by a stockholder or by all stockholders, as the case may be. Unless otherwise specified, Capital Contributions shall be deemed to include principal amounts to be received on account of deferred payments.

Cash Available for Distribution .  The term “ Cash Available for Distribution ” shall mean Cash Flow plus cash funds available for distribution from the Corporation’s reserves less amounts set aside for restoration or creation of reserves.

Cash Flow.   The term “ Cash Flow ” shall mean the Corporation’s cash funds provided from operations, without deduction for depreciation, but after deducting cash funds used to pay all other expenses, debt payments, capital improvements and replacements.  Cash withdrawn from reserves is not Cash Flow.

Code . The term “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Controlling Person.   For purposes of Section 8.7, the term “ Controlling Person ” means a person who performs the functions for the Adviser similar to those of an executive officer or a member of the board of directors, and any person who holds more than 10% of the Adviser’s equity securities or who has the power to control the Adviser.

Front End Fees . The term “ Front End Fees ” shall mean fees and expenses paid by any party for any services rendered to organize the Corporation and to acquire assets for the Corporation, including Organizational and Offering Expenses, Acquisition Fees, Acquisition Expenses, and any other similar fees, however designated by the Sponsor.

Independent Expert . The term “ Independent Expert ” shall mean a Person with no material current or prior business or personal relationship with the Sponsor who is engaged to a substantial extent in the business of rendering opinions regarding the value of assets of the type held by the Corporation, and who is qualified to perform such work.

 
18

 


Investment in Program Assets . The term “ Investment in Program Assets ” shall mean the amount of Capital Contributions actually paid or allocated to the purchase or development of assets acquired by the Corporation (including working capital reserves allocable thereto, except that working capital reserves in excess of three percent (3%) shall not be included) and other cash payments such as interest and taxes, but excluding Front End Fees.

Net Worth . The term “ Net Worth ” shall mean the excess of total assets over total liabilities as determined by generally accepted accounting principles.

Organizational and Offering Expenses . The term “ Organizational and Offering Expenses ” shall mean any and all costs and expenses incurred by and to be paid from the assets of the Corporation in connection with the formation, qualification and registration of the Corporation, and the marketing and distribution of shares, including, without limitation, total underwriting and brokerage discounts and commissions (including fees of the underwriters’ attorneys), expenses for printing, engraving, amending registration statements or supplementing prospectuses, mailing and distributing costs, salaries of employees while engaged in sales activity, telephone and other telecommunications costs, all advertising and marketing expenses (including the costs related to investor and broker-dealer sales meetings), charges of transfer agents, registrars, trustees, escrow holders, depositories and experts, and fees, expenses and taxes related to the filing, registration and qualification of the sale of shares under federal and state laws, including taxes and fees and accountants’ and attorneys’ fees.

Person .  The term “ Person ” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”).
 
Program Interest . The term “ Program Interest ” shall mean the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

P romotional Interest . The term “ Promotional Interest ” shall mean a percentage interest of the Adviser in all revenues, costs and expenses of the Corporation, other than Front End Fees, for which the Adviser is not obligated to make a Capital Contribution in the form of cash or tangible property.

Prospectus . The term “ Prospectus ” shall have the meaning given to that term by Section 2(10) of the Securities Act of 1933.

Roll-Up Entity . The term “ Roll-Up Entity ” shall mean a partnership, trust, corporation or similar entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of a proposed Roll-Up Transaction.

Roll-Up Transaction . The term “ Roll-Up Transaction ” shall mean a transaction involving the acquisition, merger, conversion or consolidation either directly or indirectly of the Corporation and the issuance of securities of a Roll-Up Entity to the stockholders. Such term does not include:

 
19

 


(a) a transaction involving Securities of the Corporation that has been listed for at least twelve months on a national exchange or traded for at least twelve months through the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation- National Market System; or

(b) a transaction involving the conversion to trust or association form of only the Corporation, if, as a consequence of the transaction, there will be no significant adverse change in any of the following:

(i) stockholders’ voting rights;

(ii) the term of existence of the Corporation;

(iii) Sponsor or Adviser compensation; or

(iv) the Corporation’s investment objectives.

Sponsor . The term “ Sponsor ” shall mean any Person which (i) is directly or indirectly instrumental in organizing, wholly or in part, the Corporation, (ii) will control, manage or participate in the management of the Corporation, and any Affiliate of any such Person, (iii) takes the initiative, directly or indirectly, in founding or organizing the Corporation, either alone or in conjunction with one or more other Persons, (iv) receives a material participation in the Corporation in connection with the founding or organizing of the business of the Corporation, in consideration of services or property, or both services and property, (v) has a substantial number of relationships and contacts with the Corporation, (vi) possesses significant rights to control assets, (vii) receives fees for providing services to the Corporation which are paid on a basis that is not customary in the industry or (viii) provides goods or services to the Corporation on a basis which was not negotiated at arm’s-length with the Corporation. “ Sponsor ” does not include any Person whose only relationship with the Corporation is that of an independent manager of a portion of the Corporation’s assets and whose only compensation is as such, or wholly independent third parties such as attorneys, accountants and underwriters whose only compensation is for professional services.

RECITALS CONTINUED:

THIRD : The amendment and restatement of the charter of the Corporation as hereinabove set forth has been duly advised by the board of directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

FOURTH : The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent and the current address of the principal office of the Corporation are as set forth in Article III of the foregoing amendment of the charter.

FIFTH : The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Section 4.1 of Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

SIXTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to the foregoing amendment and restatement was 10,000,000, consisting of 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of stock having par value was $10,000.

 
20

 


SEVENTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue after giving effect to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter is 500,000,000, consisting of 450,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share and 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $500,000.

EIGHTH : The undersigned acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.


 
21

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary on [___], 2010.

 
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA

 
By:
 
 
Nicholas S. Schorsch
Chief Executive Officer

Attest
   
 
NAME
Secretary
 
     

 
22

 

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE .  The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the board of directors may designate.

Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES .  The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. PLACE .  All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as shall be set in accordance with these Bylaws and stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING .  An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the board of directors, beginning in the year 2011.

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS .  The president, the chief executive officer, the chairman of the board or a majority of the board of directors may call a special meeting of the stockholders.  A special meeting of stockholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Corporation to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than ten percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting.  The written request must state the purpose of such meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at such meeting.  Within ten days after receipt of such written request, either in person or by mail, the secretary of the Corporation shall provide all stockholders with written notice, either in person or by mail, of such meeting and the purpose of such meeting.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, such meeting shall be held not less than 15 days nor more than 60 days after the secretary’s delivery of such notice.  Subject to the foregoing sentence, such meeting shall be held at the time and place specified in the stockholder request; provided, however, that if none is so specified, such meeting shall be held at a time and place convenient to the stockholders.

Section 4. NOTICE .  Except as provided otherwise in Section 3 of this Article II, not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of stockholders, the secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting notice in writing or by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, by mail, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by Maryland law.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.  If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions.  The Corporation may give a single notice to all stockholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any stockholder at such address, unless a stockholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice.  Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more stockholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.
 


 
Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice.  No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice.  The Corporation may postpone or cancel a meeting of stockholders by making a public announcement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting.  Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this Section 4 .

Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT .  Every meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the board of directors to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment or appointed individual, by the chairman of the board or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting in the following order:  the vice chairman of the board, if there is one, the chief executive officer, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority, the secretary or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy.  The secretary or, in the secretary’s absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the board of directors or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary.  In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of the stockholders, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the board of directors or the chairman of the meeting shall record the minutes of the meeting.  The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting.  The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chairman and without any action by the stockholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments; (e) determining when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; and (i) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security.  Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
 
-2-


 
Section 6. QUORUM .  At any meeting of stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the Corporation (the “ Charter ”) for the vote necessary for the approval of any matter.  If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting sine die or from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough stockholders to leave fewer than would be required to establish a quorum.

Section 7. VOTING .  A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a director.  Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted.  A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the Charter.  Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Charter, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders. Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the chairman of the meeting shall order that voting be by ballot or otherwise.

Section 8. PROXIES .  A holder of record of shares of stock of the Corporation may cast votes in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law.  Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the meeting.  No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
 
-3-

 
Section 9. VOTING OF STOCK BY CERTAIN HOLDERS .  Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, general partner, trustee or managing member thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock.  Any trustee or other fiduciary may vote stock registered in the name of such person in the capacity of trustee or fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

 The board of directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder.  The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the board of directors considers necessary or desirable.  On receipt by the Corporation of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the holder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

Section 10. INSPECTORS .  The board of directors or the chairman of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor to the inspector.  The inspectors, if any, shall (a) determine the number of shares of stock represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy, and the validity and effect of proxies, (b) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (c) report such tabulation to the chairman of the meeting, (d) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, and (e) do such acts as are proper to fairly conduct the election or vote.  Each such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting.  If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors.  The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.
 
-4-


 
Section 11.   ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR AND OTHER STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS .

(a)            Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

(1)           Nominations of individuals for election to the board of directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with this Section 11(a) .
 
(2)           For any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11 , the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation and any such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the stockholders.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 150 th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in connection with the Corporation’s first annual meeting or in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
 
(3)           Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth:
 
(i)           as to each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (each, a “ Proposed Nominee ”), all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules thereunder;
 
(ii)           as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the stockholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom;
 
-5-

 
(iii)           as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Stockholder Associated Person,
 
(A)           the class, series and number of all shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation (collectively, the “ Company Securities ”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and
 
(B)           the nominee holder for, and number of, any Company Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person;
 
(iv)           as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Stockholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (3) of this Section 11(a) and any Proposed Nominee,
 
(A)           the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Stockholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee and
 
(B)           the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person; and
 
(v)           to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a director or the proposal of other business on the date of such stockholder’s notice.
 
(4)           Such stockholder’s notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a certificate executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) certifying that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (b) will serve as a director of the Corporation if elected; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Corporation, upon request, to the stockholder providing the notice and shall include all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter market).
 
-6-

 
(5)           Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the board of directors is increased, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(6)           For purposes of this Section 11 , “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person acting in concert with such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person.

(b)            Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of individuals for election to the board of directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with Section 3 of this Article II for the purpose of electing directors, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11 and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11 .  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the board of directors, any such stockholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a director as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraph (a)(3) of this Section 11 , is delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 120 th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time on the later of the 90 th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting.  The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c)            General .
 
(1)           If information submitted pursuant to this Section 11 by any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11 .  Any such stockholder shall notify the Corporation of any inaccuracy or change (within two business days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information.  Upon written request by the secretary or the Board of Directors, any such stockholder shall provide, within five business days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (i) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11 and (ii) a written update of any information (including, if requested by the Corporation, written confirmation by such stockholder that it continues to intend to bring such nomination or other business proposal before the meeting) submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11 as of an earlier date.  If a stockholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11 .
 
-7-


 
(2)           Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11 .  The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 11 .

(3)           For purposes of this Section 11 , “ the date of the proxy statement ” shall have the same meaning as “the date of the company’s proxy statement released to shareholders” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time.  “ Public announcement ” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”).

(4)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11 , a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11 .  Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, or the right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act.  Nothing in this Section 11 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.

Section 12. STOCKHOLDER LIST .  An alphabetical list of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the stockholders, along with the number of shares of stock held by each of them (the “ Stockholder List ”), shall be maintained as part of the books and records of the Corporation and shall be available for inspection by any stockholder or the stockholder’s designated agent at the home office of the Corporation upon the request of the stockholder.  The Stockholder List shall be updated at least quarterly to reflect changes in the information contained therein.  A copy of the Stockholder List shall be mailed to any stockholder so requesting within ten days of receipt by the Corporation of the request.  The copy of the Stockholder List shall be printed in alphabetical order, on white paper, and in a readily readable type size (in no event smaller than ten-point type).  The Corporation may impose a reasonable charge for expenses incurred in reproduction pursuant to the stockholder request.  A stockholder may request a copy of the Stockholder List in connection with matters relating to stockholders’ voting rights and the exercise of stockholder rights under federal proxy laws.
 
-8-


 
If the investment adviser of the Corporation (the “ Adviser ”) neglects or refuses to exhibit, produce or mail a copy of the Stockholder List as requested, the Adviser shall be liable to any stockholder requesting the Stockholder List for the costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by that stockholder for compelling the production of the Stockholder List, and for actual damages suffered by any stockholder by reason of such refusal or neglect.  It shall be a defense that the actual purpose and reason for the requests for inspection or for a copy of the Stockholder List is to secure the Stockholder List or other information for the purpose of selling the Stockholder List or copies thereof, or of using the same for a commercial purpose other than in the interest of the applicant as a stockholder relative to the affairs of the Corporation.  The Corporation may require the stockholder requesting the Stockholder List to represent that the Stockholder List is not requested for a commercial purpose unrelated to the stockholder’s interest in the Corporation.  The remedies provided hereunder to stockholders requesting copies of the Stockholder List are in addition to, and shall not in any way limit, other remedies available to stockholders under federal law or the laws of any state.

Section 13. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or any successor statute (the “ MGCL ”), shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation.  This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.
 
ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its board of directors.

Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND RESIGNATION .  At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire board of directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the MGCL, nor more than 15, and further provided that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors.  Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the board of directors, the chairman of the board or the secretary.  Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.
 
-9-

 
Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS .  An annual meeting of the board of directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary.  In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors.  The board of directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the board of directors without other notice than such resolution.
 
Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS .  Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or a majority of the directors then in office.  The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by them.  The board of directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the board of directors without other notice than such resolution.

Section 5. NOTICE .  Notice of any special meeting of the board of directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, courier or United States mail to each director at his or her business or residence address.  Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting.  Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three days prior to the meeting.  Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting.  Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the director or his or her agent is a party.  Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the director.  Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt.  Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid.  Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

Section 6. QUORUM .  A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such directors is present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a particular group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority or such other percentage of such group.

The directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough directors to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.
 
-10-

 
Section 7. VOTING .  The action of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the board of directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws.  If enough directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the board of directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws.

Section 8. ORGANIZATION .  At each meeting of the board of directors, the chairman of the board or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if any, shall act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or, in the absence of the president, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting.  The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Corporation or, in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 9. TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time; provided, however, that this section does not apply to any action of the directors pursuant to any provision of the Investment Company Act applicable to the Corporation that requires the vote of the directors to be cast in person at a meeting.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 10. CONSENT BY DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each director and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors; provided, however, that this Section 10 does not apply to any action of the directors pursuant to any provision of the Investment Company Act applicable to the Corporation that requires the vote of the directors to be cast in person at a meeting.

Section 11. VACANCIES .  If for any reason any or all of the directors cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining directors hereunder.  Until such time as the Corporation becomes subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancy on the board of directors for any cause other than an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if such majority is less than a quorum; any vacancy in the number of directors created by an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority vote of the entire board of directors; and any individual so elected as director shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualifies.  At such time as the Corporation becomes subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL and except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.
 
-11-


 
Section 12. COMPENSATION .  Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors but, by resolution of the board of directors, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Corporation and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors.  Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they perform or engage in as directors; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 13. RELIANCE .  Each director and officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Corporation whom the director or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the director or officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a director, by a committee of the board of directors on which the director does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the director reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.
 
Section 14. CERTAIN RIGHTS OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS .  A director, officer, employee or agent shall have no responsibility to devote his or her full time to the affairs of the Corporation.  Any director, officer, employee or agent, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Corporation.

Section 15. RATIFICATION .  The board of directors or the stockholders may ratify and make binding on the Corporation any action or inaction by the Corporation or its officers to the extent that the board of directors or the stockholders could have originally authorized the matter.  Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any stockholders’ derivative proceeding or any other proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a director, officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting, or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the board of directors or by the stockholders, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.
 
-12-


 
Section 16.  EMERGENCY PROVISIONS .  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Charter or these Bylaws, this Section 16 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the board of directors under Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “ Emergency ”).  During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, (a) a meeting of the board of directors or a committee thereof may be called by any director or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (b) notice of any meeting of the board of directors during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many directors and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio, and (c) the number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire board of directors.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS .  The board of directors may appoint from among its members one or more committees, composed of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board of directors.

Section 2. POWERS .  The board of directors may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article any of the powers of the board of directors, except as prohibited by law.
 
Section 3. MEETINGS .  Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the board of directors.  A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee.  The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee.  The board of directors may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide.  In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in the place of such absent member.

Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  Members of a committee of the board of directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time; provided, however, that this Section 4 does not apply to any action of the committee pursuant to any provision of the Investment Company Act applicable to the Corporation that requires the vote of the committee to be cast in person at a meeting.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 5. CONSENT BY COMMITTEES WITHOUT A MEETING .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each member of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee; provided, however, that this Section 5 does not apply to any action of the committee pursuant to any provision of the Investment Company Act applicable to the Corporation that requires the vote of the committee to be cast in person at a meeting.
 
-13-


 
Section 6. VACANCIES .  Subject to the provisions hereof, the board of directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill any vacancy, to designate an alternate member to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS .  The officers of the Corporation shall include   a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers.  In addition, the board of directors may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or desirable.  The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers or other officers.  Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.  Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person.  Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.
 
Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION .  Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the board of directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.  Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary.  Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.  Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.

Section 3. VACANCIES .  A vacancy in any office may be filled by the board of directors for the balance of the term.
 
Section 4. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD .   The board of directors may designate from among its members a chairman of the board, who shall not, solely by reason of these Bylaws, be an officer of the Corporation.   The board of directors may designate the chairman of the board as an executive or non-executive chairman.  The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the board of directors.  The chairman of the board shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by these Bylaws or the board of directors.
 
-14-

 
Section 5. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER .  The board of directors may designate a chief executive officer.  In the absence of such designation, the chairman of the board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation.  The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Corporation, as determined by the board of directors, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.  He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors from time to time.

Section 6. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER .  The board of directors may designate a chief operating officer.  The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the board of directors or the chief executive officer.

Section 7. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER .  The board of directors may designate a chief financial officer.  The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the board of directors or the chief executive officer.

Section 8. PRESIDENT .  In the absence of a chief executive officer, the president shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation.  In the absence of a designation of a chief operating officer by the board of directors, the president shall be the chief operating officer.  He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors from time to time.
 
Section 9. VICE PRESIDENTS .  In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the chief executive officer, the president or the board of directors.  The board of directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president, or vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

Section 10. SECRETARY .  The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the board of directors and committees of the board of directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or the board of directors.

-15-

 
Section 11. TREASURER .  The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors and in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or the board of directors.  In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the board of directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation.

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and board of directors, at the regular meetings of the board of directors or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

Section 12. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS .  The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the chief executive officer, the president or the board of directors.

Section 13. COMPENSATION .  The compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by or under the authority of the board of directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director.

ARTICLE VI

CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section 1. CONTRACTS .  The board of directors may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when duly authorized or ratified by action of the board of directors   and executed by an authorized person.

Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS .  All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.
 
-16-

 
Section 3. DEPOSITS .  All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Corporation as the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer or any other officer designated by the board of directors may determine.
 
ARTICLE VII

STOCK

Section 1. CERTIFICATES .  Except as may otherwise be provided by the board of directors, stockholders of the Corporation are not entitled to certificates representing the shares of stock held by them.  In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the board of directors or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MGCL and shall be signed by the officers of the Corporation in the manner permitted by the MGCL.  In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock without certificates, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.  There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of stockholders based on whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.

Section 2. TRANSFERS .  All transfers of shares of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, by the holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the board of directors or any officer of the Corporation may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender of certificates duly endorsed.  The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated shares is subject to the determination of the board of directors that such shares shall no longer be represented by certificates.  Upon the transfer of any uncertificated shares, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of stock will be subject in all respects to the Charter and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE .  Any officer of the Corporation may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated; provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such stockholder and the board of directors has determined that such certificates may be issued.  Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Corporation, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Corporation a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation.
 
-17-

 
Section 4. FIXING OF RECORD DATE .  The board of directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose.  Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.

When a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to the meeting if adjourned or postponed, except if the meeting is adjourned or postponed to a date more than 120 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting may be determined as set forth herein.

Section 5. STOCK LEDGER .  The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate stock ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

Section 6. FRACTIONAL STOCK; ISSUANCE OF UNITS .  The board of directors may authorize the Corporation to issue fractional stock or authorize the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as it may determine.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, the board of directors may issue units consisting of different securities of the Corporation.  Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Corporation, except that the board of directors may provide that for a specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only in such unit.

ARTICLE VIII

ACCOUNTING YEAR

The board of directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.
 
-18-

 
ARTICLE IX

 DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 1. AUTHORIZATION .  Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized by the board of directors and declared by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter.  Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter.

Section 2. CONTINGENCIES .  Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the board of directors may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the board of directors shall determine, and the board of directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

ARTICLE X

INVESTMENT POLICY

Subject to the provisions of the Charter, the board of directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE XI

SEAL

Section 1. SEAL .  The board of directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation.  The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation and the words “Incorporated Maryland.”  The board of directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL .  Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Charter or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, given by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice of such meeting, unless specifically required by statute.  The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.
 
-19-


 
ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The board of directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.





-20-

 

DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN
OF
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA


Business Development Corporation of America, a Maryland corporation (the “ Corporation ”), hereby adopts the following plan (the “ Plan ”), effective ___________, 2010, with respect to distributions declared by its board of directors on shares of its Common Stock:
 
1.           Each stockholder of record may enroll in the Plan by providing the Plan Agent with written notice, except that a stockholder may only participate in the Plan, and sales to a stockholder under the Plan may only occur, if the Corporation maintains its registration in the stockholder’s state of residence. To enroll in the Plan, such stockholder shall notify DST Systems, Inc., the Plan administrator and the Corporation’s transfer agent and registrar (collectively the “ Plan Administrator ”), in writing so that such notice is received by the Plan Administrator no later than the record date fixed by the board of directors for the distribution involved. If a stockholder elects to enroll in the Plan, all distributions thereafter declared by the board of directors shall be payable in shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation, and no action shall be required on such stockholder’s part to receive a distribution in stock. If a stockholder wishes to receive its distributions in cash, no action is required.
 
2.           The Corporation intends to authorize and declare distributions quarterly and pay distributions on a monthly basis or on such other date or dates as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors to stockholders of record at the close of business on the record date for the distribution involved. The Corporation intends to pay distributions on a monthly basis beginning no later than the first month after the month in which the minimum offering requirement is met in connection with the Offering (defined below).
 
3.           The Corporation shall use newly-issued shares of its Common Stock to implement the Plan. Shares issued pursuant to Plan will be issued on the same date that the Corporation holds the first closing of the month (“ First Monthly Closing ”) for the sale of shares in connection with the Corporation’s continuous offering (“ Offering ”) pursuant to its registration statement on Form N-2 (file no. 333-166636). The number of newly-issued shares to be issued to a stockholder shall be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by a price equal to 95% of the price that the shares are sold in the Offering on such closing date. There will be no selling commissions, dealer manager fees or other sales charges on shares issued to a stockholder. The Corporation shall pay the Plan Administrator’s fees under the Plan.
 
4.           The Plan Administrator will set up an account for shares acquired pursuant to the Plan for each stockholder who has elected to enroll in the Plan (each a “ Participant ”). The Plan Administrator may hold each Participant’s shares, together with the shares of other Participants, in non-certificated form in the Plan Administrator’s name or that of its nominee.
 
5.           The Plan Administrator will confirm to each Participant each acquisition made pursuant to the Plan as soon as practicable but not later than 10 business days after the date thereof. Distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each Participant’s account. In the event of termination of a Participant’s account under the Plan, the Plan Administrator will adjust for any such undivided fractional interest in cash at the market value of the Corporation’s shares at the time of termination, based on the closing price of the shares on the closing date immediately following such termination.

 
 

 
 
6.           The Plan Administrator will forward to each Participant any Corporation related proxy solicitation materials and each Corporation report or other communication to stockholders, and will vote any shares held by it under the Plan in accordance with the instructions set forth on proxies returned by Participants to the Corporation.
 
7.           In the event that the Corporation makes available to its stockholders rights to purchase additional shares or other securities, the shares held by the Plan Administrator for each Participant under the Plan will be used in calculating the number of rights to be issued to the Participant.
 
8.           The Plan Administrator’s service fee, if any, and expenses for administering the Plan will be paid for by the Corporation.
 
9.           Each Participant may terminate his, her or its account under the Plan by so notifying the Plan Administrator via the Plan Administrator’s website at [___], or be sending the request form to [______]. Such termination will be effective immediately if the Participant’s notice is received by the Plan Administrator at least 2 business days prior to any distribution record date; otherwise, such termination will be effective only with respect to any subsequent distribution.
 
10.           The Corporation may terminate the Plan at any time upon written notice to each Participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any distributions. Upon any termination, the Plan Administrator will credit the Participant’s account for the full shares held for the Participant under the Plan and a cash adjustment for any fractional share to be delivered to the Participant without charge to the Participant. If a Participant elects by his, her or its written notice to the Plan Administrator in advance of termination to have the Plan Administrator sell part or all of his, her or its shares and remit the proceeds to the Participant, the Plan Administrator is authorized to deduct a $15 transaction fee plus a $0.10 per share brokerage commission from the proceeds.
 
11.           In addition, the Corporation may amend or supplement the Plan at any time but, except when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules or policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority, only by sending to each Participant appropriate notice at least 10 days prior to the effective date thereof. Such notice may be sent electronically to each Participant The amendment or supplement shall be deemed to be accepted by each Participant unless, prior to the effective date thereof, the Plan Administrator receives written notice of the termination of his, her or its account under the Plan. Any such amendment may include changes to the timing and payment of the monthly distribution, an appointment by the Plan Administrator in its place and stead of a successor agent under these terms and conditions, with full power and authority to perform all or any of the acts to be performed by the Plan Administrator under these terms and conditions, or any other amendments that may be deemed appropriate. Upon any such appointment of any agent for the purpose of receiving dividends and distributions, the Corporation will be authorized to pay to such successor agent, for each Participant’s account, all dividends and distributions payable on shares of the Corporation held in the Participant’s name or under the Plan for retention or application by such successor agent as provided in these terms and conditions.

 
 

 
 
12.           The Plan Administrator will at all times act in good faith and use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure its full and timely performance of all services to be performed by it under this Plan and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by the Plan Administrator’s negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of its employees or agents.
 
13.           These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland.
 
 
 

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND
MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA
AND
BDCA ADVISER, LLC

This Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) made as of the 28 th day of October , 2010, by and between BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and BDCA ADVISER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Adviser ”).

WHEREAS, the Company is a newly organized non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that intends to elect to be treated as a business development company (“ BDC ”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”); and

WHEREAS, the Adviser is a newly organized investment adviser that intends to register as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”); and
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Adviser to furnish investment advisory services to the Company and to provide for the administrative services necessary for the operation of the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the Adviser wishes to be retained to provide such services;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. 
Duties of the Adviser .

(a)           Retention of Adviser . The Company hereby employs the Adviser to act as the investment adviser to the Company and to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company, subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), for the period and upon the terms herein set forth:
 
(i)           in accordance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions that are set forth in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-166636) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as amended from time to time (the “Registration Statement”); and
 
(ii)          during the term of this Agreement in accordance with all other applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, and the Company’s charter and bylaws, in each case as amended from time to time.

(b)            Responsibilities of Adviser.   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Adviser shall, during the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement:
 

(i)           determine the composition and allocation of the portfolio of the Company, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes;
 
(ii)          identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments made by the Company;
 
(iii)         execute, monitor and service the Company’s investments;
 
(iv)         determine the securities and other assets that the Company shall purchase, retain, or sell;
 
(v)          perform due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and
 
(vi)         provide the Company with such other investment advisory, research and related services as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of its funds.

(c)            Power and Authority . To facilitate the Adviser’s performance of these undertakings, but subject to the restrictions contained herein, the Company hereby delegates to the Adviser, and the Adviser hereby accepts, the power and authority on behalf of the Company to effectuate its investment decisions for the Company, including the execution and delivery of all documents relating to the Company’s investments and the placing of orders for other purchase or sale transactions on behalf of the Company. In the event that the Company determines to acquire debt financing, the Adviser shall arrange for such financing on the Company’s behalf, subject to the oversight and approval of the Board.

(d)            Acceptance of Employment . The Adviser hereby accepts such employment and agrees during the term hereof to render the services described herein for the compensation provided herein, subject to the limitations contained herein.

(e)            Sub-Advisers .  The Adviser is hereby authorized to enter into one or more sub-advisory agreements with other investment advisers (each, a “ Sub-Adviser ”) pursuant to which the Adviser may obtain the services of the Sub-Adviser(s) to assist the Adviser in fulfilling its responsibilities hereunder. Specifically, the Adviser may retain a Sub-Adviser to recommend specific securities or other investments based upon the Company’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and work, along with the Adviser, in sourcing, structuring, negotiating, arranging or effecting the acquisition or disposition of such investments and monitoring investments on behalf of the Company, subject to the oversight of the Adviser and the Company.
 
(i)           The Adviser and not the Company shall be responsible for any compensation payable to any Sub-Adviser.
 
 
(ii)          Any sub-advisory agreement entered into by the Adviser shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act, including without limitation the requirements relating to Board and Company stockholder approval thereunder, and other applicable federal and state law.
 
2

 
(iii)          Any Sub-Adviser shall be subject to the same fiduciary duties imposed on the Adviser pursuant to this Agreement, the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, as well as other applicable federal and state law.
 
(f)            Independent Contractor Status . The Adviser shall, for all purposes herein provided, be deemed to be an independent contractor and, except as expressly provided or authorized herein, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Company in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Company.
 
(g)            Record Retention . Subject to review by and the overall control of the Board, the Adviser shall keep and preserve for the period required by the Investment Company Act any books and records relevant to the provision of its investment advisory services to the Company and shall specifically maintain all books and records with respect to the Company’s portfolio transactions and shall render to the Board such periodic and special reports as the Board may reasonably request or as may be required under applicable federal and state law, and shall make such records available for inspection by the Board and its authorized agents, at any time and from time to time during normal business hours. The Adviser agrees that all records that it maintains for the Company are the property of the Company and shall surrender promptly to the Company any such records upon the Company’s request and upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9, provided that the Adviser may retain a copy of such records.

The following provisions in this Section 1 shall apply for only so long as the shares of the Company are not listed on a national securities exchange.

(h)            Administrator . The Adviser shall, upon request by an official or agency administering the securities laws of a state, province, or commonwealth (an “ State Administrator ”), submit to such State Administrator the reports and statements required to be distributed to Company stockholders pursuant to this Agreement, the Registration Statement and applicable federal and state law.

(i)            Fiduciary Duty : It is acknowledged that the Adviser shall have a fiduciary responsibility for the safekeeping and use of all funds and assets of the Company, whether or not in the Adviser’s immediate possession or control. The Adviser shall not employ, or permit another to employ, such funds or assets in any manner except for the exclusive benefit of the Company. The Adviser shall not, by entry into an agreement with any stockholder of the Company or otherwise, contract away the fiduciary obligation owed to the Company and the Company stockholders under common law.
 
2. 
Company’s Responsibilities and Expenses Payable by the Company .

(a)            Costs . Subject to the limitations on reimbursement of the Adviser as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company, either directly or through reimbursement to the Adviser, shall bear all other costs and expenses of its operations and transactions, including (without limitation) fees and expenses relating to: expenses deemed to be “organization and offering expenses” of the Company for purposes of Conduct Rule 2310(a)(12) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (for purposes of this Agreement, such expenses, exclusive of commissions, the dealer manager fee and any discounts, are hereinafter referred to as “ Organization and Offering Expenses ”); amounts paid to third parties for administrative services; the investigation and monitoring of the Company’s investments; the cost of calculating the Company’s net asset value; the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of shares of the Company’s common stock and other securities; management and incentive fees payable pursuant to the investment advisory agreement; fees payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments and valuing investments (including third-party valuation firms), transfer agent and custodial fees, fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts (including attendance at investment conferences and similar events); federal and state registration fees; any exchange listing fees; federal, state and local taxes; independent directors’ fees and expenses; brokerage commissions; costs of proxy statements; stockholders’ reports and notices; costs of preparing government filings, including periodic and current reports with the SEC; fidelity bond, liability insurance and other insurance premiums; and printing, mailing, independent accountants and outside legal costs.

3

 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be liable for Organization and Offering Expenses to the extent that Organization and Offering Expenses, together with all prior Organization Offering Expenses, exceeds the greater of $125,000 and 1.5% of the aggregate gross proceeds from the offering of the Company’s securities (the “ Offering Proceeds ”). More specifically, the Company shall be obligated to reimburse the Adviser for all current and past Organization and Offering Expenses paid by the Adviser and not already reimbursed by the Company (the “ Reimbursable O&O Expenses ”) as follows:
 
(i)           if the Offering Proceeds are $8,333,333.33 or less, the Company shall reimburse the Adviser for such Reimbursable O&O Expenses to the extent that the Reimbursable O&O Expenses, together with all past Organization and Offering Expenses for which the Adviser has received reimbursement, does not exceed $125,000; or
 
 
(ii)          if the Offering Proceeds exceed $8,333,333.33, the Company shall reimburse the Adviser for such Reimbursable O&O Expenses to the extent that the Reimbursable O&O Expenses, together with all past Organization and Offering Expenses for which the Adviser has received reimbursement, does not exceed an amount equal to 1.5% of the Offering Proceeds or a maximum reimbursement of $22,500,000, assuming the maximum offering size is $1,500,000,000. 
 
The following provisions in this Section 2(b) shall apply for only so long as the shares of the Company are not listed on a national securities exchange.
 
(b)            Limitations on Reimbursement of Expenses . In addition to the compensation paid to the Adviser pursuant to Section 3, the Company shall reimburse the Adviser for all expenses of the Company incurred by the Adviser as well as the actual cost of goods and services used for or by the Company and obtained from entities not affiliated with the Adviser. The Adviser may be reimbursed for the administrative services performed by it on behalf of the Company; provided, however, the reimbursement shall be an amount equal to the lower of the Adviser’s actual cost or the amount the Company would be required to pay third parties for the provision of comparable administrative services in the same geographic location; and provided, further, that such costs are reasonably allocated to the Company on the basis of assets, revenues, time records or other method conforming with generally accepted accounting principles. No reimbursement shall be permitted for services for which the Adviser is entitled to compensation by way of a separate fee. Excluded from the allowable reimbursement shall be:
 
4

 
(i)           rent or depreciation, utilities, capital equipment, and other administrative items of the Adviser; and
 
(ii)           salaries, fringe benefits, travel expenses and other administrative items incurred or allocated to any executive officer or board member of the Adviser (or any individual performing such services) or a holder of 10% or greater equity interest in the Adviser (or any person having the power to direct or cause the direction of the Adviser, whether by ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise).
 
(c)            Periodic Reimbursement. Expenses incurred by the Adviser on behalf of the Company and payable pursuant to this Section 2 shall be reimbursed no less than monthly to the Adviser. The Adviser shall prepare a statement documenting the expenses of the Company and the calculation of the reimbursement and shall deliver such statement to the Company prior to full reimbursement.

3.             Compensation of the Adviser . The Company agrees to pay, and the Adviser agrees to accept, as compensation for the services provided by the Adviser hereunder, a base management fee (“ Base Management Fee ”) and an incentive fee (“ Incentive Fee ”) as hereinafter set forth. The Adviser may agree to temporarily or permanently waive, in whole or in part, the Base Management Fee and/or the Incentive Fee. See Appendix A for examples of how these fees are calculated.

(a)            Base Management Fee . The Base Management Fee shall be calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of the Company’s average gross assets. The Base Management Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears, and shall be calculated based on the average value of the Company’s gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. All or any part of the Base Management Fee not taken as to any quarter shall be deferred without interest and may be taken in such other quarter as the Adviser shall determine. The Base Management Fee for any partial month or quarter shall be appropriately pro rated.

(b)            Incentive Fee . The Incentive Fee shall consist of three parts, as follows:
 
(i)           The first part, referred to as the “Subordinated Incentive Fee on Income,” shall be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding quarter. The payment of the Subordinated Incentive Fee on Income shall be subject to payment of a preferred return to investors each quarter, expressed as a quarterly rate of return on Adjusted Capital (as defined below) at the beginning of the most recently completed calendar quarter, of 1.75% (7.00% annualized), subject to a “catch up” feature (as described below).
 
5

 
 For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, other than fees for providing managerial assistance, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the administration agreement and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.
 
For purposes of this fee, “Adjusted Capital” shall mean cumulative gross proceeds generated from sales of the Company’s common stock (including proceeds from the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan) reduced for distributions from non-liquidating dispositions of the Company’s investments paid to shareholders and amounts paid for share repurchases pursuant to the Company’s share repurchase program.
 
The calculation of the Subordinated Incentive Fee on Income for each quarter is as follows:
 
(A)           No Subordinated Incentive Fee on Income shall be payable to the Adviser in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the preferred return rate of 1.75% or 7.00% annualized (the “Preferred Return”) on Adjusted Capital;
 
(B)           100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the preferred return but is less than or equal to 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) shall be payable to the Adviser. This portion of the company’s Subordinated Incentive Fee on Income is referred to as the “catch up” and is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 20% on all of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income when the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income reaches 2.1875% (8.75% annualized) in any calendar quarter; and
 
(C)           For any quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 2.1875% (8.75% annualized), the Subordinated Incentive Fee on Income shall equal 20% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, as the Preferred Return and catch-up will have been achieved.
 
6

 
(ii)            The second part of the incentive fee, referred to as the “Incentive Fee on Capital Gains During Operations,” shall be an incentive fee on capital gains earned on liquidated investments from the portfolio during operations prior to the liquidation of the Company and shall be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment advisory agreement). This fee shall equal 20.0% of the Company’s incentive fee capital gains, which shall equal the Company’s realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees.
 
(iii)           The third part of the incentive fee, referred to as the “Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee,” shall equal 20.0% of the net proceeds from the liquidation of the Company remaining after investors have received distributions of net proceeds from liquidation of the Company equal to Adjusted Capital as calculated immediately prior to liquidation.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Adviser’s compensation on the basis of a share of capital gains exceed 20% of the realized capital gains upon the funds of the Company over the life of the Company, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation.
 
4.
Covenants of the Adviser .

(a)            Adviser Status . The Adviser covenants that it will register as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and will maintain such registration. The Adviser agrees that its activities will at all times be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws governing its operations and investments.
 
The following provisions in this Section 4 shall apply for only so long as the shares of the Company are not listed on a national securities exchange.

(b)            Reports to Stockholders . The Adviser shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared and distributed to stockholders during each year the following reports of the Company (either included in a periodic report filed with the SEC or distributed in a separate report):
 
(i)            Quarterly Reports. Within 60 days of the end of each quarter, a report containing the same financial information contained in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by the Company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
(ii)           Annual Report. Within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, an annual report containing:
 
(A)           A balance sheet as of the end of each fiscal year and statements of income, equity, and cash flow, for the year then ended, all of which shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals and accompanied by an auditor’s report containing an opinion of an independent certified public accountant;
 
(B)           A report of the activities of the Company during the period covered by the report;
 
7

 
(C)           Where forecasts have been provided to the Company’s shareholders, a table comparing the forecasts previously provided with the actual results during the period covered by the report; and
 
(D)           A report setting forth distributions by the Company for the period covered thereby and separately identifying distributions from (i) cash flow from operations during the period; (ii) cash flow from operations during a prior period which have been held as reserves; and (iii) proceeds from disposition of Company assets.
 
(iii)           Previous Reimbursement Reports. The Adviser shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared a report, prepared in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants United States Auditing Standards relating to special reports, and distributed to stockholders not less than annually, containing an itemized list of the costs reimbursed to the Adviser pursuant to Section 2(b) for the previous fiscal year. The special report shall at a minimum provide:
 
(A)           A review of the time records of individual employees, the costs of whose services were reimbursed; and
 
(B)           A review of the specific nature of the work performed by each such employee.
 
(iv)          Proposed Reimbursement Reports. The Adviser shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared a report containing an itemized estimate of all proposed expenses for which it shall receive reimbursements pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Agreement for the next fiscal year, together with a breakdown by year of such expenses reimbursed in each of the last five public programs formed by the Adviser.
 
(v)           Proposed Federal Income Tax Returns. Within 75 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, all information necessary for Stockholders’ to prepare their federal income tax returns.
 
(c)            Reports to State Administrators . The Adviser shall, upon written request of any State Administrator, submit any of the reports and statements to be prepared and distributed by it pursuant to this Section 4 to such State Administrator.

(d)            Reserves . In performing its duties hereunder, the Adviser shall cause the Company to provide for adequate reserves for normal replacements and contingencies (but not for payment of fees payable to the Adviser hereunder) by causing the Company to retain a reasonable percentage of proceeds from offerings and revenues.

(e)            Recommendations Regarding Reviews . From time to time and not less than quarterly, the Adviser must review the Company’s accounts to determine whether cash distributions are appropriate. The Company may, subject to authorization by the Board of Directors, distribute pro rata to the stockholders funds received by the Company which the Adviser deems unnecessary to retain in the Company.
 
8

 
(f)            Temporary Investments . The Adviser shall, in its sole discretion, temporarily place proceeds from offerings by the Company into short term, highly liquid investments which, in its reasonable judgment, afford appropriate safety of principal during such time as it is determining the composition and allocation of the portfolio of the Company and the nature, timing and implementation of any changes thereto pursuant to Section 1(b); provided however, that the  Adviser shall be under no fiduciary obligation to select any such short-term, highly liquid investment based solely on any yield or return of such investment. The Adviser shall cause any proceeds of the offering of Company securities not committed for investment within the later of two years from the date of effectiveness of the Registration Statement or one year from termination of the offering, unless a longer period is permitted by the applicable Administrator, to be paid as a distribution to the stockholders of the Company as a return of capital without deduction of Front End Fees (as defined below).

5. Brokerage Commissions, Limitations on Front End Fees; Period of Offering; Assessments

(a)            Brokerage Commissions . The Adviser is hereby authorized, to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, to cause the Company to pay a member of a national securities exchange, broker or dealer an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission another member of such exchange, broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determines in good faith, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities, that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such member, broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or its overall responsibilities with respect to the Company’s portfolio, and constitutes the best net results for the Company.
 
The following provisions in this Section 5 shall apply for only so long as the shares of the Company are not listed on a national securities exchange.

(b)            Limitations . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary:
 
(i)           All fees and expenses paid by any party for any services rendered to organize the Company and to acquire assets for the Company (“Front End Fees”) shall be reasonable and shall not exceed 18% of the gross offering proceeds, regardless of the source of payment. Any reimbursement to the Adviser or any other person for deferred organizational and offering expenses, including any interest thereon, if any, will be included within this 18% limitation.
 
(ii)          The Adviser shall commit at least eighty-two percent (82%) of the gross offering proceeds towards the investment or reinvestment of assets and reserves as set forth in Section 4(d) above on behalf of the Company. The remaining proceeds may be used to pay Front End Fees.
 
9

 
6. 
Other Activities of the Adviser .

The services of the Adviser to the Company are not exclusive, and the Adviser may engage in any other business or render similar or different services to others including, without limitation, the direct or indirect sponsorship or management of other investment based accounts or commingled pools of capital, however structured, having investment objectives similar to those of the Company, so long as its services to the Company hereunder are not impaired thereby, and nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any manager, partner, member (including its members and the owners of its members), officer or employee of the Adviser to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to any other business, whether of a similar or dissimilar nature, or to receive any fees or compensation in connection therewith (including fees for serving as a director of, or providing consulting services to, one or more of the Company’s portfolio companies, subject to applicable law). The Adviser assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and stockholders of the Company are or may become interested in the Adviser and its affiliates, as directors, officers, employees, partners, stockholders, members, managers or otherwise, and that the Adviser and directors, officers, employees, partners, stockholders, members and managers of the Adviser and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Company as stockholders or otherwise.

7. 
Responsibility of Dual Directors, Officers and/or Employees .

If any person who is a manager, partner, member, officer or employee of the Adviser is or becomes a director, officer and/or employee of the Company and acts as such in any business of the Company, then such manager, partner, member, officer and/or employee of the Adviser shall be deemed to be acting in such capacity solely for the Company, and not as a manager, partner, member, officer or employee of the Adviser or under the control or direction of the Adviser, even if paid by the Adviser.

8. 
Indemnification .

(a)            Indemnification. The Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, members (and their members, including the owners of their members), agents, employees, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser) shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Adviser in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment advisor of the Company (except to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services, and the Company shall indemnify, defend and protect the Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, members (and their members, including the owners of their members), agents, employees, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser, each of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company, to the extent such damages, liabilities, costs and expenses are not fully reimbursed by insurance, and to the extent that such indemnification would not be inconsistent with the laws of the State of Maryland, the charter of the Company or the provisions of Section II.G of the Omnibus Guidelines published by the North American Securities Administrators Association on March 29, 1992, as it may be amended from time to time.

10

 
The following provisions in this Section 8 shall apply for only so long as the shares of the Company are not listed on a national securities exchange.

(b)            Limitations on Indemnification . Notwithstanding Section 8(a) to the contrary, the Company shall not provide for indemnification of the Indemnified Parties for any liability or loss suffered by the Indemnified Parties, nor shall the Company provide that any of the Indemnified Parties be held harmless for any loss or liability suffered by the Company, unless all of the following conditions are met:
 
(i)           the Indemnified Party has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct which caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Company;
 
(ii)          the Indemnified Party was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Company;
 
(iii)         such liability or loss was not the result of negligence or misconduct by the Indemnified Party; and
 
(iv)         such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of the Company’s net assets and not from stockholders.
 
Furthermore, the Indemnified Party shall not be indemnified for any losses, liabilities or expenses arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws unless one or more of the following conditions are met:
 
(i)           there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations as to the particular indemnitee;
 
(ii)          such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the particular indemnitee; or
 
(iii)         a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against a particular indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and related costs should be made, and the court of law considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the SEC and the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which securities of the Company were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.  
 
11

 
(c)            Advancement of Funds . The Company shall be permitted to advance funds to the Indemnified Party for legal expenses and other costs incurred as a result of any legal action for which indemnification is being sought only if all of the following conditions are met:
 
(i)             The legal action relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Company;
 
(ii)           The legal action is initiated by a third party who is not a Company stockholder, or the legal action is initiated by a Company stockholder and a court of competent jurisdiction specifically approves such advancement; and
 
(iii)          The Indemnified Party undertakes to repay the advanced funds to the Company, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, in cases in which the Indemnified Party is not found to be entitled to indemnification.

9. 
Effectiveness, Duration and Termination of Agreement .

(a)            Term and Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date that the Company meets the minimum offering requirement, as such term is defined in the prospectus contained in the Company’s registration statement on Form N-2 as declared effective by the SEC. This Agreement shall remain in effect for two years, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of the Board, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Company’s directors who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act) of any such party, in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.
 
(b)            Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, (a) by the Company upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser, (i) upon the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, or (ii) by the vote of the Company’s independent directors, or (b) by the Adviser upon 120 days’ written notice to the Company. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of Section 15(a)(4) of the Investment Company Act). The provisions of Section 8 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Adviser shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement. Moreover, if that certain Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement dated as of October 28, 2010 (as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “ Main Street Agreement ”) by and between the Adviser and Main Street Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (“ Main Street ” or “ Sub-Adviser ”), shall (i) expire by its terms without renewal pursuant to the last sentence of Section 8(a) of the Main Street Agreement or (ii) be terminated by the Adviser or the Company pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Main Street Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate simultaneously with the termination of the Main Street Agreement, and the Company shall not, for a period of three (3) years following such termination, engage the Adviser or its affiliates or any of their successors or any officers, directors or employees of the Adviser or its affiliates or their successors  as an adviser or sub-adviser to the Company without the prior written consent of Main Street.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything in this Agreement or the Main Street Agreement to the contrary, if the Main Street Agreement is terminated by the Adviser or the Company for cause (as defined below), then the Company may enter into a new advisory agreement with the Adviser or an affiliate thereof containing the same or similar terms as those contained herein, without the prior consent of Main Street.  For purposes of this Agreement, for cause shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(i)             the Sub-Adviser shall have materially breached the Main Street Agreement, as determined by the independent directors of the Company; provided, however, that the breaching party shall have 30 calendar days after the receipt of notice of such breach from the other party to cure such breach;

(ii)           the Sub-Adviser is subject to an allegation that it has committed any fraud, criminal conduct, gross negligence or willful misconduct in any action or failure to act undertaken by the Sub-Adviser pertaining to or having a material detrimental effect upon the ability of the Sub-Adviser to perform its respective duties under the Main Street Agreement and the independent directors of the Board shall have determined, after providing the Sub-Adviser with an opportunity for a hearing and to cure any damage, that such allegation shall have had a material adverse effect on the Company that can only be remedied by termination of the Main Street Agreement, or, in any event, if and when a court or regulatory authority of competent jurisdiction shall have returned a final non-appealable order or ruling that the Sub-Adviser is guilty of or liable with respect to such conduct;         (iii)  the Sub-Adviser (1) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (2) consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (3) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) for any substantial part of its property, or (4) makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors under applicable state law; 

(iv)          if: (1) an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect has been commenced against the Sub-Adviser, and such case has not been dismissed within 60 days after the commencement thereof; or (2) a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) has been appointed for the Sub-Adviser or has taken possession of the Sub-Adviser’s or any substantial part of its property, and such appointment has not been rescinded or such possession has not been relinquished within 60 days after the occurrence thereof; or          
 
(v)           if at any time within five years after the Effective Date both Vincent D. Foster and Todd A. Reppert cease to be actively involved in the management of the Sub-Adviser unless the parties agree that acceptable replacements are in place or can timely be put in place. 
 
(c)            Payments to and Duties of Adviser Upon Termination .
 
(i)           After the termination of this Agreement, the Adviser shall not be entitled to compensation for further services provided hereunder except that it shall be entitled to receive from the Company within 30 days after the effective date of such termination all unpaid reimbursements and all earned but unpaid fees payable to the Adviser prior to termination of this Agreement.  If the Company and the Adviser cannot agree on the amount of such reimbursements and fees, the parties will submit to binding arbitration.
 
12

 
(ii)           The Adviser shall promptly upon termination:
 
(A)           Deliver to the Board a full accounting, including a statement showing all payments collected by it and a statement of all money held by it, covering the period following the date of the last accounting furnished to the Board;
 
(B)           Deliver to the Board all assets and documents of the Company then in custody of the Adviser; and
 
(C)           Cooperate with the Company to provide an orderly management transition. 
 
The following provisions in this Section 9 shall apply for only so long as the shares of the Company are not listed on a national securities exchange.

(d)            Other Matters . Without the approval of holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on the matter, the Adviser shall not: (i) amend the investment advisory agreement except for amendments that do not adversely affect the interests of the stockholders; (ii) voluntarily withdraw as the Adviser unless such withdrawal would not affect the tax status of the Company and would not materially adversely affect the stockholders; (iii) appoint a new Adviser; (iv) sell all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than in the ordinary course of the Company’s business; or (v) cause the merger or other reorganization of the Company. In the event that the Adviser should withdraw pursuant to (ii) above, the withdrawing Adviser shall pay all expenses incurred as a result of its withdrawal. The Company may terminate the Adviser’s interest in the Company’s revenues, expenses, income, losses, distributions and capital by payment of an amount equal to the then present fair market value of the terminated Adviser’s interest, determined by agreement of the terminated Adviser and the Company. If the Company and the Adviser cannot agree upon such amount, then such amount will be determined in accordance with the then current rules of the American Arbitration Association. The expenses of such arbitration shall be borne equally by the terminated Adviser and the Company. The method of payment to the terminated Adviser must be fair and must protect the solvency and liquidity of the Company.

(e)           With respect to any shares owned by the Adviser, the Adviser may not vote or consent on matters submitted to the Shareholders regarding the removal of the Adviser or regarding any transaction between the Company and the Adviser.  In determining the existence of the requisite percentage of shares necessary to approve a matter on which the Adviser may not vote or consent, any shares owned by the Adviser shall not be included.
 
13

 
10. 
Conflicts of Interests and Prohibited Activities .

The following provisions in this Section 10 shall apply for only so long as the shares of the Company are not listed on a national securities exchange.

(a)            No Exclusive Agreement . The Adviser is not hereby granted or entitled to an exclusive right to sell or exclusive employment to sell assets for the Company.

(b)            Rebates, Kickbacks and Reciprocal Arrangements .
 
(i)           The Adviser agrees that it shall not (A) receive or accept any rebate, give-up or similar arrangement that is prohibited under applicable federal or state securities laws, (B) participate in any reciprocal business arrangement that would circumvent provisions of applicable federal or state securities laws governing conflicts of interest or investment restrictions, or (C) enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that would circumvent the restrictions against dealing with affiliates or promoters under applicable federal or state securities laws.
 
(ii)          The Adviser agrees that it shall not directly or indirectly pay or award any fees or commissions or other compensation to any person or entity engaged to sell the Company’s stock or give investment advice to a potential stockholder; provided, however, that this subsection shall not prohibit the payment of a registered broker-dealer or other properly licensed agent from sales commissions for selling or distributing the Company’s common stock.

(c)            Commingling . The Adviser covenants that it shall not permit or cause to be permitted the Company’s funds from being commingled with the funds of any other entity. Nothing in this Subsection 10(c) shall prohibit the Adviser from establishing a master fiduciary account pursuant to which separate sub-trust accounts are established for the benefit of affiliated programs, provided that the Company’s funds are protected from the claims of other programs and creditors of such programs.

11. 
Notices .

Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at its principal office.

12. 
Amendments .

This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent.
 
14

 
13. 
Entire Agreement; Governing Law .

This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. For so long as the Company is regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act, this Agreement shall also be construed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the latter shall control.
 
15

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date above written.
 

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA


By:     / s / Nicholas S. Schorsch                       
Name: Nicholas S. Schorsch
Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


BDCA ADVISER, LLC


By:      /s/ William M. Kahane                           
Name: William M. Kahane
Title:  President
 
16

 
Appendix A

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1: Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee (*):

Alternative 1

Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%
Hurdle rate (1) = 1.75%
Management fee (2) = 0.50%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 0.55%
Pre-incentive net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

Alternative 2

Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.70%
Hurdle rate (1) = 1.75%
Management fee (2) = 0.50%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.00%

Pre-incentive net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an income incentive fee payable by us to our Adviser.

Incentive fee   = 100% × pre-incentive fee net investment income, subject to the “catch-up” (4)
  = 100% × (2.00% – 1.75%)
  = 0.25%
 
Alternative 3

Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.00%
Hurdle rate (1) = 1.75%
Management fee (2) = 0.50%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.30%

Pre-incentive net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an income incentive fee payable by us to our Adviser.
 
17

 
Incentive fee = 20% × pre-incentive fee net investment income, subject to “catch-up” (4)
Incentive fee = 100% × “catch-up” + (20% × (pre-incentive fee net investment income – 2.1875%))
Catch-up = 2.1875% – 1.75%
= 0.4375%
Incentive fee = (100% × 0.4375%) + (20% × (2.3% – 2.1875%))
= 0.4375% + (20% × 0.1125%)
= 0.4375% + 0.0225%
= 0.46%
                           
(1) 
Represents 7.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(2) 
Represents 2.0% annualized management fee.
(3) 
Excludes organizational and offering expenses.
(4) 
The “catch-up” provision is intended to provide our Adviser with an incentive fee of 20% on all of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our net investment income exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter.
(*) 
The hypothetical amount of pre-incentive fee net investment income shown is based on a percentage of total net assets.

Example 2: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee:
Alternative 1:

Assumptions
 
·
Year 1: $20 million investment made in company A (“Investment A”), and $30 million investment made in company B (“Investment B”)
 
·
Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million and fair market value (“FMV”) of Investment B determined to be $32 million
 
·
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million
 
·
Year 4: Investment B sold for $31 million
 The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:
 
·
Year 1: None
 
·
Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $6 million ($30 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20%)
 
·
Year 3: None
 
·
Year 4: Capital gains incentive fee of $200,000 ($6.2 million ($31 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20%) less $6 million (capital gains fee taken in Year 2)).
 
18

 
Alternative 2
Assumptions
 
 
·
Year 1: $20 million investment made in company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in company C (“Investment C”)
 
·
Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million
 
·
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million and Investment C sold for $30 million
 
·
Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million
 
·
Year 5: Investment B sold for $20 million. ($5 million (20% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3)
 The capital gains incentive fee, if any, would be:
 
·
Year 1: None
 
·
Year 2: $5 million capital gains incentive fee (20% multiplied by $25 million ($30 million realized capital gains on Investment A less unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)
 
·
Year 3: $1.4 million capital gains incentive fee. (1) $6.4 million (20% multiplied by $32 million ($35 million cumulative realized capital gains less $3 million unrealized capital depreciation)) less $5 million capital gains fee received in Year 2)
 
·
Year 4: None.
 
·
Year 5: None. $5 million (20% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3

(1)            As illustrated in Year 3 of Alternative 1 above, if Business Development Corporation of America were to be wound up on a date other than December 31 st of any year, Business Development Corporation of America may have paid aggregate capital gains incentive fees that are more than the amount of such fees that would be payable if Business Development Corporation of America had been wound up on December 31 of such year.

Example 3: Liquidation Incentive Fee

Alternative 1

Assumptions

·
Year 1: Gross offering proceeds total $85 million. $20 million investment made in company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in company C (“Investment C”)

·
Year 2: Investment A sold for $25 million and all proceeds, net of any capital gains incentive fees payable, are returned to stockholders. FMV of Investment B determined to be $30 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $27 million.

·
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $31 million. FMV of Investment C Determined to be $20 million.
 
19

 
·
Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million. FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million.

·
Year 5: Investments B and C sold in an orderly liquidation for total proceeds of $55 million. All proceeds, net of any capital gains incentive fees payable, are returned to stockholders.

 
The capital gains incentive fee, if any, would be:

·
Year 1: None

·
Year 2: Incentive fee on capital gains during operations of $1 million ($5 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%). Adjusted capital now equals $61 million ($85 million gross proceeds less $24 million returned to stockholders from the sale of portfolio investments).

·
Year 3: None

·
Year 4: None

·
Year 5: No liquidation incentive fee due -- Liquidation proceeds of $55 million are less than adjusted capital immediately prior to liquidation ($61 million).

Alternative 2

Assumptions

 
·
Year 1: Gross offering proceeds total $85 million. $20 million investment made in company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in company C (“Investment C”).

 
·
Year 2: Investment A sold for $25 million and all proceeds, net of any capital gains incentive fees payable, are returned to stockholders. FMV of Investment B determined to be $30 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $27 million.

 
·
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $31 million. FMV of Investment C Determined to be $20 million.

 
·
Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million. FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million.

 
·
Year 5: Investments B and C sold in an orderly liquidation for total proceeds of $80 million. All proceeds, net of any capital gains incentive fees payable, are returned to stockholders.

 The capital gains incentive fee, if any, would be:

20

 
 
·
Year 1: None

 
·
Year 2: Incentive fee on capital gains during operations of $1 million ($5 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%). Adjusted capital now equals $61 million ($85 million gross proceeds less $24 million returned to stockholders from the sale of portfolio investments).

 
·
Year 3: None

 
·
Year 4: None

 
·
Year 5: $3.8 million liquidation incentive fee -- 20.0% multiplied by liquidation proceeds ($80 million) in excess of adjusted capital immediately prior to liquidation ($61 million), or $19 million.

The returns shown are for illustrative purposes only. There is no guarantee that positive returns will be realized and actual returns may vary from those shown in the examples above.

21

 
INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) made as of the 28 th  day of October 2010, by and between BDCA Adviser, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Adviser ”) and Main Street Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Sub-Adviser ”).

WHEREAS , Business Development Corporation of America, a Maryland corporation (the “ BDC ”), is a newly organized closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);

WHEREAS , the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser intend to register under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), and after such registration provide the investment management services described herein;

WHEREAS , the Adviser has been retained to act as the investment adviser to the BDC pursuant to an Investment Advisory and Management Services Agreement dated October 28, 2010, a copy of which is included as Exhibit A to this Agreement and is incorporated by reference herein (the “ Advisory Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , Section 1(c) of the Advisory Agreement permits the Adviser, subject to the supervision and direction of the BDC’s board of directors (the “ Board ”), to delegate its duties thereunder to other investment advisers, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act;

WHEREAS , the Adviser desires to retain the Sub-Adviser to assist it in fulfilling its obligations under the Advisory Agreement, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to render such services subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:
 
1.
DUTIES OF THE SUB-ADVISER.

(a)            Retention of Sub-Adviser . The Adviser hereby employs the Sub-Adviser to assist the Adviser in managing the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the BDC, subject to oversight by the Board, for the period and upon the terms herein set forth.

(b)            Responsibilities of Sub-Adviser . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser shall, during the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the BDC, subject to oversight by the Board and supervision by the Adviser.  Without limiting the generality of this delegation of investment responsibility, the Sub-Adviser shall perform the following functions: (i) make recommendations to the Adviser as to the composition of the portfolio of the BDC, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes; (ii) assist the Adviser in identifying, evaluating and negotiating the structure of the investments made by the BDC; (iii) assist the Adviser in closing and monitoring the BDC’s investments; (iv) assist the Adviser in determining the securities and other assets that the BDC will purchase, retain, or sell; (v) assist the Adviser in performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and (vi) provide the Adviser and the BDC with such other investment advisory, research and related services as the Adviser or BDC may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of its funds. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, all investment decisions will ultimately be the responsibility of the Adviser, subject to oversight by the Board.  Furthermore, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Sub-Adviser shall be required to provide only the services expressly described in Section 1(b), and shall have no responsibility to provide any other services to the Adviser or the BDC, including, but not limited to, administrative (such as valuation-related services), management or other similar services.


 
(c)            Acceptance of Employment . The Sub-Adviser hereby agrees during the term hereof to render the services described herein for the compensation provided herein, subject to oversight by the BDC’s Board and supervision by the Adviser and the limitations contained herein. The Sub-Adviser shall carry out its responsibilities under this Agreement in compliance with: (i) the BDC’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions as set forth in the BDC’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-166636) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) on May 7, 2010, as the same shall be amended from time to time (as amended, the “ Registration Statement ”); (ii) such policies, directives, regulatory restrictions and compliance policies as the Adviser may from time to time establish or issue and communicate to the Sub-Adviser in writing; (iii) investment guidelines that may be adopted and from time to time amended and/or restated by the Board; and (iv) applicable law and related regulations and the BDC’s charter and bylaws. The Adviser shall promptly notify the Sub-Adviser in writing of changes to (i), (ii) or (iii) above and any change to the BDC’s charter or bylaws, and shall notify the Sub-Adviser in writing of changes to applicable law and related regulations promptly after it becomes aware of such changes. In no event shall the Sub-Adviser be held responsible for failing to comply with any of (i) through (iv) above unless it had previously received the notification in the foregoing sentence. The Sub-Adviser shall, for all purposes herein provided, be deemed to be an independent contractor and, except as expressly provided or authorized herein, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Adviser or the BDC in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Adviser or the BDC.

(d)            Records. The Sub-Adviser shall keep and preserve for the period required by the 1940 Act any books and records relevant to the provision of its investment advisory services to the BDC and shall specifically maintain all books and records with respect to the BDC’s portfolio transactions and shall render to the BDC’s Board such periodic and special reports as the Board may reasonably request. The Sub-Adviser agrees that all records that it maintains for the BDC are the property of the BDC and will surrender promptly to the BDC any such records upon the BDC’s request, provided that the Sub-Adviser may retain a copy of such records.

(e)            Compliance Policies. The Sub-Adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act by the Sub-Adviser in accordance with Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act. The Sub-Adviser has provided the BDC, and shall provide the BDC at such times in the future as the BDC shall reasonably request, with a copy of such policies and procedures.
 
2

 
2. 
EXPENSES.

On and after the date that the BDC files its first amendment to the Registration Statement with the SEC, the Sub-Adviser agrees to pay, as and when requested by the Adviser, the reasonable, documented, third-party  “Organizational and Offering Expenses” incurred by or on behalf of the BDC in an amount not to exceed Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($650,000.00).  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Organizational and Offering Expenses” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Advisory Agreement, except that it only includes the documented   expenses incurred by or on behalf of the BDC to third-party service providers other than the Adviser and/or its affiliates.  During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with the activities it undertakes to meet its obligations hereunder.  The Sub-Adviser shall, at its sole expense, employ or associate itself with such persons as it believes to be particularly fitted to assist it in the execution of its duties under this Agreement, including without limitation, persons employed or otherwise retained by the Sub-Adviser or made available to the Sub-Adviser by its members or affiliates.  The Adviser shall cause the Sub-Adviser to be reimbursed by the BDC or the Adviser, as appropriate, for expenses reasonably incurred by the Sub-Adviser at the request of or on behalf of the BDC or the Adviser, to the same extent as such expenses would be reimbursable to the Adviser pursuant to Sections 2(a) – (c ) of the Advisory Agreement had such expenses been incurred by the Adviser; provided, however that the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser shall be reimbursed by the BDC for the Organizational and Offering Expenses that each of them fund on a pro rata basis; provided, further, however, that if the investment advisory relationship between the Sub-Adviser and the BDC is terminated by the Adviser or the BDC, including by the failure of the BDC to approve the continuance of this Agreement after the two-year period described in Section 8 below, for any reason other than the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of the Sub-Adviser in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, then the Adviser agrees to immediately pay the Sub-Adviser the amount of any Organizational and Offering Expenses that were funded by the Sub-Adviser, but that have not yet been reimbursed by the BDC to the Sub-Adviser as of the date of such termination. The Sub-Adviser shall maintain and supply to the BDC and the Adviser as they may reasonably request, records of all such expenses.

3. 
COMPENSATION.

In consideration for the Sub-Adviser’s services hereunder, the Adviser shall pay the Sub-Adviser fifty percent (50%) of the fees (including without limitation the Base Management Fees and Incentive Fees, as such terms are defined in the Advisory Agreement), payable to the Adviser pursuant to Section 3 of the Advisory Agreement (a copy of which is included as Exhibit A to this Agreement and is incorporated by reference herein), payable quarterly in arrears. The Adviser shall arrange for the fees payable to the Sub-Adviser hereunder to be paid to the Sub-Adviser directly by the BDC on the same day the BDC pays the Adviser its fees (including without limitation the Base Management Fees and Incentive Fees, as such terms are defined in the Advisory Agreement) under the Advisory Agreement.
 
3

 
4. 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SUB-ADVISER.

The Sub-Adviser represents and warrants to the Adviser and the BDC as follows:

(a)           The Sub-Adviser shall be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act as of the date that the Registration Statement is declared effective and shall maintain such registration.

(b)           The Sub-Adviser is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Maryland with the power to own and possess its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

(c)           The execution, delivery and performance by the Sub-Adviser of this Agreement are within the Sub-Adviser’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of its board of directors and no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official is required on the part of the Sub-Adviser for the execution, delivery and performance by the Sub-Adviser of this Agreement, other than the filing of a Form ADV with the SEC in connection with the Sub-Adviser’s registration as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act (which Form ADV was filed by the Sub-Adviser with the SEC on October 21, 2010), and the execution, delivery and performance by the Sub-Adviser of this Agreement do not contravene or constitute a default under (i) any provision of applicable law, rule or regulation, other than the requirement that the Sub-Adviser be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, (ii) the Sub-Adviser’s governing instruments, or (iii) any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Sub-Adviser.

(d)           The Form ADV of the Sub-Adviser previously provided to the Adviser is a true and complete copy of the form as currently filed with the SEC and the information contained therein is accurate and complete in all material respects and does not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Sub-Adviser will promptly provide the Adviser and the BDC with a complete copy of all subsequent amendments to its Form ADV.

(e)           The Sub-Adviser will, on or prior to the date that the BDC commences investment operations, adopt a written code of ethics complying with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and will provide the Adviser and the BDC with a copy of that code, together with evidence of its adoption. Upon the request of the Adviser or the BDC, a senior executive officer of the Sub-Adviser shall certify, within 20 days of the end of each calendar quarter during which this Agreement remains in effect, to the Adviser or the BDC that the Sub-Adviser has complied with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 during the previous quarter and that there have been no violations of the Sub-Adviser’s code of ethics or, if such a violation has occurred, that appropriate action has been taken in response to such violation. Upon written request of the Adviser or the BDC, the Sub-Adviser shall permit representatives of the Adviser or the BDC to examine the reports (or summaries of the reports) required to be made to the Sub-Adviser by Rule 17j-1(c)(1) and other records evidencing enforcement of the code of ethics.

4

 
(f)           The Sub-Adviser shall comply with all requirements applicable to the investment adviser of a business development company like the BDC under the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act.

5. 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ADVISER.

The Adviser represents and warrants to the Sub-Adviser and the BDC as follows:

(a)           The Adviser shall be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act as of the date the Registration Statement is declared effective and shall maintain such registration.

(b)           The Adviser is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with the power to own and possess its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

(c)           The execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement are within the Adviser’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action and no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official is required on the part of the Adviser for the execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement, other than the filing of a Form ADV with the SEC in connection with the Adviser’s registration as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act (which Form ADV will be filed by the Adviser with the SEC no later than thirty days after the execution of this Agreement) and the execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement do not contravene or constitute a default under (i) any provision of applicable law, rule or regulation, other than the requirement that the Adviser be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act in connection with its provision of investment advisory services to the BDC, (ii) the Adviser’s governing instruments, or (iii) any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Adviser.

(d)           The Form ADV of the Adviser previously provided to the Sub-Adviser is a true and complete copy of the form as currently filed with the SEC and the information contained therein is accurate and complete in all material respects and does not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(e)           The Adviser and the BDC have duly entered into the Advisory Agreement pursuant to which the BDC authorized the Adviser to enter into this Agreement.

(f)           The Adviser shall comply with all requirements applicable to the investment adviser of a business development company like the BDC under the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act.
 
5

 
6. 
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; DUTY TO UPDATE INFORMATION.

All representations and warranties made by the Sub-Adviser and the Adviser pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 , respectively, shall survive for the duration of this Agreement and the parties hereto shall promptly notify each other in writing upon becoming aware that any of the foregoing representations and warranties are no longer true.

7. 
LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION.

(a)           The duties of the Sub-Adviser shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein. The Sub-Adviser shall not be liable for any loss arising out of any instrument hereunder, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, except as may otherwise be provided under provisions of applicable state law which cannot be waived or modified hereby. (As used in this Section 7 , the term “Sub-Adviser” shall include, without limitation, its directors, officers, employees and other agents of the Sub-Adviser as well as that entity itself).

(b)           The Sub-Adviser shall indemnify the Adviser and the BDC, and their respective affiliates and controlling persons, for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which the Adviser, the BDC or their respective affiliates and controlling persons may sustain as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the federal and state securities laws.

(c)           The Adviser shall indemnify the Sub-Adviser, its affiliates and its controlling persons, for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, howsoever arising from, or in connection with, the Sub-Adviser’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement or the Adviser’s breach of the terms, representations and warranties herein; provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of the Sub-Adviser’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Sub-Adviser’s duties and obligations under this Agreement, or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, federal and state securities laws.

8. 
DURATION AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

(a)           This Agreement shall become effective as of the date that the BDC meets the minimum offering requirement, as such term is defined in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement subject to the approval of this Agreement by the Sub-Adviser’s Board of Directors within fifteen days of the date first set forth above; provided, however, that the obligations of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser contained in Section 2 hereof with respect to the Organizational and Offering Expenses, including the funding and reimbursement thereof, shall become effective and binding on the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser upon the date of the execution of this Agreement by them. This Agreement shall remain in effect for two years, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of the Board, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the BDC and (ii) the vote of a majority of the BDC’s directors who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of any such party, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

6

 
(b)          This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, (i) by the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice to the Sub-Adviser, but only if authorized either (A) by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the BDC, as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act (a “ Majority Vote ”), or (B) by the vote of a majority of the BDC’s independent directors, (ii) by the Sub-Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice to the BDC and the Adviser, or (iii) by the vote of a majority of the independent directors of the BDC or by a Majority Vote by the BDC’s stockholders. This Agreement shall automatically terminate (i) in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act and Rule 2a-6 thereunder) or (ii) the termination of the Advisory Agreement.  This Agreement may not be assigned without the prior consent of the BDC, except that the Sub-Adviser may assign it to an affiliate so long as it does not constitute an “assignment” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act and Rule 2a-6 thereunder. The provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Sub-Adviser shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement.

(c)           Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall be entitled to receive all amounts payable to it and not yet paid pursuant to Section 3 hereof.
 
(d)          Pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Advisory Agreement, if this Agreement shall (i) expire by its terms without renewal pursuant to the last sentence of Section 8(a) of this Agreement or (ii) be terminated by the Adviser or the BDC pursuant to Section 8(b) of this Agreement, the Advisory Agreement shall terminate simultaneously with the termination of this Agreement, and the BDC shall not, for a period of three (3) years following such termination, engage the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates or any of their successors or any officers, directors or employees of the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates or their successors as an adviser or sub-adviser to the BDC without the prior written consent of the Adviser.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything in this Agreement or the Advisory Agreement to the contrary, if the Advisory Agreement is terminated by the Adviser or the BDC for cause (as defined below), then the BDC may enter into a new advisory agreement with the Sub-Adviser or an affiliate thereof containing the same or similar terms as those contained herein, without prior consent of the Adviser. For purposes of this Agreement, for cause shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(i)            the Adviser shall have materially breached the Advisory Agreement, as determined by the independent directors of the BDC, provided, however , that the breaching party shall have 30 calendar days after the receipt of notice of such breach from the other party to cure such breach;

(ii)           the Adviser is subject to an allegation that it has committed any fraud, criminal conduct, gross negligence or willful misconduct in any action or failure to act undertaken by the Adviser pertaining to or having a material detrimental effect upon the ability of the Adviser to perform its respective duties under the Advisory Agreement and the independent directors of the Board shall have determined, after providing the Adviser with an opportunity for a hearing and to cure any damage, that such allegation shall have had a material adverse effect on the BDC that can only be remedied by termination of the Advisory Agreement, or, in any event, if and when a court or regulatory authority of competent jurisdiction shall have returned a final non-appealable order or ruling that the Adviser is guilty of or liable with respect to such conduct;

(iii)          the Adviser (1) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (2) consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (3) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) for any substantial part of its property, or (4) makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors under applicable state law;

(iv)          if: (1) an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect has been commenced against the Adviser, and such case has not been dismissed within 60 days after the commencement thereof; or (2) a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) has been appointed for the Adviser or has taken possession of the Adviser’s or any substantial part of its property, and such appointment has not been rescinded or such possession has not been relinquished within 60 days after the occurrence thereof; or

(v)           if at any time within five years after the Effective Date both Nicholas Schorsch and William N. Kahane cease to be actively involved in the management of the Adviser unless the parties agree that acceptable replacements are in place or can timely be put in place.
 
9. 
LIMITATIONS ON THE EMPLOYMENT OF THE SUB-ADVISER.

The services of the Sub-Adviser to the BDC are not exclusive, and the Sub-Adviser may engage in any other business or render similar or different services to others including, without limitation, the direct or indirect sponsorship or management of other investment based accounts or commingled pools of capital, however structured, having investment objectives similar to those of the BDC, so long as its services to the BDC hereunder are not impaired thereby, and nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any manager, partner, officer or employee of the Sub-Adviser to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to any other business, whether of a similar or dissimilar nature, or to receive any fees or compensation in connection therewith (including fees for serving as a director of, or providing consulting services to, one or more of the BDC’s portfolio companies, subject to applicable law). The Sub-Adviser assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and stockholders of the BDC are or may become interested in the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates, as directors, officers, employees, partners, stockholders, members, managers or otherwise, and that the Sub-Adviser and directors, officers, employees, partners, stockholders, members and managers of the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the BDC as stockholders or otherwise.
 
7

 
10.
EXCLUSIVITY .

During the time period that the BDC is engaged in a primary offering of its securities in connection with the Registration Statement or a follow on offering of its securities in connection with a new registration statement, neither the Sub-Adviser nor its affiliates will undertake to market or distribute the securities of, or advise, a non-traded business development corporation investing in the debt or equity of middle market companies with annual revenues between $10 million and $1 billion.
 
11. 
ADVISORY AGREEMENT AND DEALINGS WITH THE BDC.
    
Adviser agrees to inform and make Sub-Adviser a party to all negotiations between Adviser and the BDC regarding any proposed amendment of the Advisory Agreement. No amendment to the Advisory Agreement will be agreed upon or permitted if such amendment would impact the rights or obligations of the Sub-Adviser without the Sub-Adviser’s consent and signature.

12. 
NOTICES.

Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at its principal office.

13. 
AMENDMENTS.

This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent of the parties, subject to the requirements of applicable law.


14. 
ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. For so long as the BDC is regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, this Agreement shall also be construed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of Delaware, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

15. 
SEVERABILITY.

If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

8


WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date above written.
 

BDCA ADVISER, LLC


By:       /s/ Nicholas S. Schorsch                                          
Name: Nicholas S. Schorsch
Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer



MAIN STREET CAPITAL CORPORATION
 

By:       /s/ Vincent D. Foster                                                      
Name:  Vincent D. Foster
Title: Chief Executive Officer

9

 
EXHIBIT A

Advisory Agreement
 
10

 
FORM OF
 
SUBSCRIPTION ESCROW AGREEMENT

THIS SUBSCRIPTION ESCROW AGREEMENT dated as of ___, 2010 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into among Realty Capital Securities, LLC (the “ Dealer Manager ”), Business Development Corporation of America, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”).

WHEREAS, the Company intends to raise cash funds from investors (the “ Investors ”) pursuant to a public offering (the “ Offering ”) of not less than 250,000 (the “ Minimum Amount” ) nor more than 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 of the Company (the “ Securities ”), pursuant to the registration statement on Form N-2 of the Company (No.   333-166636 |) (as amended, the “ Offering Document ”) a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto.

WHEREAS , the Escrow Agent is willing to accept appointment as escrow agent only for the expressed duties outlined herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1.             Proceeds to be Escrowed. On or before the first date of the Offering, the Company shall establish an escrow account with the Escrow Agent to be invested in accordance with Section 7 hereof entitled “ESCROW ACCOUNT FOR THE BENEFIT OF INVESTORS FOR COMMON STOCK OF BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA” (including such abbreviations as are required for the Escrow Agent’s systems) (the “ Escrow Account ”).  All funds received from subscribers of Securities (“ Investors ”) in payment for the Securities (“ Investor Funds ”) will be delivered to the Escrow Agent within one (1) business day following the day upon which such Investor Funds are received by the Company or its agents, and shall, upon receipt by the Escrow Agent, be retained in escrow by the Escrow Agent and invested as stated herein. During the term of this Agreement, the Company or its agents shall cause all checks received by and made payable to it in payment for the Securities to be endorsed in favor of the Escrow Agent and delivered to the Escrow Agent for deposit in the Escrow Account.

The Escrow Agent shall have no duty to make any disbursement, investment or other use of Investor Funds until and unless it has good and collected funds.  If any checks deposited in the Escrow Account are returned or prove uncollectible after the funds represented thereby have been released by the Escrow Agent, then the Company shall promptly reimburse the Escrow Agent for any and all costs incurred for such, upon request, and the Escrow Agent shall deliver the returned checks to the Company.  The Escrow Agent shall be under no duty or responsibility to enforce collection of any check delivered to it hereunder.   The Escrow Agent reserves the right to deny, suspend or terminate participation by an Investor to the extent the Escrow Agent deems it advisable or necessary to comply with applicable laws or to eliminate practices that are not consistent with the purposes of the Offering.

 
 

 

2.             Investors. Investors will be instructed by the Dealer Manager or any soliciting dealers to remit the purchase price in the form of checks (hereinafter “instruments of payment”) payable to the order of, or funds wired in favor of, “WELLS FARGO BANK, NA, ESCROW AGENT FOR BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA”  Any checks made payable to a party other than the Escrow Agent shall be returned to the soliciting dealer (the “Soliciting Dealer”) who submitted the check.  By 12:00 p.m. (Noon) the next business day after receipt of instruments of payment from the Offering, the Company or the Dealer Manager shall furnish the Escrow Agent with a list of the Investors who have paid for the Securities showing the name, address, tax identification number and the amount of Securities subscribed for purchase.  The information comprising the identity of Investors shall be provided to the Escrow Agent in substantially the format set forth in the “List of Investors” attached hereto as Exhibit  B .

When Soliciting Dealer’s internal supervisory procedures are conducted at the site at which the subscription agreement and check were initially received by Soliciting Dealer from the subscriber, Soliciting Dealer shall transmit the subscription agreement and check to the Escrow Agent by the end of the next business day following receipt of the check and subscription agreement. When, pursuant to Soliciting Dealer’s internal supervisory procedures, Soliciting Dealer’s final internal supervisory procedures are conducted at a different location (the “Final Review Office”), Soliciting Dealer shall transmit the check and subscription agreement to the Final Review Office by the end of the next business day following Soliciting Dealer’s receipt of the subscription agreement and check. The Final Review Office will, by the end of the next business day following its receipt of the subscription agreement and check, forward both the subscription agreement and check to the Escrow Agent. If any subscription agreement solicited by Soliciting Dealer is rejected by the Dealer Manager or the Company, then the subscription agreement and check will be returned to the rejected subscriber within ten (10) business days from the date of rejection.

All Investor Funds deposited in the Escrow Account shall not be subject to any liens or charges by the Company or the Escrow Agent, or judgments or creditors’ claims against the Company, until and unless released to the Company as hereinafter provided.  The Company understands and agrees that the Company shall not be entitled to any Investor Funds on deposit in the Escrow Account and no such funds shall become the property of the Company, or any other entity except as released to the Company pursuant to Section 3 hereto. The Escrow Agent will not use the information provided to it by the Company for any purpose other than to fulfill its obligations as Escrow Agent.  The Company and the Escrow Agent will treat all Investor information as confidential.  The Escrow Agent shall not be required to accept any Investor Funds which are not accompanied by the information on the List of Investors.

3.             Disbursement of Funds.   Once the Escrow Agent is in receipt of good and collected Investor Funds totaling at least the Minimum Amount from Investors, the Escrow Agent shall notify the Company of same in writing. Additionally, at the end of the third business day following the Termination Date (as defined in Section 4 ), the Escrow Agent shall notify the Company of the amount of the Investor Funds received.  If the Minimum Amount has been obtained on or before the Termination Date, the Escrow Agent shall promptly notify the Company and, upon receiving acknowledgement of such notice and written instructions from the Company’s President or Chief Financial Officer to disburse the Investor Funds, the Escrow Agent shall disburse to the Company, by check or wire transfer, the funds in the Escrow Account, except for amounts payable by the Company to the Escrow Agent pursuant to Exhibit D to this Agreement that remain outstanding.  The Escrow Agent agrees that funds in the Escrow Account shall not be released to the Company until and unless the Escrow Agent receives written instructions to release the funds from the Company’s President or Chief Financial Officer.

 
2

 

If the Minimum Amount has not been obtained prior to the Termination Date, the Escrow Agent shall promptly following the Termination Date, but in no event more than thirty (30) days after the Termination Date, refund to each Investor by check, funds deposited in the Escrow Account, or shall return the instruments of payment delivered to Escrow Agent if such instruments have not been processed for collection prior to such time, directly to each Investor at the address provided on the List of Investors. Included in the remittance shall be a proportionate share of the income earned in the account allocable to each Investor’s investment in accordance with the terms and conditions specified herein, except that in the case of Investors who have not provided an executed Form W-9 or substitute Form W-9 (or the applicable substitute Form W-8 for foreign investors), the Escrow Agent shall withhold the applicable percentage of the earnings attributable to those Investors in accordance with IRS regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Escrow Agent shall not be required to remit any payments until funds represented by such payments have been collected by Escrow Agent.

If the Escrow Agent receives written notice from the Company that the Company intends to reject an Investor’s subscription, the Escrow Agent shall pay to the applicable Investor(s), within a reasonable time not to exceed ten (10) business days after receiving notice of the rejection, by first class United States Mail at the address provided on the List of Investors, or at such other address as shall be furnished to the Escrow Agent by the Investor in writing, all collected sums paid by the Investor for Securities and received by the Escrow Agent, together with the interest earned on such Investor Funds (determined in accordance with the terms and conditions specified herein).

4.             Term of Escrow. The “ Termination Date ” shall be the earliest of:  (i) the close of business on [ ______, 20 __ ], the one year anniversary of the date the Offering Document was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission; (ii) all funds held in the Escrow Account are distributed to the Company or to Investors pursuant to Section 3 and the Company has informed the Escrow Agent in writing to close each of the Escrow Account; (iii) the date the Escrow Agent receives written notice from the Company that it is abandoning the sale of the Securities; and (iv) the date the Escrow Agent receives notice from the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state regulatory authority that a stop or similar order has been issued with respect to the Offering Document and has remained in effect for at least twenty (20) days.  After the Termination Date the Company and its agents shall not deposit, and the Escrow Agent shall not accept, any additional amounts representing payments by prospective Investors.

 
3

 

5.             Duty and Liability of the Escrow Agent. The sole duty of the Escrow Agent shall be to receive Investor Funds and hold them subject to release, in accordance herewith, and the Escrow Agent shall be under no duty to determine whether the Company or the Dealer Manager is complying with requirements of this Agreement, the Offering or applicable securities or other laws in tendering the Investor Funds to the Escrow Agent. No other agreement entered into between the parties, or any of them, shall be considered as adopted or binding, in whole or in part, upon the Escrow Agent notwithstanding that any such other agreement may be referred to herein or deposited with the Escrow Agent or the Escrow Agent may have knowledge thereof, including specifically but without limitation any Offering Documents (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto), and the Escrow Agent’s rights and responsibilities shall be governed solely by this Agreement.  The Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for or be required to enforce any of the terms or conditions of any Offering Document (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto) or other agreement between the Company and any other party.  The Escrow Agent may conclusively rely upon and shall be protected in acting upon any statement, certificate, notice, request, consent, order or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Escrow Agent shall have no duty or liability to verify any such statement, certificate, notice, request, consent, order or other document, and its sole responsibility shall be to act only as expressly set forth in this Agreement. Concurrent with the execution of this Agreement, the Company and the Dealer Manager shall deliver to the Escrow Agent an authorized signers form in the forms of Exhibit C and Exhibit C-1 to this Agreement.  The Escrow Agent shall be under no obligation to institute or defend any action, suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement unless first indemnified to its satisfaction.  The Escrow Agent may consult counsel of its own choice with respect to any question arising under this Agreement and the Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted in good faith upon advice of such counsel.  The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct was the primary cause of loss. The Escrow Agent is acting solely as escrow agent hereunder and owes no duties, covenants or obligations, fiduciary or otherwise, to any other person by reason of this Agreement, except as otherwise stated herein, and no implied duties, covenants or obligations, fiduciary or otherwise, shall be read into this Agreement against the Escrow Agent.  If any disagreement between any of the parties to this Agreement, or between any of them and any other person, including any Investor, resulting in adverse claims or demands being made in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement, or if the Escrow Agent is in doubt as to what action it should take hereunder, the Escrow Agent may, at its option, refuse to comply with any claims or demands on it, or refuse to take any other action hereunder, so long as such disagreement continues or such doubt exists, and in any such event, the Escrow Agent shall not be or become liable in any way or to any person for its failure or refusal to act, and the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to continue so to refrain from acting until (i) the rights of all interested parties shall have been fully and finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (ii) all differences shall have been adjudged and all doubt resolved by agreement among all of the interested persons, and the Escrow Agent shall have been notified thereof in writing signed by all such persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Escrow Agent may in its discretion obey the order, judgment, decree or levy of any court, whether with or without jurisdiction and the Escrow Agent is hereby authorized in its sole discretion to comply with and obey any such orders, judgments, decrees or levies.  If any controversy should arise with respect to this Agreement the Escrow Agent shall have the right, at its option, to institute an interpleader action in any court of competent jurisdiction to determine the rights of the parties.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ESCROW AGENT BE LIABLE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSSES OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF THE ESCROW AGENT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION.  The parties agree that the Escrow Agent has no role in the preparation of the Offering Documents (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto) and makes no representations or warranties with respect to the information contained therein or omitted therefrom.  The Escrow Agent shall have no obligation, duty or liability with respect to compliance with any federal or state securities, disclosure or tax laws concerning the Offering Documents (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto) or the issuance, offering or sale of the Securities.  The Escrow Agent shall have no duty or obligation to monitor the application and use of the Investor Funds once transferred to the Company, that being the sole obligation and responsibility of the Company.

 
4

 

6.             Escrow Agent’s Fee. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to compensation for its services as stated in the fee schedule attached hereto as Exhibit D , which compensation shall be paid by the Company. The fee agreed upon for the services rendered hereunder is intended as full compensation for the Escrow Agent’s services as contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that if the conditions for the disbursement of funds under this Agreement are not fulfilled, or the Escrow Agent renders any material service not contemplated in this Agreement, or there is any assignment of interest in the subject matter of this Agreement, or any material modification hereof, or if any material controversy arises hereunder, or the Escrow Agent is made a party to any litigation pertaining to this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, then the Escrow Agent shall be reasonably compensated for such extraordinary services and reimbursed for all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, occasioned by any delay, controversy, litigation or event, and the same shall be recoverable from the Company.  The Company’s obligations under this Section 6 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent and the assignment or termination of this Agreement.

7.             Investment of Investor Funds. The Investor Funds shall be deposited in the Escrow Account in accordance with Section 3 .  The Escrow Agent is hereby directed to invest all funds received under this Agreement, including principal and interest in, the Wells Fargo Bank Money Market Deposit Account, as directed in writing in the form of Exhibit E to this Agreement.  The Escrow Agent shall invest the Investor Funds in alternative investments in accordance with written instructions as may from time to time be provided to the Escrow Agent and signed by the Company.  In the absence of written investment instructions from the Company to the contrary, the Escrow Agent is hereby directed to invest the Investor Funds in the Wells Fargo Bank Money Market Deposit Account.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Investor Funds shall not be invested in anything other than “Short Term Investments” in compliance with Rule 15c2-4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The following are not permissible investments:  (a) money market mutual funds; (b) corporate debt or equity securities; (c) repurchase agreements; (d) banker’s acceptance; (e) commercial paper; and (f) municipal securities.  Any interest received by the Escrow Agent with respect to the Investor Funds, including reinvested interest shall become part of the Investor Funds, and shall be disbursed pursuant to Section 3 .
 
The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to sell or redeem any such investments as necessary to make any payments or distributions required under this Agreement.  The Escrow Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss which may result from any investment made pursuant to this Agreement, or for any loss resulting from the sale of such investment.  The parties acknowledge that the Escrow Agent is not providing investment supervision, recommendations, or advice.

 
5

 

The Company on the date of this Agreement shall provide the Escrow Agent with a certified tax identification number by furnishing appropriate IRS form W-9 or W-8 (or substitute Form W-9 or W-8) and other forms and documents that the Escrow Agent may reasonably request, including without limitation a tax form for each Investor.  The Company understands that if such tax reporting documentation is not so certified to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent may be required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to withhold a portion of any interest or other income earned on the Investor Funds pursuant to this Agreement.  For tax reporting purposes, all interest and other income from investment of the Investor Funds shall, as of the end of each calendar year and to the extent required by the Internal Revenue Service, be reported as having been earned by the party to whom such interest or other income is distributed, in the year in which it is distributed.

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold the Escrow Agent harmless from and against any taxes, additions for late payment, interest, penalties and other expenses that may be assessed against the Escrow Agent on or with respect to any payment or other activities under this Agreement unless any such tax, addition for late payment, interest, penalties and other expenses shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The terms of this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent.

8.             Notices.   All notices, requests, demands, and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of service if served personally on the party to whom notice is to be given, (b) on the day of transmission if sent by facsimile/email transmission bearing an authorized signature to the facsimile number/email address given below, and written confirmation of receipt is obtained promptly after completion of transmission, (c) on the day after delivery to Federal Express or similar overnight courier or the Express Mail service maintained by the United States Postal Service, or (d) on the fifth day after mailing, if mailed to the party to whom notice is to be given, by first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, and properly addressed, return receipt requested, to the party as follows:

If to the Company:

405 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Fax: (212) 421-5799
Attention:  Edward M. Weil, Jr., Executive Vice President and Secretary
Attention:  Brian S. Block, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Bass, Berry & Sims PLC
100 Peabody Place, Suite 900
Memphis, TN 38103
Fax: 888-543-4644
Attention: John A. Good, Esq.
Attention: Helen W. Brown, Esq.
 
If to the Dealer Manager:

Realty Capital Securities, LLC
Three Copley Place
Suite 3300
Boston, MA 02116
Attention:  Louisa Quarto, President

 
6

 

with a copy to:

Proskauer Rose LLP
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Fax: (212) 969-2900
Attention: Peter M. Fass, Esq.
Attention:  James P. Gerkis, Esq.

and:

Business Development Corporation of America
405 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Fax: (212) 421-5799
Attention:  Brian S. Block, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

If to Escrow Agent:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
45 Broadway, 14th Floor
New York, NY  10006
Fax: (212) 509-1716
Attention:  Matt Sherman

Any party may change its address for purposes of this Section by giving the other party written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

9.             Indemnification of Escrow Agent. The Company and the Dealer Manager hereby jointly and severally indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Escrow Agent from and against, any and all loss, liability, cost, damage and expense, including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses, which the Escrow Agent may suffer or incur by reason of any action, claim or proceeding brought against the Escrow Agent arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement or any transaction to which this Agreement relates unless such loss, liability, cost, damage or expense is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been primarily caused by the willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent.  The terms of this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent.

 
7

 

10.           Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no party hereto shall assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any such attempted assignment without such prior written consent shall be void and of no force and effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.  Any corporation or association into which the Escrow Agent may be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its corporate trust business and assets as a whole or substantially as a whole, or any corporation or association resulting from any such conversion, sale, merger, consolidation or transfer to which the Escrow Agent is a party, shall be and become the successor Escrow Agent under this Agreement and shall have and succeed to the rights, powers, duties, immunities and privileges as its predecessor, without the execution or filing of any instrument or paper or the performance any further act.

11.           Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be construed, performed, and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

12.           Severability. If any part of this Agreement is declared by any court or other judicial or administrative body to be null, void, or unenforceable, said provision shall survive to the extent it is not so declared, and all of the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

13.           Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended or modified, and any of the terms, covenants, representations, warranties, or conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. Any waiver by any party of any condition, or of the breach of any provision, term, covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall not be deemed to be nor construed as further or continuing waiver of any such condition, or of the breach of any other provision, term, covenant, representation, or warranty of this Agreement.  The Company and the Dealer Manager agree that any requested waiver, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be consistent with the terms of the Offering.

14.           Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the escrow contemplated hereby and supersedes and replaces all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, with regard to such escrow.

15.           Section Headings. The section headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16.           Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile transmission) with counterpart signature pages or in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute the same instrument.

17.           Resignation. The Escrow Agent may resign upon 30 days’ advance written notice to the parties hereto. If a successor escrow agent is not appointed by the Company within the 30-day period following such notice, the Escrow Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction to name a successor escrow agent, or may interplead the Investor Funds with such court, whereupon the Escrow Agent’s duties hereunder shall terminate.

 
8

 
 
18.           References to Escrow Agent.   Other than the Offering Document (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto) and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto, no printed or other matter in any language (including, without limitation, notices, reports and promotional material) which mentions the Escrow Agent’s name or the rights, powers, or duties of the Escrow Agent shall be issued by the Company or the Dealer Manager, or on the Company’s or the Dealer Manager’s behalf, unless the Escrow Agent shall first have given its specific written consent thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment or supplement to the Offering Document (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto) that revises, alters, modifies, changes or adds to the description of the Escrow Agent or its rights, powers or duties hereunder shall not be issued by the Company or the Dealer Manager, or on the Company’s or Dealer Manager’s behalf, unless the Escrow Agent has first given specific written consent thereto.

[Signature page follows]
 
9

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Escrow Agreement to be executed the date and year first set forth above.

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
OF AMERICA

By:
   
 
Name: 
Nicholas S. Schorsch
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 

REALTY CAPITAL SECURITIES, LLC

By:
   
 
Name: 
Louisa Quarto
 
 
Title:
President
 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Escrow Agent

By:
   
 
Name: 
   
 
Title:
   
 
 
10

 

Exhibit A

Copy of Offering Document

 
11

 

Exhibit B

List of Investors

Pursuant to the Escrow Agreement dated as of ____, 2010, among Realty Capital Securities, LLC, Business Development Corporation of America, (the “ Company ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “ Escrow Agent ”), the Company hereby certifies that the following Investors have paid money for the purchase of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 (“Securities”), and the money has been deposited with the Escrow Agent:

1.
Name of Investor
Address
Tax Identification Number
Amount of Securities subscribed for
Amount of money paid and deposited with Escrow Agent

2.
Name of Investor
Address
Tax Identification Number
Amount of Securities subscribed for
Amount of money paid and deposited with Escrow Agent

Dated: _____________________________

REALTY CAPITAL SECURITIES, LLC

By:
 
 
Name: 
Louisa Quarto
 
Title:
President
 
 
12

 

Exhibit C

CERTIFICATE AS TO AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES
 
Account Name:

Account Number:
 
The specimen signatures shown below are the specimen signatures of the individuals who have been designated as Authorized Representatives of Business Development Corporation of America and are authorized to initiate and approve transactions of all types for the above-mentioned account on behalf of Business Development Corporation of America
 
Name/Title
Specimen Signature
   
Nicholas S. Schorsch
 
Chief Executive Officer
Signature
   
William M. Kahane
 
President
Signature
   
Brian Block
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Signature
 
 
13

 

Exhibit C

CERTIFICATE AS TO AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES
 
Account Name:

Account Number:
 
The specimen signatures shown below are the specimen signatures of the individuals who have been designated as Authorized Representatives of Realty Capital Securities, LLC and are authorized to initiate and approve transactions of all types for the above-mentioned account on behalf of Realty Capital Securities, LLC
 
Name/Title
Specimen Signature
   
Louisa Quarto
 
President
Signature
   
Kamal Jafarnia
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Signature
 
 
14

 

Exhibit D

Wells Fargo Bank
Corporate Trust Services
1445 Ross Avenue, 2 nd Floor
Mac T5303-022
Dallas, TX  75202
[NAME]
[POSITION]
Tel:  [__________]
Fax:  [__________]
[EMAIL]
[logo]

GENERAL SCHEDULE OF FEES
to act as ESCROW AGENT for the
Business Development Corporation of America Subscription Escrow up to
$50,000,000

Acceptance Fee :
$500
 
Initial Fees as they relate to Wells Fargo Bank acting in the capacity of Escrow Agent – includes review of the Escrow Agreement; acceptance of the Escrow appointment; setting up of Escrow Account(s) and accounting records; and coordination of receipt of funds for deposit to the Escrow Account(s).
 
Acceptance Fee payable at time of Escrow Agreement execution.

Escrow Agent Annual Administration Fee :
$5,000.00 on first offering, $3,500 on subsequent

For ordinary administrative services by Escrow Agent – includes daily routine account management; investment transactions; cash transaction processing (including wire and check processing); monitoring claim notices pursuant to the agreement; disbursement of funds in accordance with the agreement; and mailing of trust account statements to all applicable parties.  Float credit received by the bank for receiving funds that remain uninvested are deemed part of the Paying Agent/Escrow Agent’s compensation.  These fees do not contemplate paying interest to Investors or providing 1099s which would be the responsibility of the Company. If individual 1099s, interest checks, interest accrual calculations or any individual Investor information are required additional fees will be charged.  For rejected subscriptions or a failed offering, the following fees will apply.

1099 Reporting $25 each
Interest Rate Calculations and Interest Checks/Wires $ 35 each
Returned Item Charges $35 each
 
The administrative fee is payable in advance, with the first year fee due upon opening of the account. The Annual Fee covers a full year or any part thereof, and therefore will not be prorated or refunded in the year of early termination.  These fees do not include bank activity fees associated with Desktop Deposit system.  Fees for these services will be provided separately by our Treasury Management Group.

Wells Fargo’s bid is based on the following assumptions:
 
·
Number of Escrow Accounts to be established:  Three (3)
 
·
Number of Deposits to Escrow Accounts:  Electronically, approximately (10-20 per day)
 
·
Number of Withdrawals from Escrow Accounts:  Not more than two per week.
 
·
Term of Escrow:  One (1) year
 
·
APPOINTMENT SUBJECT TO RECEIPT OF REQUESTED DUE DILIGENCE INFORMATION AS PER THE USA PATRIOT ACT
 
 
15

 

·
THIS PROPOSAL ASSUMES THAT BALANCES IN THE ACCOUNT WILL BE INVESTED IN MONEY MARKET FUNDS
 
·
ALL FUNDS WILL BE RECEIVED FROM OR DISTRIBUTED TO A DOMESTIC OR AN APPROVED FOREIGN ENTITY
 
·
IF THE ACCOUNT(S) DOES NOT OPEN WITHIN THREE (3) MONTHS OF THE DATE SHOWN BELOW, THIS PROPOSAL WILL BE DEEMED TO BE NULL AND VOID
 
Out-of Pocket Expenses :
At Cost
 
We will charge for out-of-pocket expenses in response to specific tasks assigned by the client or provided for in the escrow agreement.  Possible expenses would be, but are not limited to, express mail and messenger charges, travel expenses to attend closing or other meetings.   There are no charges for indirect out-of- pocket expenses.
 
This fee schedule is based upon the assumptions listed above which pertain to the responsibilities and risks involved in Wells Fargo undertaking the role of Escrow Agent.  These assumptions are based on information provided to us as of the date of this fee schedule.  Our fee schedule is subject to review and acceptance of the final documents.  Should any of the assumptions, duties or responsibilities change, we reserve the right to affirm, modify or rescind our fee schedule. Extraordinary services (services other than the ordinary administration services of Escrow Agent described above) are not included in the annual administration fee and will be billed as incurred at the rates in effect from time to time.
Submitted on:                       , 2010

 
16

 

Exhibit E

Agency and Custody Account Direction
For Cash Balances
Wells Fargo Bank Money Market Deposit Accounts

Direction to use the following Wells Fargo Bank Money Market Deposit Accounts for Cash Balances for the escrow account (the “ Account ”) created under the Escrow Agreement to which this Exhibit E is attached.

You are hereby directed to deposit, as indicated below, or as we shall direct further in writing from time to time, all cash in the Account in the following money market deposit account of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“ Bank ”):

Wells Fargo Bank Money Market Deposit Account (“MMDA”)

We understand that amounts on deposit in the MMDA are insured, subject to the applicable rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “ FDIC ”), in the basic FDIC insurance amount of $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank. This includes principal and accrued interest up to a total of $250,000.

We acknowledge that we have full power to direct investments in the Account.

We understand that we may change this direction at any time and that it shall continue in effect until revoked or modified by us by written notice to you.

 
Business Development Corporation of
America
     
 
By:
 
   
Signature
     
     
   
Date
 
 
17

 
[LETTERHEAD OF VENABLE LLP]


 
November 23, 2010


Business Development Corporation of America
15 th Floor
405 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022

 
Re:
Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-166636)

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
We have served as Maryland counsel to Business Development Corporation of America, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law arising out of the registration of up to 150,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”), covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement, and all amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).  The Shares are issuable in the Company’s initial public offering pursuant to subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”).
 
In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (herein collectively referred to as the “Documents”):
 
1.           The Registration Statement and the related form of prospectus included therein (including, without limitation, the form of Subscription Agreement attached thereto as Appendix A) in the form in which it was transmitted to the Commission under the 1933 Act;
 
2.           The charter of the Company, certified by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”);
 
3.           The form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company to be filed with the SDAT prior to the issuance of the Shares (the “Charter”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
 
4.           The Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
 

Business Development Corporation of America
Page 2
 
 
5.           A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company, dated as of a recent date;
 
6.           Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company relating to the sale, issuance and registration of the Shares (the “Resolutions”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
 
7.           A certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof; and
 
8.           Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.
 
In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:
 
1.           Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or another person, is legally competent to do so.
 
2.           Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.
 
3.           Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.
 
4.           All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic.  The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered.  All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents.  All signatures on all such Documents are genuine.  All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete.  All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete.  There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.
 
 

Business Development Corporation of America
Page 3
 
5.           Prior to the issuance of any of the Shares, the Charter will have been filed with, and accepted for record by, the SDAT.
 
6.           Upon the issuance of any of the Shares, the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding will not exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Charter.
 
Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:
 
1.           The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.
 
2.           The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Resolutions, the Subscription Agreements and the Registration Statement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
The foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law.  We express no opinion as to compliance with any federal or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the State of Maryland, or the 1940 Act.  To the extent that any matter as to which our opinion is expressed herein would be governed by any jurisdiction other than the State of Maryland, we do not express any opinion on such matter.  The opinion expressed herein is subject to the effect of judicial decisions which may permit the introduction of parol evidence to modify the terms or the interpretation of agreements.
 
The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated.  We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.
 
This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of the name of our firm therein.  In giving
 

Business Development Corporation of America
Page 4
 
 
this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

 
Very truly yours,

/s/ Venable, LLP





 
 
 
 
 
 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated November 19, 2010, with respect to the balance sheet of Business Development Corporation of America (a Maryland Corporation in the developmental stage) contained in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement and Prospectus on Form N-2 (file no. 333-166636). We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”
 
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

November 19, 2010

 
 

 
 
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of July 8, 2010 is entered into by and between Business Development Corporation of America, Inc. (the “ Issuer ”) and BDCA Adviser, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Investor ”).

WHEREAS , the Issuer is a closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder, the Company desires to issue and sell Investor, and Investor desires to subscribe for and purchase from the Company, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), all as described more fully in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and Investor hereby agree as follows:

1.            Subscription for Shares .  Investor hereby irrevocably subscribes for 22,222 shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) for an aggregate purchase price of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000).  The purchase price is being paid simultaneous herewith by wire transfer of immediately available federal funds to the bank account designated on Schedule A hereto.  Upon receipt of the purchase price, the Shares will be registered in the name of Investor on the books and records of the Company’s transfer agent.
 
2.            Investor Representations and Warranties .  Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof as follows:
 
a.            Organization and Authority .  Investor is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization with the requisite power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance by Investor of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or similar action on the part of Investor.
 
b.            Own Account .  Investor understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” and have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law and Investor is acquiring the Shares as principal for its own account and not with a view to or for distributing or reselling the Shares or any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law, has no present intention of distributing any of such Shares in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law and has no arrangement or understanding with any other persons regarding the distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law.
 

 
c.            Investor Status .  Investor is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 under Regulation D of the Securities Act.
 
3.            Effectiveness .
 
a.           This Agreement, including, without limitation, the foregoing representations and warranties made by Investor, shall survive the date of the issuance to Investor of the Shares.
 
b.           The agreements of Investor set forth herein shall become effective and binding upon Investor, without right of revocation, upon the Company’s acceptance of this Agreement.
 
4.            Miscellaneous .
 
a.           Any notice, demand, request or other communication to any party hereunder which may be required or contemplated herein shall be in writing and shall be given to (x) the Company at the following address: 405 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022 or to facsimile number (212) 421-5799, and (y) to Investor at the following address: 405 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022 or to facsimile number (212) 421-5799, or to such other address or facsimile number as such Investor may designate from time to time by written notice to the Company.
 
Each such notice, request, consent or other communication shall be effective (w) if delivered by hand, when delivered at the address specified in this Section 4(a) (x) if sent by first class mail, five days after such mailing to the address specified in this Section 4(a), (y) if delivered by nationally recognized overnight courier service or sent by United States Express Mail, on the second following business day after delivery to such service or such mailing and (z) if given by facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified in this Section 4(a) and the appropriate answer back or confirmation is received, provided that notice to the Company shall be effective only if and when received.
 
b.           The provisions of this Agreement are not intended to be for the benefit of any creditor of Investor or of the Company or any other person, and no such creditor or other person shall obtain any rights under this Agreement or shall, by reason of this Agreement, be permitted to make any claim against the Company.
 
c.           This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of Investor and, if accepted by the Company, shall be binding upon the Company’s successors and assigns.
 
d.           Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, modified, discharged or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom such waiver, modification, discharge or termination is sought to be enforced.
 
e.           This Agreement is not transferable or assignable by Investor.
 

 
f.           This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersede any prior agreement of the parties, and there are no representations, covenants or other agreements except as stated or referred to herein and in such other agreements or documents.
 
g.           This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
 
h.           This Agreement may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if the parties executing the counterparts had all executed one counterpart.

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION OF AMERICA



By: /s/ William M. Kahane _______
Name: William M. Kahane
Title: President


BDCA Adviser, LLC



By: /s/ William M. Kahane ________
Name: William M. Kahane
Title: President

 

 
Schedule A

Wire Instructions